初中英语语法汇总_初中英语语法_初中英语语法汇总

初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 目 录 第一部分 词类…………………………1 分词……………………………………162 非谓语动词专项练习…………………163 第一章 名词 ………………………… 1 第四部分 句法 174 名词专项练习 …………………………4 …………………… 第二章 冠词 ………………………… 18 第十一章 句子成分分析 ……………174 冠词专项练习 …………………………21 句子成分分析专项练习………………176 第三章 代词 ………………………… 27 第十二章 五种基本句型解析 ………179 代词专项练习 …………………………34 五种基本句型专项练习………………180 第四章 数词……………………………49 第十三章 反义疑问句 ………………182 数词专项练习 …………………………52 反义疑问句专项练习…………………183 第五章 形容词和副词…………………58 第十四章 感叹句 ……………………188 形容词和副词专项练习 ………………63 感叹句专项练习………………………188 第六章 介词和介词短语………………83 第十五章 There be句型 ……………191 介词和介词短语专项练习 ……………87 There be句型专项练习………………194 第七章 连词……………………………101 第十六章 并列句 ……………………199 连词专项练习 …………………………105 并列句专项练习………………………200 第二部分 动词时态语态……………111 第十七章 宾语从句 …………………206 宾语从句专项练习……………………209 第八章 动词时态语态…………………111 第十八章 定语从句 …………………217 动词的八种时态 ………………………111 定语从句专项练习……………………219 动词的九种语态 ………………………116 第十九章 状语从句 …………………222 动词时态语态专项练习 ………………119 状语从句专项练习……………………224 第九章 情态动词………………………147 第二十章 主谓一致 …………………230 情态动词专项训练 ……………………149 主谓一致专项练习……………………233 第三部分 非谓语……………………157 达标测试 一 …………………………242 第十章 非谓语动词……………………157 达标测试 二 …………………………249 动词不定时 ……………………………158 达标测试 三 …………………………257 动名词 …………………………………160 参考答案………………………………264初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第一部分 词类 第一章 名词 名词表示人、事物、地点或抽象概念名称的词叫做名词。 一、名词的分类 名词根据意义可以分为专有名词和普通名词。普通名词凡不属于特定的人或事物名称的 词，叫普通名词。普通名词又可分为个体名词、集体名词、物质名词和抽象名词。名词根 据是否能够用具体的数字来计算，可以分为可数名词和不可数名词。 二、名词的数 1.可数名词的数 可数名词有单数和复数两种形式。表示一个人或物用单数形式;表示两个或两个以上的人 或物用复数形式。 （1）规则名词的复数形式： ①一般在词尾加s。 如:lake－lakes, book－books,pen－pens, map－maps, flower－flowers, ruler－rulers. ②以s, x,sh,ch 结尾的名词加es。 如:box－boxes, class－classes, dish－dishes, watch－watches ③以辅音字母+y 结尾的名词，将 y变 i 再加es。但以元音字母+ y结尾的名词变复数时， 直接加S。 如:family－families, baby－babies, boy－boys, toy－toys. ④以o结尾的名词，一般在词尾直接加s。 如:radio- radios photo-photos piano-pianos 但在初中阶段常考的三个以 o 结尾的名词变复数时要加 es: tomatoes, potatoes, heroes(英雄). ⑤以f或fe 结尾的名词，复数形式多数是变f或fe 为v,再加es。初中阶段常考的有9个， 如:wife－wives, knife－knives, wolf－wolves, thief－thieves, shelf－shelves, self－selves, life－lives, half－halves, leaf－leaves 这9个单词可以编成一段顺口溜来记忆： -1-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 妻子执刀去宰狼，小偷吓得发了慌，躲在架后保已命，半片树叶遮目光； 但也有直接加s 的。如: roof－roofs，gulf－gulfs。 （2）不规则名词的复数形式 ①改变单数名词中的元音字母，或加后缀。 如:foot－feet，tooth－teeth，goose－geese，mouse－mice,child－children，woman－women ②表示“某国人”的名词的单复数因习惯不同而各异。 如:aChinese－two Chinese, a Japanese－two Japanese (单复数词形相同) an American－two Americans，aGerman－two Germans (词尾直接加s) 此外，Russian, African, Asian, Australian, Arab, Canadian，Italian, European 等变复数时 都是直接在词尾加s. 注意：an Englishman－three Englishmen, aFrenchman－sixFrenchmen 记忆口诀：中日不英法变，其他s 加后面。 （3）复合名词的复数形式 ①将复合名词的中心词变为复数。 如:passer(s)－by过路人 daughter( s)-in-law 儿媳妇 step mother(s)继母 ②名词+名词构成的复合名词，将第二个名词变为复数。 如:appletree－appletrees shoeshop－shoeshops, letterbox－letter boxes girl student－girl students. 注意: ①复合名词为man, woman 加另外一个名词构成，变复数时要把这两个词都变成复数。 如:manteacher－men teachers, woman doctor－women doctors ②sport 和其他名词构成词组时,习惯上用复数形式sports。 如:asports hat sports news sports shoes （4）特别的复数形式 ①单数形式代表复数含义。 如:cattle 牛 people 人们 police 警务人员 ②只用复数形式。 如:trousers 裤子 clothes 衣服 gloves 手套glasses 眼镜stockings 长筒袜 thanks 感谢 -2-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ③单复数同形。 如:deer 鹿sheep 绵羊fish 鱼 ( 注意: fishes 指鱼的种类) 2.不可数名词的数 不可数名词一般没有复数形式，它包括抽象名词和物质名词。 如: health, advice, milk, water, English, money，news, weather, homework, furniture, air, information, progress, rice, traffic, luck, paper,trouble. 注意：当water 意为“海水, 江水”，paper意为“报纸，试卷” 时可有复数形式。 如:waters 海水，江水 two papers 两张试卷 不可数名词还可以量化，但须用表示量化单位的词来修饰。 如:a piece ofnews/ paper/ work/ bread/ meat 则新闻/一张纸/一件工作/一片面包/一块肉 abottleofmilk 一瓶牛奶 threebowls of rice三碗米饭 ten cups oftea 十杯茶 三、名词所有格 1.表示有生命的名词的所有格 （1）一般在名词后加“'s”。 如:my mother's birthday, Jim's pen （2）以s 结尾的名词所有格，一般只在名词右上角加“’”。 如:the teachers' office, theworkers' club, boys'100-metre race （3）如果两个人共同拥有一样东西，则只在最后一个名词后加上“'s”;如果是各自拥有，两 个名词后面都要加上“'s”。 如:Damao and Xiaomao's room (共同拥有) Damao's and Xiaomao's bags (各自拥有) 若名词所有格后修饰表示“家、店铺、办公室”等地点的名词,地点名词通常可以省略。 如:at Mr. White's 在怀特先生家 at thedoctor's 在诊所 at thetailor's 在裁缝店 2.表示无生命的名词的所有格 （1）通常采用“of+名词"结构来表示无生命东西的名词所有关系，放在被修饰名词的后面。 如:the doorofthehouse 房子的门 thegateof theschool 学校的大门口 thenameof thefilm 电影的名字 thecover ofthe book书的封面 （2）有些表示时间、距离、国家、城市、团体、机构等无生命东西的名词，也可以加上“'s” 来构成所有格。复数名词如果以s结尾，在s 的右上角加“’”即可。 如:today's newspaper 今天的报纸 ten hours' work 十个小时的工作 -3-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 3.双重所有格 （1）双重所有格 双重所有格是将of所有格和“'s”所有格结合在一起表示所有关系，一般是在所修饰的 名词前有一个表示数量的词或指示代词。如:his,that, a,two, some, any, several, few, no, many 等，但不能用定冠词the。 （2）双重所有格两种形式： ①名词A+of+名词B’s。 如: a friend of mysister's 我姐姐的一个朋友 two sons ofmy brother's 我哥哥的两个儿子 ②名词A+of+名词性物主代词。 如：a bookofmine 我的一本书 a classmateof his 他的一位同学 注意：a photo ofKate's 凯特的一张照片 (照片有很多张,这只是其中之一，照片上拍的不一定是凯特) , a photo ofKate 一张凯特的照片 (照片上拍的人是凯特) 名词专项练习 一、选择填空。 ( )1.I want something toeat. Pleasegive me a_______. A. book B. watch C. shirt D. cake ( )2. －What's the_______liketoday? －Cloudy. A. sky B. air C. land D. weather ( )3.Whichis the_______to thebus stop,please? A. road B. way C.street D. address ( )4._______that pair ofnew _______Mary’s? A. Is,shoe B. Are, shoe C.Is, shoes D. Are, shoes -4-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )5.I’m verythirsty. May I have _______,please? A. two cups ofteas B. two cups oftea C. two cup ofteas D. two cup oftea ( )6.March 8is _______Day. A. Woman’s B. Womans’ C. Womanof D. Women’s ( )7.Weshould keep our_______clean. A. tooth B. tooths C. toothes D. teeth ( )8.There are _______workers in thefactory. A. thousand B. thousands C.thousand of D. thousands of ( )9.WuDongwon thegirls’_______race inthe school sports meeting last week. A. 100metres B. 100-metres C.100metre D. 100-metre ( )10.How many_______can you see inthe picture? A. tomatos B. tomatoes C. tomato D. thetomato ( )11.Lucy tried her best to find agood job inthe city, butshe had no_______. A. trouble B. idea C. luck D.time ( )12._______foreigners visittheGreat Wallevery year. A. Thousands of B. Thousand C. Thousands D. Thousand of ( )13.Where are thestudents?They are in _______. A. theRoom8 B. Room 8 C.the8Room D. 8Room ( )14.What’s your _______for being late again? A. idea B. key C. excuse D. news ( )15. －I feel tired. Ihave so much work todoand don’t havemuch timefor myself. －You should take_______,I think. A. health B. exercise C. lesson D.time ( )16.Can you see a little_______in thepicture? A. sheep B. dogs C. pigs D. horses ( )17.There are _______onthetable. A. aglass ofwater B. a glass ofmilk C. two glasses of water D. aglass oforanges ( )18.The sing “NUSINESS HOURS”can beseen ina_______. A. shop B. school C. park D. museum -5-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )19.Ask the boynotto make any _______. I can’tfall asleep. A. voice B. sound C. noise D. singing ( )20.Twelve _______were hurt, but no_______were lostin that accident. A. person, life B. people, lives C. peopeles, lives D. persons, life ( )21.The_______ are going to flytoHarbin. A. Germen B. Germany C.Germanys D. Germans ( )22.A group of_______are talking with two _______. A. Frenchmen, Germans B.German, Frenchmen C.Frenchmans, Germen D.Germans, Frenchmans ( )23. －Please help memovethetable in. －But there is not enough_______for it. A. place B.floor C. room D. ground ( )24.Look, these _______eating grass onthehill. A. sheepis B. sheeps is C. sheep are D. sheeps are ( )25.My father told me_______just now. A. two piece ofnews B.two pieces of news C. two news D. two pieces of newses ( )26.May 1is_______Day. A. theWork People’s B. theWorkingpeople C. theWorkingPeople’s D. theWorker’s ( )27.The _______eat a lotof rice. A. Japanese B. Japan people C. people ofJapanese D. Japaneses ( )28.Here comethree _______. A. woman teacher B. women teacher C.woman teachers D. women teachers ( )29._______turn green inspring. A. Leaf B. Leaves C. Leave D. Leafs ( )30.Tables are made of_______. A. wood B. somewoods C. wooden D. woods ( )31.If thesetrousers are too big, buya smaller_______. A. set B. one C. piece D. pair -6-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )32.Father went to his doctorfor _______about his heart trouble. A. an advice B. advice C. advices D. theadvices ( )33.Weknow_______travels not so fast as light. A. sound B. sounds C. thesounds D. a sound ( )34.Will you make_______ withTom? A. friend B. a friend C.friends D. the friend ( )35.Joan is_______. A. Mary’s and Jack sister B. Mary and Jack’s sister C. Mary and Jack sister D.Mary’s and Jack’s sister ( )36.Mr. Smithhas _______and he isquiteable to pay for thehouse. A. million dollars B. millionsof dollars C. millionsof dollar D.million of dollars ( )37.The wholetrip cost _______about three thousand dollars. A. theSmith’s B. Smiths C. theSmiths D. theSmith ( )38.After that they had _______sleep. A. anight good B. anight’s good C.a good night D. agood night’s ( )39.Yesterday wevisited _______. A. afriend ofmy uncle’s B. uncle’s C. uncle D.my uncle’s ( )40.This is my _______dictionary. A. sisterMary B. sister’s C.sisterMary’s D. sister’s Mary’s ( )41.Miss Smith is afriend of_______. A. Mary’s mother’s B. Mary’s mother C. Mary mother’s D.mother’s ofMary ( )42.This is auseful bookfor_______. A. maths teacher B. maths’s teachers C. maths’ teachers D.maths teachers ( )43.Help yourselfto some_______,please. A. fishes B. fish meat C.fish D. fishs ( )44.There are _______stampcollectors in ourclass. A. anumber B. number C. thenumberof D. anumber of ( )45.Wehad _______fordinner yesterday evening. A. chick B. chicken C.hen D. cock -7-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )46.Would you pleaseshow metheway tothe_______shop? A. shoe’s B. shoes’ C.shoe D. shoes ( )47.I’veforgotten both ofthe_______. A. room numbers B. rooms number C.rooms numbers D.room number ( )48.Wemust make_______for theoldonthebus. A. room B. aroom C. seat D. place ( )49.Sheis thetallest of_______in thefamily. A. any sister B. all thesisters C.all her sisters D.any othersisters ( )50._______room is very nice. A. Tom’s and Jim’s B. Tom’s and Jim C.Tom and Jim’s D. Tom andJim ( )51.September10 is _______Day. A. Teachers’ B. theTeachers’ C. aTeacher’s D. Teacher’s ( )52.In _______Harbin Daily Paper, there’s an article（文章）written by_______uncle. A. today, Tom B. today’s, Toms’ C. today’s, Tom’s D. today, Tom’s ( )53.What _______we are having today! A. fineweather B. afineweather C. fineweathers D. finea weather ( )54.How many_______are there inthese _______? A. tomatoes, photoes B. tomatoes, photos C.tomatos, photos D. tomatoes, photo ( )55.Liu Mei is a_______girl, she isa good student. A. sixteen-years-old B. sixteen-year old C.sixteen-year-old D. sixteen-old-year ( )56.The trousers onthe chair_______Mr. Green’s. A. is B. are C. was D. were ( )57.Is thisan _______car? A. Chinese B. English C.Japanese D. Shanghai ( )58.Those boys are _______. A. aAmerican B. an American C.Amerias D. Americans ( )59.Do you like_______? A. thecolor oftheseclothes B.these clothes’color C. theseclothes color D.theseclothes ofthecolor -8-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )60.Where are _______? A. theteachers’rooms B. theteacher’s rooms C. theteacher’s room D. theroom ofthe teachers ( )61.Is your teacher_______? A. aman, awoman B. men or women C.a man ora woman D. man orwoman ( )62.How wonderful!The_______is made of_______. A. house, glass B. house, glasses C.houses, glass D. houses, glasses ( )63.June 1is_______Day. A. Child B. theChildren C. Children’s D. childrens’ ( )64.I can’t get onthebus,becausethere is _______onit. A. not any rooms B. norooms C.little room D. few room ( )65.The vegetable market is _______walk from ourschool. A. aquarter ofan hours’ B. aquarter-of-an-hour’s C. aquarter ofan hour’s D. aquarter-of-an-hours’ ( )66.I want to make_______with you. A. afriend B. friend C.the friend D. friends ( )67.Have you got _______? A. enough the breads B. enough bread C. enough ofthebread D. enoughthebread ( )68.It’s about _______walk from myhometothepark. A. two hours B. two hour’s C.two hours’ D. twoofhours ( )69.Mr. Smithtold methat he had got _______to doat themoment. A. enough thing B. enough C. much enough D. thing enough ( )70.I’m not feeling very well now.I’vegot _______. A. headache B. aheadache C. theheadache D. cold ( )71.Those books inthe classroom are _______. A. Jim and Dick B. Jim’s andDick’s C.Jim’s and Dick D. Jimand Dick’s ( )72.Near ourschool there are two _______. A. shoeshops B. shoes shops C. shoe’s shops D. shoes’shops ( )73.Everyone isspeaking _______theman whohas given hislife to ourcountry. -9-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. in thepraise of B. inpraise for C.inpraise of D. in thepraise for ( )74.When Mr. Brown cameyesterday, hisfamily _______having supper. A. is B. are C. was D. were ( )75. －Where is your father? －At _______. A. Mr. Black’s B. Mr. Black C. theMr.Black’s D. theMr. Black ( )76.Here is_______for you. A. agood news B. apiece ofnews C. sogood news D.many good news ( )77.I willgive you a _______.Have good journey home. A. two months time B. two-month time C. two month’s time D. two monthtime ( )78._______cold weather itwas when we were inEngland! A. What B. What an C.How D. What a ( )79.There _______abagof apples ontheground. A. is B. are C. were D. was ( )80.Wemet some_______in England. A. Japaneses B. theJapanese C. Japanese D. Japan ( )81.Three years _______since my brotherjoined the army. A. has passed B. havepassed C. passed D. passes ( )82.4000dollars _______enoughfor me. A. is B. are C. do D.does ( )83.There _______two minutes left. A. are B. is C. have D. has ( )84.I haven’t got any _______with me. A. change B. changes C. pay D. pays ( )85.There isn’t_______in theglass. A. alot ofwaters B. much water C. muchwaters D. many water ( )86.Shehad _______forbreakfast. A. three piece ofbread B. three pieces ofbread C. threepiece ofbreads D. three pieces of breads -10-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )87.This is _______ball, you shouldreturn it to himat once. A. theboys B. theboy C. theboys’ D. theboy’s ( )88.There was _______intheroom. A. aboxbanana B. a boxofbananas C.some boxes ofbananas D. three boxpens ( )89.I have_______. A. three boxofpen B. three boxes pens C. threeboxes of pens D. three boxpens ( )90.Please bring us aglass of milk and _______. A. four piece ofbread B. fourpiece ofbreads C. fourpieces ofbread D. four pieces ofbreads ( )91.They got much _______from thosenew books. A. ideas B. pictures C.information D. stories ( )92.Mr. Green gave us_______onhow tolearn thelanguage. A. an advice B. advices C.some advice D. someadvices ( )93.Pass me_______,will you? A. two papers B. two piece paper C. two pieces ofpaper D. two pieces ofpapers ( )94.The doctorhad saved many _____oftheSARSpatients before helosthis own _______. A. left, life B. lives, life C. lifes, life D. life, lives ( )95.There are _______in thegarden. A. akind offlower B. all kinds offlowers C. afew kind offlowers D. afew kinds offlower ( )96.Please pass me_______. A. two glass ofwater B. two glasses of waters C.two glasses ofwater D. two glass water ( )97.Less than _______lived there two _______ago. A. hundred ofpeople, hundreds years B. hundreds of peoples, hundred years C. hundreds ofpeople, hundred years D. hundreds of people, hundreds year ( )98.Shall we take_______rest? A. afew minute B. afew minute’s C. afew minutes D. afew minutes’ ( )99.Our unclebought two _______for us yesterday. A. watchs B. watches C. thewatches D. watch -11-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )100.The man over there is_______father. A. Lily’s and Lucy’s B. Lily’sand Lucy C. Lily andLucy’s D.Lily and Lucy ( )101.Oh, thereare two beds here. This isthe_______bedroom. A. twin’s B. twins’ C.twins D. twin’ ( )102.Did you hear the _______report? A. policemen B. policemen’s C. policemens D. plicmens ( )103.On _______Day, even babies _______beautiful clothes. A. Children’s, dress upin B. Childrens’,are dressing upin C. Childrens’,dress upwith D. Children’s,are dressed upin ( )104._______says, therewill berain in _______nigh. _______rain willbe very heavy in some_______places. A. Today’s weather report, /,The, the B. Theweather report oftoday, /, the,/ C. Today’s weather report, the, The, / D. Today weather report, the,/,/ ( )105.Shehas todo_______this afternoon. A. alot work B. a lotofwork C. many work D. alot ofworks ( )106.Hello, Lucy, _______good news foryou. A. Ihave a B. There is a C.There are some D. There is some ( )107.There are three _______inmy family-my parents and myself. A. people B. peoples C.pupil D. pupils ( )108.What _______! A. anice weather B. an nice weather C. nice weather D. nice weathers ( )109.There are some_______onthe mountain. A. deers B. adeer C.deer D. deeres ( )110.Those are black _______. A. bike B. abike C. bikes D. the bike ( )111.Does Lily likeChinese _______. A. food B. foods C. any food D. somefood ( )112._______didn’t visitthe Great Wall. A. One oftheboy B. Oneof theboys C.One ofboy D. One ofboys -12-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )113.There are somenew books in thelibrary. They are _______books. A. child B. childrens’ C. children D. children’s ( )114.There are _______onthetable. A. two cups of teas B. two cup oftea C. two cups oftea D. two cup ofteas ( )115.Li Lei’s handwriting is betterthan any other_______inhis class. A. students B. student C. student’s D. students’ ( )116.One thewall there is a_______. A. map ofthe world B. world map C. World’s map D. theworld map ( )117.Li Lei had _______last Sunday. A. quitebusy B. quitea busy day C. aquitebusy day D. quitebusyaday ( )118.How muchare the_______. A. meat B. meats C.orange D. oranges ( )119.Meimei has much_______and many _______. A. bread, pears B. breads, pear C. pear, breads D. pears, bread ( )120.Lily wanted to buytwo _______. A. pencils-box B. pencil-boxes C.pencil-box D. pencils-boxes ( )121.There are many _______in thehospital. A. woman doctors B. woman’s doctors C. women doctors D.women’s doctors ( )122.Some_______will visitourschool tomorrow. A. German B. Germans C.Germen D. Germens ( )123.Li Lei has been to_______many times this month. A. his aunt B. his aunts C. aunt’s D. hisaunt’s ( )124.The boss asked me tobuytwo _______for his children. A. pairof shoes B. pairs ofshoe C.pairs ofshoes D. pairofshoe ( )125.Would you try _______? A. thetwo times B. a second time C. times D.time ( )126._______is theonlyanimal that can speak. A. Man B. Aman C.The man D.Men ( )127.The boyalways stays there for_______. -13-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. oneand halfhour B. one and halfhour C.one and half hours D. one andahalf hours ( )128._______foreigners visittheGreat Wallevery year. A. Thousands of B. Thousand C.Thousands D. Thousand of ( )129.Look! There are some_______onthefloor. A. child B. water C.girl D. boxes ( )130.Shelikes toeat _______. A. fishes and beefs B. boiling egg C. frozen meat D. fried potatos ( )131.Maths still_______very difficult for me, though Ihave donemy best. A. looks B. seem C.is D. are ( )132.Richard becameadoctor at the_______of 20. A. year B. time C. age D.old ( )133.He feels lonely. Hehas _______friends here except me. A. many B. some C. more D.few ( )134.There isa _______shop near thestation. A. book B. book’s C.books’ D. books ( )135.The rich man isliving ina _______building. A. two-story B. two stories C. two story D. two-stories ( )136.There are few _______inthe fridge. Let’s go and buysomepeas, carrots and cabbages. A. vegetables B. fruit C. meat D.eggs ( )137.Chinajoined the_______in 2001. A. CCTV B. WTO C. PLA D. NBA ( )138._______is alovely animal. A. Pandas B. Thepanda C.Apanda D.Pandaes ( )139.Beijing has somany buses that there is often atraffic jam in rush _______. A. ahour B. hours C.an hour D. moment ( )140.He won the_______race. A. 100meters B. 100-meter C.100-meters D. 100meter ( )141.I dolike“Chinese_______.” A. take away B. take-aways C.taken away D. take aways -14-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )142.Sheneeds to buy_______newtrousers. A. apiece of B. a pairof C. a bitof D. a group of ( )143.No news _______good news. A. is B. seems C. have D. has ( )144.Have you _______your newclassmates yet? A. had friends with B. madefriend with C.got friend to D. made friends with ( )145.There was _______just now. A. thecold rain B.cold rain C.cold rains D. acold rain ( )146.Jim, Ipassed theEnglishexam. Did you? _______. A. Good idea B. Congratulations C. Best wishes D. With pleasure ( )147.Han Mei is not feeling very well now.She’sgot _______. A. cough B. acough C. the cough D. cold ( )148.Let thechildren go away. They’re making too much _______. A. voice B. noise C. noisy D. sounds ( )149._______comes from thesheep and some peoplelikeeating it. A. Wool B. Pork C.Mutton D. Milk ( )150.One day Jim walked along_______towards hisboat. A. sand B. thesands C. sands D. thesand ( )151.I met herat _______theotherday. A. thebarber’s B. barber’s C. abarber D.the barber ( )152.They bought some_______tomake a dress. A. clothing B. clothes C. coats D. cloth ( )153.Uncle is _______man that healways helps others. A. such friend of B. such afriendly C. such friendly a D. suchfriendly ( )154.The students willhave _______during MayDay. A. fivedays holiday B. five-day holiday C. fivedays’holiday D. five day holiday ( )155.Beijing isone ofthebiggest _______ in China. A. citys B. city C.cities D. city’s ( )156.May Iuseyour _______dictionary? -15-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. pockets B. pocket C.pocket’s D. pockets’ ( )157.－Would you like_______? －Thank you, but I’mnot thirsty. A. somesandwiches B. somemooncakes C. somebread D. some orange ( )158.The teacher told us tohand in the_______ontime. A. exercisepaper B. exercises papers C.exercise papers D. pieces ofexercisepaper ( )159.Xi’an is oneof_______capital _______inChina. A. older, city B. theolder, city C. oldest, cities D. theoldest, cities ( )160.I want _______eggs. I have eaten toomuch. A. somemore B. many more C.much more D.nomore ( )161.Please give me_______. A. two oranges B.two glass of orange C.two orange D. two glasses oforanges ( )162.Shehas beenin Harbin forfive gears. Harbin has become her second _______. A. family B.house C.home D. room ( )163.English is abridge_______. A. ofmany knowledges B. of much knowledge C.tomuch knowledge D. to many knowledges ( )164.The _______liketo eat fried chicken. A. American B. America people C.people ofAmerican D. Americans ( )165.The _______happened at 3o’clock in theafternoon Miss Brown was robleed. A. rob B. robber C. accident D. robbery ( )166.I didgive myparents _______trouble when Iwas young. A. large B. many C.much D. not small ( )167.If your shoes are toosmall, but abigger_______. A. one B. copy C. pair D. pairs ( )168.The old man has tow_______. A. son-in-law B. sons-in-law C. son-in-laws D. sons-in-laws ( )169._______are falling inAutumn. A. Leafs B. Leavse C. Leaves D.Leafes -16-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )170.I found_______in thecity ofBeijing. A. awork B.works C. piece ofwork D. apieceof work ( )171._______is afaithful（忠实的）animal. A. Dogs B. Thedog C. Dog D.An dog ( )172.Which_______comes after winter? A. month B. week C. season D. day ( )173.Several _______are stillwatching thetrafficonMay Day. A. hundreds polices B. hundred police C. hundred polices D. hundreds police ( )174.Shefound _______ontheInternet. A. ainformation B. information C. piece ofinformation D. a piece ofinformation 二、写出下列名词的复数形式。 1.watch ______________ 2.tooth______________ 3.German ______________ 4.brush ______________ 5.box______________ 6.knife______________ 7.story ______________ 8.sheep ______________ 9.child ______________ 10.Japanese______________ 11.zero ______________ 12.mouth ______________ 13.foot ______________ 14.tomato ______________ 15.American___________ 16.man-doctor ______________ 三、用所给的名词的适当形式填空。 1.Look! There are alot of______________(leaf) ontheground. 2.There are a few ______________(people) intheroom. 3.Iwant two ______________(glass) of______________(milk). 4.Ihave a lotof______________(money) in my pocket. 5.People wear shoes ontheir______________(foot). 6.The ______________(woman) teachers are playing basketball. 7.There are some ______________(dumpling) ontheplate. 8.Tom is at the______________(doctor). 9.Canyou tell us thedifferences between buildings and ______________(house). 10.The first room is the______________(teacher) office. 11.Those ______________(child)are playing football outside. -17-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 12.The doctorhas saved a lotof______________ (life). 13.There are five ______________(pear) trees intheyard. 14.This isn’t my book,butmy ______________(brother). 15.There are some ______________(sheep) in thefield. 四、将下列短语译成英语。 1、露茜的妈妈 _____________________ 2、今天的报纸____________________ 3、长城 _____________________ 4、宇宙的知识_____________________ 5、世界地图 _____________________ 6、一块面包 _____________________ 7、四年三班 _____________________ 8、生日礼物 _____________________ 9、儿童读物 _____________________ 10、中国的首都_____________________ 11、世界人口 _____________________ 12、三箱苹果 _____________________ 13、吉姆的一张照片 _____________________ 14、成千上万棵树__________________ 15、星期天的早晨 _____________________ 16、步行二十分钟的路程______________ 17、一张教室的图画 _____________________ 18、一年中最热的季节________________ 19、两杯牛奶 _____________________ 20、2003年的春天____________________ 第二章 冠词 冠词是一种虚词，本身不能单独使用，通常放在名词的前面，帮助说明名词的含义，用 来限定名词的意义。 一、冠词的分类 冠词有不定冠词a/ an和定冠词the两种,起泛指或特指的作用。 冠词 分类 用 法 举 例 用在辅音开头的 a adog 不定 单数名词前面 冠词 用在元音开头的 an an orange 单数名词的前面 在可数名词的单数或复数或 定冠词 the theapple/theapples 不可数的名词前面 -18-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 二、不定冠词的用法 不定冠词a/ an用在单数名词的前面,a用在辅音开头的词前面;an用在元音开头的词的前。 1.表示某一个人或东西,但不具体说明何人或何物。 如：There is adoglying ontheground.有一只狗躺在地上。 2.表示某类人或事物,以区别于其他种类。 如：Anelephant is much stronger than aman.大象比人强壮多了。 (不能译为：一头大象比一个人强壮) 3.表示某类人或事物中的任何一个。 如：He isa teacher ofEnglish.他是英语教师 4.表示“一”这个数量。 如：There is a tableand four chairs inthat dining-room. 在那个餐厅里有一张桌子和四把椅子。 5.几个用不定冠词的习语：a bit(一点), alittle(一点),afew(几个), alot (许多), a kindof(一种), a pairof(一副、一双), anumber of(大量的), apiece of(一张、一片), halfan hour(半小时), have agood time(玩得开心), have acold(感冒), makeanoise(发出嘈杂声)等。 三、定冠词的用法 定冠词the用在可数名词的单数或复数或不可数的名词前面。 1.表示特指的人或事物。 如：The man with aflower in hishand is Jack.. 手上拿着一朵花的男人是杰克。 2.指谈话双方都熟悉的人或事物。 如：Lookat the blackboard,Lily. 莉莉,请看黑板。 3.复述前面提到过的人或事物。 如：There is a man underthe tree. The man is called Robert. 树下有个人, 那个人叫罗伯特。 4.表示世界上独一无二的事物。 如：The earth turns around thesun.地球绕太阳旋转。 5.用在表示方位的名词前面。 如：There will bestrong wind tothesouth oftheYangtze River. -19-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 长江以南地 区将会刮大风。 6.在序数词和形容词最高级的前面。 如：Whoisthefirst oneto go? 谁第一个去？ Of all thestars, thesun is thenearest to theearth. 在所有的恒星之中太阳离地球最近。 7.常用在乐器名称的前面。 如：He began to play the violin at theage of 5. 五岁时他开始拉小提琴。 8.用在江河、海洋、山脉等名称的前面。 如：Ihave never been totheHimalaya Mountains. 我从没有去过喜马拉雅山。 9.用在含有普通名词的专有名词的前面。 如：He isfrom theUnited States of America. 他来自美利坚合众国。 10.用在姓氏之前表示一家人。 如：The Greens are going to MountEmei nextmonth. 下个月格林家要去峨眉山。 11.same之前一般用the。 如：Lucy and Lily look thesame.露西和莉莉看上去长得一样。 12.几个用定冠词的习语：at thesametime(与此同时), make thebed (铺床), in theend (最后), all the time(一直), bytheway (顺便说一下), ontheway (在路上)等。 四、零冠词的情况 1.专有名词和(第一次使用)一些不可数名词时前面通常不用。 如：Chinais avery large country.中国是个大国。 Man needs air andwater.人类需要空气和水。 2.名词前已有指示、物主或不定代词作定语时不用。 如：My pen is much moreexpensivethan yours.我的钢笔比你的昂贵多了。 3.周名,月名或季节名前一般不用。 如：He was bornonMonday, February 18,1995. 他出生于1995年2月18日。 They usually plant trees onthehills inspring.春天他们通常在山上植树。 4.(第一次使用)复数名词表示人或事物的类别时不用。 -20-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Men are cleverer than monkeys.人比猴子聪明。 5.三餐饭前不用。 如：Wehave breakfast at homeand lunch at school. 我们在家吃早饭,在校吃午饭。 6.节假日前一般不用。 如：On Children’s Daytheboys often get presents from theirparents. 在儿童节,这些男孩经常得到父母的礼物。 7.球类名词前不用。 如：The children play football onSaturday afternoons. 孩子们星期六下午踢足球。 8.城市的重要/主要建筑物名称前不用。 如：They are nowat People’s Cinema.他们此刻在人民电影院。 9.一些习惯用语中不用。 如：at first/last/once takecare of inEnglish 冠词专项练习 一、选择填空。 ( )1.Sheis _______girl. Sheis _______English girl. A. a…a B. an….a C.a….an D. a…./ ( )2.Tom is _______English.He is _______English boy. A. an….an B. /….an C. /…/ D. a…a ( )3._______livein Room 208. A. TheGreen B.Green C. TheGreens D. Greens ( )4.January is _______first month oftheyear. A. a B. / C.an D. the ( )5.Weshould thinkof _______oldand _______sick. A. a….a B. an…a C. the….the D./…./ ( )6._______number ofthestudents inourclass is 52. -21-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. A B. An C.The D. / ( )7.Shecan play _______piano, butshecan't play _______football. A. the…the B. the…/ C./…the D. a….a ( )8.There is_______"s" in theword "six"and _______"s" is the firstletter oftheword. A. a…the B. a….an C. an…the D.a…a ( )9.A horseis _______useful animal. A. an B. a C.the D. this ( )10.He has already worked for _______hour. A. an B. a C.the D. three ( )11.Lucy wants tobecome _______. A. someteacher B. a teacher C. teacher D. teachers ( )12.Hainan is _______islands, isn't it? A. the B. one C.a D. an ( )13.What doyou usually doafter _______? A. theclass B. class C. theclasses D. a class ( )14.I'll have to buy_______trousers. A. a B. two C. apairof D. pair ( )15.I've thrown myold shoes away. I'll have tobuy_______. A. anew pair B. anew one C. somenew D. somenew pair ( )16.My uncle toldme hewas going to visit_______. A. theUnited State B. theUnited States C. United States D. United States ( )17.They failed sixtimes, but theyhave decided to try _______. A. seventimes B. theseven time C.theseventh time D. seventh time ( )18.Whoare thoseboys? One ismybrother and _______. A. thebig boyisMike B. a bigboyis Mike C.thebig boyis aPeter D. abig boyis aPeter ( )19.You willfind _______girl in black. Sheis _______teacher. A. a, the B. the, a C. a, a D.the, the ( )20._______birds can fly everyhigh in _______sky. -22-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. The, the B. The, a C. An, the D.A, the ( )21.I'm not looking at _______. A. sun B. sky C. thesun D. somesky ( )22.The littleboywishes to be _______. A. Lei Feng B. theLei Feng C.thisLei Feng D. aLei Feng ( )23._______have studied English inour school. A. Mostof students B. The moststudents C. Mostofthe students D. Moststudent ( )24.Tom's brother hit Bobon_______nose. A. his B. the C.its D. a ( )25.Weare going tohave an exam_______. A. in theclass B. in aclass C. at the class D. in class ( )26.Wehave had_______. A. good dinner B. agood dinner C. thegood dinner D. good dinners ( )27._______fine weather we have today! Let's go swimming. A. Whata B.How C. What D.How a ( )28.There's _______appletree behind _______house. A. an, the B. a,a C. an, a D. the, the ( )29.Wecan see thesunin _______daytime, but we can't seeit at _______night. A. a, the B. the, / C. a, / D. an, / ( )30.I saw_______oldman walking across the street and _______oldman looked worried. A. an, an B. the,the C. an, the D. the,an ( )31.What _______itis! A. aheavy rain B. heavy rain C. aheavy rains D. heavy rains ( )32._______timewe had at the party! A. Whatwonderful B. What awonderful C. Howwonderful D. How awonderful ( )33._______tallest building inthetown is _______Bank of China. A. The, the B. A, a C.The, a D. A, the ( )34.Little Tom looked at thebig shark _______. A. in thesurprise B. in surprised C. insurprise D. at asurprise -23-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )35._______more carefully you ride, _______fewer falls you'll get. A. The, the B. A, the C.The, a D.A, a ( )36.He has made _______decision that hewill be_______inventor sometime. A. a, the B. a,an C. the, an D.the, the ( )37.－Wehaven't seen for _______long time. Where have you been? －Ihave been for _______holiday withmy parents. －Have _______nice time! －Thank you. A. a, the, a B.the, a, a C. a, a, a D. a, the,the ( )38.－Excuseme, can you tell meway to _______Xinhua Bookstore? －Goalong this road, and then turn to_______right at _______first crossing, at_______ end ofthestreet, you can find it. A. the,a, the, the, the B. a, the, the, a, the C.the, the, the, a, the D. the, the, the, the, the ( )39.Whynot take_______friend with you? That's _______good idea. A. a, the B. the, the C. a, a D. the,a ( )40.Take themedicine three times _______day. A. a B. the C. an D. / ( )41.English is _______language. It is_______important tool. A. a, a B. a, an C. the, an D. a, / ( )42.Mei mei has _______highfever andhis motheris lookingafter her. A. a B. the C. an D. / ( )43.Lucy takes _______walk after supper every day. A. the B. a C. / D. an ( )44.Paper is madeof _______wood. A. a B. the C. / D. that ( )45._______February is thesecond month oftheyear. A. The B. A C. / D. an ( )46.Wehave noclasses on_______Sundays. -24-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. the B. a C. an D. / ( )47.I studied _______English in _______England. A. / ,/ B. an, the C.an, an D. /, the ( )48.Wego toschool by_______bus. A. / B. a C.the D. an ( )49.These boys play _______football after class. A. a B. the C. an D. / ( )50.There is_______bridge over theriver. _______bridge ismade ofstone. A. a, a B. a, the C. the, the D. the,a ( )51.Sunday is _______first day oftheweek. A. the B. / C. a D. an ( )52._______Greens were having breakfast at seven this morning. A. A B. An C. / D. The ( )53.Sheis oneof _______mostpopular teachers in thisschool. Every student loves her. A. a B. the C.an D. / ( )54.There is_______800-metre-long bridge overthe river. A. a B. an C.the D. / ( )55._______number ofthestudents are playing _______basketball onthe playground. A. A,a B. The, the C.The, a D. A, / ( )56.They often take awalk in _______Bei Hai Park. A. the B. a C./ D. this ( )57.The old man was ill in_______hospital. A. the B. / C. a D. an ( )58.There isno_______bookonthedesk. A. the B. a C.an D. / ( )59.Beijing is_______capital of_______people's Republicof_______China. A. a, the, the B. the,the, / C. the, the, the D. the, a, the ( )60.He started _______school when he was seven. A. the B. a C.an D. / -25-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )61.He has _______great deal of interest in_______English. A. a, an B. the,the C. a, / D. a, the ( )62.He is _______cleverest boyinourschool. A. a B. an C.the D. / ( )63.Sheoften spends much _______timereading. A. a B. an C.the D. / ( )64.Boys likes to go _______boating. A. a B. an C./ D. the 二、用适当冠词填空。 1. Thomas Edison was oneof_______greatest inventors inworld. 2. Man is _______only animal that can talk. 3. Is this house_______older ofthetwo? 4. _______earth moves around _______sun. 5. Ilivein _______northeast ofChina. 6. There are sixty minutes in_______hour. 7. _______honest boyis Jim,_______friend ofmine. 8. Children usually go to _______school at _______age ofseven. 9. Here is _______useful bookto read. 10.Wouldyou like_______rice or_______ bread for your breakfast? 11._______poorare always happier than_______rich. 12.He tookme by_______hand. 13.They have_______son and _______daughter. _______son isadoctor and _______daughter is ateacher. 14._______orange is orange. 15.He watched thestudent from _______ head to _______foot. 16.What _______interesting bookitis! 17._______clouds over _______sea were lovely yesterday. 18.There is _______littlemilk inthe fridge, I'll go and boysone. -26-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第三章 代词 一、人称代词 1.人称代词的分类 分 类 单 数 复 数 人 称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 主格 I you he, she, it we you they 人称代词 宾格 me you him, her,it us you them 2.人称代词的用法 （1）主格用来做句子的主语、表语。 如：Ioften go shoppingonSundays. 星期天我常去购物。 Are they from Brazil? 他们是巴西人吗？ That’s it. 就那么回事。 It’she ! 是他！ （2）宾格用来做及物动词或者介词的宾语。 如：Whoteaches you English thisyear ? 今年谁教你们的英语？ Help me! 救救我！ Weoften write letters to her. 我们常给他写信。 （3）人称代词作表语或者放在比较状语从句连词 than 或 as 之后时,可以用主格形式,也可以用 宾格形式,口语中大多用宾格。 如： It’sI/me.是我。 三个不同人称同时出现,或者主语中包含“我”时,按照“you→he→I”的顺序。 如：Both he andIare working at that computer company. 我和他都在那家电脑公司上班 –Whowill go there? 谁要去哪儿？ –Youand me. 你和我。 （4）人称代词 it除了可以指人植物之外,还可以表示“时间、天气、温度、距离、情况”等含义, 此外还可以作“非人称代词”使用,替代作主语或者宾语的不定式、动名词或者名词性从句。 -27-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：—What’s theweather liketoday ? 今天天气怎样？ —It’sfine. 天气晴好。 —What’s thetime? 几点啦？ —It’s12：00. 12点 It’sa long way to go. 那可要走好长的路。 It isvery clear that thepublicwant to knowwhen these men can go into space. 很显然,公众想知道这些人什么时候能进入太空。 Wefound it very difficultto learn a foreign language well. 我们发觉要学好一门外语是非常困难的。 二、物主代词的分类 1.人称代词的分类 单数 复数 分 类 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 第一人称 第二人称 第三人称 人 称 形容 my your his,her,its our your their 物主 词性 代词 名词性 mine yours his,hers, its ours yours theirs 2.人称代词的用法 （1）形容词性物主代词只能作句子中名词的修饰语,后面要跟名词。 如：Is that your umbrella? 那是你的伞吗？ Ioften go tosee my aunt onSundays. 我周日常去看望阿姨。 （2）名词性物主代词相当于名词,既代替事物又表明所属关系,在句子中往往独立地作主语、宾 语或者表语,后面千万不可以跟名词。 如：Thisis your cup, but where is mine? 这是你的杯子,可我的在哪儿？ Yourclassroom isvery big, but ours is rather small. 你们教室很大,我们得相当小。 -28-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 （3）“of+ 名词性物主代词”称为双重所有格,作定语时放在名词的后面。 如：Afriend of minecame tosee meyesterday. 我的一个朋友昨天来看我了。(指若干朋友中有一个。) 比较：My friend came to see meyesterday. 我的朋友昨天来看我了。(指我的那个特定的朋友) 三、反身代词 1.反身主代词的分类 人 称 单 数 复 数 第一人称 myself ourselves 第二人称 yourself yourselves himself themselves 第三人称 herself itself 通 称 oneself 2.反身主代词的用法 (1) 反身代词在句子中作宾语表示反身(指一个动作回到该动作执行者本身)。 如：Don’t play with theknife, you might hurt yourself. 不要玩刀子,那会割伤你的。 (2) 在句子中作同位语表示强调 (即用来强调名词或代词的语气)。 如：The story itselfis good. Only hedidn’t tell itwell. 故事本身是好的,只是他没有讲好。 四、指示代词 1.常见的指示代词 单复数 单数 复数 指示代词 this，that these, those -29-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 2.指示代词的用法 （1）this时间或空间上“近指”，既可与here 连用，又可与可数名词单数或不可数名词连用。 如：Thisman ismy maths teacher.这个人是我的数学老师。 （2）these“这些”可与可数名词复数连用。 如：Idonot liketheseflowers here.我不喜欢这儿的这些花。 （3）that 时间或空间上“远指”，既可与 here 连用，又可与可数名词单数或不可数名词连用。 也代替刚刚提到的或已经发生的事。 如：Sheis going to marry that manthere. 她打算跟那边那个人结婚。 Whodrank that water onthedesk over there? 谁喝了那边书桌上的水? —Let mepoura glass ofwater for you. 让我给你倒一杯水吧。 —That would bevery nice. 那太好了。 Heis ill.That's why hedidn't go to work. 他病了，这就是为什么他没去上班的原因。 （4）those那些时间或空间上“远指”，既可与用there 连用，又可与可数名词复数连用。 如：Thosemen are my teachers there. 那边那些人是我的老师。 3.使用指示代词应注意的问题 （1）用在打电话中常用this介绍自己，that 询问对方是谁。 如：Thisis Lucy. 我是露西 Whois that speaking? 你是哪位？ （2）在疑问句中 this,that,these 和 those 作主语，回答要用 it 代替 this 或 that，they 代替 these 或those。 如：—Is this your dictionary? 这是你的字典吗？ —Yes,itis. 是的，它是 —Whatare those? 那些是什么? —They are cows. 它们是奶牛 （3）在比较级句型中指代与前面的名词“同类”的事物，以避免重复。that 常用来指代前面提 到的可数名词单数或不可数名词；those常用来指代前面提到的复数名词。 如：Thevase ontheleft is morebeautiful thanthat ontheright. 左边的花瓶比右边的(花瓶）漂亮。 -30-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Theweather ofBeijing iscolder thanthat ofGuangzhou. 北京的天气比广州的(天气）冷。 Thewindows of your room are cleaner than thoseofmine. 你房间的窗户比我房间的（窗户）干净。 五、不定代词 不是指明代替任何特定名词的代词叫不定代词。常见的有some，any，all，none，both， either，either，each， other，another，much，many，few，little，one等。 1.all 指人用复数，指事用单数 如：All are here.大家都在这儿。 All is over.全都结束。 2.one 表“一个”，ones 表“一些” 如：One has to doone's best. 人做事要尽力而为。 These apples are notred.Give mesome red ones. 这些苹果不红,给我些红苹果吧。 3.another,theother,others,theothers another 三者以上的另一个；the other 两者之中的另一个，或是三者以上的另一些，others 其余的人和物，数量不准确，theothers 两部分中的另一些，数量较准确。 如：This ruler istooshort for me.Pleasegive meanother. 这把尺子太短了，请另给我一把。 Give metheother one. 把另一个给我。 Where are theotherpupils? 其余的学生在哪儿。 Showmesomeothers,please. 请拿些别的给我看。 There are fifty pupilsin ourclass.Thirty ofthem are boys.The others are girls. 我们班有五十个学生，其中30个是男孩，其他的是女孩。 4.either,neither,no one只表示单数无复数。either 两者中任一个，表肯定，neither 指两者都不， 表否定，noone无人做某事，表否定。 如：Either oftheboys isTom's brother. 两个男孩中的一个是汤妈的兄弟。 Neitheroftheboys isSam's brother. 两个男孩都不是萨姆的兄弟。 No oneknows it. 无人知道此事。 -31-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 5.both,all,few,afew,many。只有复数无单数，both“两者都.…”，all“(三个以上的人或物)都…”， few“没有一些”，后接可数名词，表否定，afew“有一些”，后接可数名词，表肯定，many“很 多，非常多”。 如：Both are in good health. 两个人都健康。 Ihave few good books. 我没有几本好书。 (否定） Ihave a few good friends here. 在这儿我有些好朋友。 (肯定） Ihave many English books. 我有许多英语书。 6.many,much,little,a little。many 后接可数名词复数，表示“多”，much 后接不可数名词，表示 “多”，little不多，表否定，a little虽不多，但有些，表肯定。 如：There are many books onthedesk. 课来上有许多书。 There is much water in thebottle. 瓶子里有许多水。 Ihave littlemoney. 我身上没带钱。 (否定） Ihave a littlemoney with me. 我身上带了点钱。 (肯定） 7.each,every。each 强调“个体”和“个别”，every 强调“全体”“一个也不缺” 如：Each bookonhis desk is worth reading. 他课来上的每本书都值得一读。 Every pupil muststudywell. 每个学生都必须好好学习。 8.some用来表示肯定，any 疑问和否定，some,any 后接可数名词，不可数名词。 如：Someboys are playing football. 一些男孩在踢球。 Iwant somemilk. 我想要些牛奶。 —Do you want anymilk? 你想要些牛奶吗？ —No,I don't want any. 不，我不要。 some+可数名词的单数，表示不明确的人或物。 如：Somefool mixed coffee and tea. 不知道哪个傻瓜把咖啡和茶水混在一起了。 六、复合不定代词 复合不定代词是由some-，any-，no-，every-加上-one，-body，-thing，-where，-time所组 成的不定代词。 1.复合不定代词包括：someone（某人）somebody（某人）something（某事物）somewhere （某地）anyone（任何人）anybody（任何人）anything（任何事物）anywhere（任何地方） noone（没人）nobody（没人）nothing（没事物）nowhere（没有地方）everyone（每个人） -32-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 everybody（每个人）everything（一切事物）everywhere（一切地方）等。 注：含-body和-one 的复合代词只用来指人 含-thing 的复合不定代词只用来指示物 2.复合代词具有名词性质，在句中可用作主语、宾语或表语 如：Someone/Somebodyis crying inthe next room. 有人在隔壁房间哭。 No one/Nobody is stupid. 没有谁是愚蠢的。 Are you going to buyanything? 你会去买东西吗？ Ican hear nothing butyour voice. 我只听到了你的声音。 3.复合不定代词的定语必须后置，即放在复合不定代词的后面。 如：Can you tell somethinginteresting? 你能讲些有趣的事情吗？ Is there anybody important here? 这儿有大人物吗？ Wouldyou likesomethingtoeat? 要来些吃的东西吗？ 七、疑问代词 疑问代词在句中起名词词组的作用，用来构成疑问句。疑问代词有下列几个：what, who, whose, whom, which, whatever, whichever ,whoever, whomever。 疑问代词在句中应位于谓 语动词之前，没有性和数的变化，除 who 之外也没有宾格的变化。what, which, whose 还 可作限定词。 如：Whois calling? 谁在打电话?（主语） Whomdid shemarry? 她嫁给谁了?(宾语） Whomdid you comewith? 你和谁来的? (宾语） Whosebike isunder thetree? 这棵树下的自行车是谁的? (定语） Whatdoyou mean? 你是什么意思呀? (宾语） Whathas happened? 发生了什么? (主语） Whoseare thesebooks in theclassroom? 教室里的这些书是谁的?(表语) Whichroom shall we stay in? 我们应该住在哪个房间?(定语) Whichof theseis yours? 这些当中哪个是你的? (主语） -33-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 代词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.This is my book._______are overthere. A. Your B. Yours C. You D. mine ( )2.Help _______to somefish, Jenny. A. yourselves B. yourself C. himself D. herself ( )3._______is wrong withmy watch. It has stopped _______. A. Something, working B. Something, to work C.Anything, working D. Anything, to work ( )4.Whoseradio isit?It’s _______. A. her B. hers C.she D. herself ( )5.The children heard _______ontheisland. A. somethingstrange B. anything strange C.strange something D. strange anything ( )6.I havethree pens. Oneis red, _______two are black. A. another B. other C. theother D. the others ( )7.There is_______in today’snewspaper, isthere? A. something important B. anything important C. nothingimportant D.important nothing ( )8.I asked Jim and Bob to myhouse fora meal, but _______ofthem came. A. both B. nor C. none D.neither ( )9.The man has two sons, and _______ofthem are strong. One istall and _______is short. A. All, another B. Neither, theother C.Both, another D. Both, theother ( )10.The man downstairs found _______verydifficult toget tosleep. A. that B. them C.it D.its ( )11.He can speak _______French, but not_______. A. some, much B. any, much C. much, many D. many, any ( )12.Mr. Smithis an oldfriend of_______. A. I B. me C. my D. mine -34-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )13.Tom is here anda friend of_______is here, too. A. his father B. hisfather’s C.he’s father D. he father ( )14.Granny is illand shedoesn’tfeel like_______. A. to eat something B. toeat anything C. eating something D. eating anything ( )15.There isn’t_______paper inthebox.Will you go and get _______forme? A. any, some B. any, any C. some, some D. some, any ( )16.He fell off theladder buthe didn’t hurt _______. A. herself B. his C. him D. himself ( )17.Lucy runs faster than_______in her class. A. any other girls B. any oftheother girl C. the othergirl D.any other girl ( )18.They are both good at English, but_______ofthem is good at maths. A. both B. either C. all D.neither ( )19. －Haven’tyou forgotten _______? －_______?Oh, I forgot my bag. A. anything, Excuseme B. something, Excuseme C. something, Pardon D. everything, Pardon ( )20.Did she go toschool when shewas young? No she taught _______at home. A. her B. herself C. hers D. she ( )21.Is that coat _______? No, it’s _______. A. your brother, mine B. your brother’s, meC. your brother’s,mineD. your brother, me ( )22.Is _______here today? No, Li Lei isn’there. A. someone B. somebody C. everyone D. anyone ( )23.American take-away food is quitedifferent from _______. A. we B. ours C. us D. our ( )24.A friend of _______came to see_______yesterday. A. his, his B. he, him C. him,his D.his, him ( )25.The boys and girls seemed toenjoy _______inthepark. A. themselves B. them C.they D. their ( )26.My mother told_______avery interesting story yesterday. -35-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. me B. I C. our D. my ( )27.This apple isdelicious. Give me_______one, please. A. theother B. another C. others D.other ( )28._______likes maths, but both ofthem likemisic. A. Neitherof him B. Neither ofthem C. Both of them D. Both of thetwo ( )29.There are fifty students inourclass. Someare from theUSA, and ____are from China. A. another B. the other C. others D.other ( )30.Put itaway, Richard. You mustn’t read _______letter. A. anyone’s else’s B. anyone’s else C. anyone else’s D.them, ourselves ( )31.Most of_______want todothe work _______. A. theirs, himself B. their, theirs C. them, themselves D.them, ourselves ( )32.Are these stories interesting?Yes, _______ofthem are interesting. A. all B. both C. either D. neither ( )33.You can borrow my bike, but you mustn’t lend itto _______. A. others B. other C. theother D. theothers ( )34.Westudy Chinese, English and some_______subjects. A. theother B. other C. another D. others ( )35.Tom studies better than_______oftheother boys in his class. A. some B. most C. any D. one ( )36._______has taken my penbymistake. Ican’tfind it. A. Nobody B. Everybody C. Somebody D. Anyone ( )37.Tom made _______mistakes in histest. A. any B. one C.no D. another ( )38.If you need aruler, I’lllend you _______. A. one B. some C. theone D.another ( )39.He found _______very difficult to get to sleep. So hedecided toread a book. A. this B. that C. its D. it ( )40.Mikelost _______new watch while hewas playing volleyball at school. A. his B. he C.him D. himself -36-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )41.Kate had lost_______key, _______ asks _______forhelp. A. her,He, I B. his, He,me C. his, She, I D. her, She, me ( )42.The two friends were sopleased to see each other that theforgot _______. A. anything else B. something else C. nothingelse D. everything else ( )43.Whoteaches _______French? A. we B. our C.us D.ours ( )44._______bookis new and _______is new, too. A. Our, he B. Ours, his C.My, his D. My, her ( )45.Thank you forhaving us. Weenjoyed _______very much. A. ourselves B. us C. our D. ours ( )46.Let’s give her _______to eat, then. A. Englishsomething B. somethingEnglish C.. anything English D. English anything ( )47.In learning a language, I find _______important to domorespeaking. A. it B. us C. you D. everyone ( )48.Mr. Green gave Lin Tao _______ to eat. A. delicious something B. Chinese something C. somethingEnglish D. somethingEngland ( )49.This room is ours, and thatone is _______. A. they B. them C.theirs D. their ( )50. －Whosebooks are these? －They’re_______. A. my B. me C.mine D. our ( )51.How much_______dotheworkers in that factory produce a day? A. bicycle B. cake C. bread D. machine ( )52 －Whohas adictionary, children? －Ihave _______. A. it B. this C.one D. so ( ) 53. ______of the shoes in the shop were the right size for me. They were either too big or too small. -37-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. Both B.Neither C. None D. Either ( )54.You’re oldenough to takecareof _______. A. you B. your C. yourself D. yours ( )55.Nobody taught _______.Shelearnt all by_______. A. she, her B. her, herself C.her, her D. herself, herself ( )56._______of thestudents inour class has new books. A. All B. Each C.Both D. Every ( )57. －Is thenewwatch _______? －Yes, it’s _______. A. you, me B. yours, mine C. your, my D.your, mine ( )58.Mrs. White has _______her heart. A. wrong something with B. somethingwrong in C. somethingwrong with D. anything wrong with ( )59.They got aChristmas tree and it was _______ours. A. so tall as B. sotaller as C.as tall as D. as talleras ( )60.The young man often travels from Chinato England _______. A. himself B. byhimself C.onlyhim D. him ( )61.Lily asked Jim,Bob and Tom toher housefora meal, but _______ofthem came. A. both B. nor C. none D.neither ( )62.Could Iborrow apan, please? _______ has just broken. A. My B. You C. Mine D. Your ( )63.My skirt is _______expensivethan _______. A. much, her B. much, hers C. more, her D. more, hers ( )64. －Do you likeJane’snew skirt? －Yes, very much. I’llask mumto buy____forme. A. one B. it C.theother D. a ( )65.Sheis always ready to help_______. A. other B. others C.theother D. theothers ( )66.The colourof herskirt is different from _______of mine. -38-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. one B. that C. it D. this ( ) 67. The Class 3 and Class 1 runners both ran very slowly. _______ of them ran faster than the Class 2runner. A. Either B. Nobody C. None D. Neither ( )68.The weather in Guangzhou is hotterthan _______in Harbin. A. that B. it C. this D. one ( )69.Boys, don’t touch themachine, or you may hurt_______. A. myself B. yourself C.yourselves D. themselves ( )70.The old man has two sons.But _______of them lives withhim. A. both B. none C.neither D. all ( )71.There are man has two sons. But _______ofthem lives withhim. A. both B. all C.neither D.none ( )72.They were all very tired, but _______ofthem would liketo have arest. A. both B. all C.neither D.neither ( )73. －I want to buyadictionary. Couldyou showme _______? －Yes. This is themostpopular kind. A. other B. anything C. it D. one ( )74. －My watch keeps good time. What about _______? －Mine?Oh, two minutes slow. A. you B. her C.hers D. yours ( )75.Suddenly he came inand said hehad _______totell theclass. A. anything important B. important everything C. somethingimportant D. important something ( )76. －I madethecake by_______.Help _______,Tom. －Thanks. A. ourselves, yourselfB. myself, yourself C. myself, yourselves D. ourselves, yourselves ( )77.Jane’s answer isdifferent from _______,butI really agree with _______. A. his, her B. his, hers C.him, hers D. him, her ( )78.There is_______left inthe fridge, is there? -39-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. something B. nothing C.anything D. everything ( )79.There are twenty students inthe room.Nine ofthem are girls and _______are boys. A. theother B. theothers C. other D. others ( )80._______likemusic. A. Both ofthey B. Both ofthem C.The bothgirl D. Both them ( )81. －Whichwould you liketo eat, bread orSandwiches? －_______is OK. A. All B. Both C.None D. Either ( )82._______draws so well as Tom. A. Nobody B. Somebody C.Everybody D.Anybody ( )83.Is there_______new intoday’s newspaper? A. anything else B. else anything C.something else D. else everything ( )84.The population ofHarbin is smaller than _______ofShanghai. A. it B. that C. this D. one ( )85.To say isone thing, to dois _______. A. one B. other C.theother D. another ( )86.This blueshirt looks betterthan thegreen _______. A. / B. one C.suits D.ones ( )87.I’ll give _______students_______ minutes tofinish thecomposition. A. theother, othertwo B. theother, towmore C. others, another two D. other, two other ( )88.Few ofthem liketo go forawalk _______? A. dothey B. don’t they C. are they D. aren’t they ( )89.Here are two pears. You mayhave _______ofthem. A. every B. any C. all D. either ( )90._______likes playing football in ourclass, aren’t they? A. No one B. Some C. Everyone D. Nobody ( )91.What’wrong with your watch? _______. A. It works good B. It’sa niceone C. It doesn’t work D. Ican’t mend it ( )92.I saw_______playing basketball onthe playground justnow. -40-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. them B. they C.their D.theirs ( )93.The two littlegirls are crying inthestreet. They can’tfind _______mother. A. she B. them C. her D. their ( )94.Whoseshoes are those? They are _______. A. me B. mine C.my D. myself ( )95.Can you doit all by_______,Jill? A. you B. yourselves C.yourself D.yours ( )96.It’s cold today, _______? A. is it B. it is C. isn’t it D. it isn’t ( )97.He knows _______French but hehas _______French friends. A. little, few B. few, little C. alittle, few D. afew, little ( )98.Is there_______with your car? A. something wrong B. wrong something C. anything wrong D. wrong anything ( )99.There isn’t_______milk inthe fridge. You’dbetterbuysome. A. no B. any C. some D.few ( )100.The boxis empty. There is_______ in it. A. anything B. something C. nothing D. everything ( )101.I havetwo pears. _______ofthemare onthetable. A. All B. One C. Both D. Each ( )102.I didn’t likethe cross talk. _______ of theactors was funny. A. Both B.All C.Neither D. Either ( )103.“You’ll have anice present _______,mychildren.”Mother said. A. each B. every C. all D. either ( )104.The question are so difficult that _______students can answer them. A. afew B. few C. alittle D. little ( )105.Sheis astudent, _______name is Han Mei. A. its B.her C.hers D.his ( )106.It’s adog. Idon’tknow _______name. A. its’ B. its C.it D. it’s -41-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )107.This ruler isn’t mine. Ithink itis _______. A. he B. him C.his D. her ( )108.Could you help_______with _______maths, please? A. I, my B. me, me C. me,my D.my, I ( )109.A friend of _______came to Harbin theday before yesterday. A. my B. his C. him D. himself ( )110._______schoolbag is beautiful. But _______is more beautiful than _______. A. Jims,my, be B. Jim’s, mine, his C. Jim’s mine, him D. Jim’s,my, his ( )111.Most of_______likeAmerican fast food. A. they B. their C. them D.theirs ( )112.His handwriting isbetter than _______. A. her B. she C. hers D. she’s ( )113.Won’t you let _______help you? A. Iandmy friend B. my friend and I C.my friend and me D.my friend and to ( )114.The teacher asked thethree girl Kate, Lucy and _______to be ready. A. I B. himself C.me D. herself ( )115.How hard_______is working at hisEnglish! A. we B. him C.he D. his ( )116._______are onthe school football team. A. I, you andhe B. He, you and I C.You, heand I D. You, he andme ( )117.Open thedoor,please! It’s _______. A. I B. my C.mine D. me ( )118.The teacher gave thebooks toLily and _______. A. I B. me C. mine D. my ( )119.That model planeis not _______,itis _______.Imade it_______. A. ours, mine, myselfB. your, mine, myselfC. yours, her, myself D. yours, my, myself ( )120.Are Lucy and Lily friends _______? A. of B. to you C.toyours D. of yours ( )121.I thought it was _______computer. -42-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. him B. himself C. his D. he ( )122.Last Sunday, inthesupermarket webought _______somesweets. A. us B. ours C.ourselves D. tous ( )123.Those students think_______are wrong. A. ours B. ourselves C. we D. us ( )124.Two students,_______were sent to helpthem withtheapple picking. A. himand me B. heandI C.him andI D. Iand he ( )125._______of us wants to read it. A. Everyone B. Every one C.All D. Nobody ( )126.There _______wrong with my computer. A. are something B. are anything C. is anything D. issomething ( )127.I’m not busyat themoment. Ihaven’t_______to do. A. something B. everything C.nothing D. anything ( )128.His parents are _______computer engineers. A. each B. all C. both D. noone ( )129.Of thethree foreign travelers, oneis from America, _______two are from France. A. other B. theother C. others D. theothers ( )130.Sheis too tired to go _______. A. somewhere B. everywhere C. otherwhere D. anywhere ( )131.Look at thosestudents.Someare cleaning thewindows, ____are sweeping thefloor. A. theother B. other C.others D. theothers ( )132.The students have_______onSaturday andSunday. A. noany classes B. not class C. noclasses D. noany class ( )133.John is stronger than _______in hisclass. A. any boys B. any boy C.any other boy D. other boy ( )134.The farmers are very happy to have _______rice harvest. A. other B. theother C.another D. others ( )135.Would you like_______to drink? A. something B. anything C. nothing D. everything -43-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )136.We’ll have tohurry. Wehaven’t got _______time. A. much B. many C. afew D.plenty ( )137.Sheisn’t very popular. Shehas _______friends. A. few B. afew C. little D. a little ( )138.he village was quitesmall. There were only _______houses. A. few B. afew C. little D. a little ( )139.My bikeis out oforder. I want to buy_______. A. a B. aone C. anone D. anewone ( )140.Mr. Smithhas foursisters, one is inLondon, but _______are in Liverpool. A. another B. others C. theotherones D. theothers ( )141.These shoes are toosmall. Do you have larger _______? A. some B. them C.ones D. those ( )142.Would you pleasepass _______thesalt?_______needs it. A. she, Her B. her, She C.hers, She D. herself, Her ( )143.Someone isknocking at thedoor, but who can _______be? A. one B. he C. she D. it ( )144.Look at theclouds. _______is going to rain. A. It’s B. It C. Today D. That ( )145.Her pronunciation isbetter than_______. A. my B. me C.mine D. I ( )146.Jim said to _______,“Whoam I?” A. himself B. hisself C.herself D. myself ( )147.This bookis moreinteresting than _______. A. theother B. other the C. others D. another ( )148.Jim istaller than _______inhis class. A. any student B. any others C.anyone else D. theother ( )149.There are lotsof English books here, and _______of them iseasy to understand. A. both B. all C.every D. each ( )150. －What colourdoyou likebetter, black or white? -44-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －Ilike_______but red. A. neither B. either C. every D. each ( )151.There are many students outsidetheschool gateat that time, but Iknew ____ofthem. A. everyone B. every C. none D. some ( )152.Please keep together! Idon’t want _______toget lost. A. nobody B. anyofyou C.every ofyou D. noone ( )153.You may stay here for_______five days. A. more B. theother C.others D. another ( )154.This question is so easy that _______ can answer it. A. nobody B. anyone C. noone D.someone ( )155.Will you buy_______stamps forme? A. some B. any C. no D.none ( )156.Shehad abad cold. _______iswhy shedidn’t cometo work. A. This B. That C.These D. Those ( )157.The two ofthem help _______. A. each other B. one another C.to each other D. forone another ( )158._______English best? A. Whodoes speak B. Whospeaks C. Whichspeaks D. Whomspeaks ( )159.He had many friends there. But _______ofthem went to see himthat day. A. all B. some C.every D. none ( )160.I hope_______goes well. A. something B. anything C. everything D. nothing ( )161.Would you likesome sugar in your coffee? Yes, just_______. A. few B. afew C. little D. a little ( )162.There is_______timeleft. Wemustbe lateifwe don’t hurry. A. little B. alittle C.few D. a few ( )163.There isn’t_______chalk in theclassroom. Please get _______for me. A. some, any B. any, any C. any, some D. some, some ( )164.I’ll comeagain in _______days. -45-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. little B. other C. a few D. any ( )165.Practice in _______is learning. A. himself B. itself C.herself D. themselves ( )166.You can dobetter than _______. A. himand hers B. heand she C.heand her D. him and she ( )167.Jack gave _______. A. to hertheflowers B. theflowers to she C. herthe flowers D. shetheflowers ( )168._______never wanted to be bad children. A. Weboy B. Our boys C.Us boys D. Weboys ( )169.Let _______doit. A. hisand her B. heand she C. himand her D. heand her ( )170.Listen to _______sister! A. sheandher’s B. her and she C. sheand her D. hisand her ( )171.All are leaving for Shanghai today except_______. A. himand me B. heandme C. Iand he D. himand I ( )172.Food and water are more expensivethan_______used to be. A. it B. their C.they D. he ( )173.Every boyand girl got thepresent and _______was given onNew Year’s Eve. A. she B. he C. they D. he ( )174.He introduced _______. A. herto I B. she toI C. shetome D. hertome ( )175.I mistook _______. A. hers for mine B. hers to my C. she’s tomine D. herfor mine ( )176._______sang asongtogether at theparty. A. I, Mary and Anna B.Mary, Anna and me C.Mary, Ann andI D. Mary, Anna and myself ( )177.If you meet my teacher ormy classmates, tell _______about it. A. him B. them C. one D. her ( )178._______student inourclass can answerthis easy question. -46-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. Anyone B. Some C. Any D. Someone ( )179.I like_______betterthan yours. A. himand her B. he and she C. him and she D. his and hers ( )180.They often ask about _______work. A. each other’s B.others’ C.the other’s D. each others’ ( )181.I don’t want touseyour pen, Iwant _______. A. somebody else’s B. somebody’s else C. somebody else D. somebody’s else’s ( )182.Please help _______to somefruit. A. myself B. oneself C. yourself D. himself 二、用正确的人称代词及物主代词填空 1. My name is Li Lei. _______ m twelve. _______ father is a doctor. _______ works in a hospital. _______motheris ateacher. _______teaches English.I loveboth of_______. 2. －Excuse_______!Is this bikeyours? －No, itisn’t _______.I thinkit is Li Lei. －Yes, it’s _______. 3. Lucy and Lily are twin sister. _______ are in the same class. Miss Gao is _______ headmaster. Shelikes _______andthey like_______,too. 4. Jimhas a niceParrot. _______name isPolly. _______looks after _______every day. 5. I’dliketo go swimming. _______too. 6. Willfinish thework herself. 7. Shehas lost_______pen. Will you lend her _______? 三、用适当的反身代词填空： 1.Jimand Li Lei are teaching _______French. 2.“What shall Idonext?”WeiHua asked _______. 3.Ithink wecan dothework by_______. 4.“Help _______tosomefruit.”Mothersaid tothe children. 5.Jimenjoyed _______at theparty yesterday. 6.Iwasn’t quite_______lostnight. 7.Make_______at home. -47-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 8.Look, thecat iswashing herface ______. 四、用不定代词完成下列各句 1.There isn’t ______________chalk in theclassroom. Please get ______________for me. 2.If you have ______________questions, please putupyour hands. 3.Jimlent metwo English books, but ______________ofthem is easyenough forme. 4.Thetrousers are too long. Would you please showme ______________pair? 5.Last week they planted alot offlowers on______________side oftheroad. 6.Theboyis standing with ______________hards inthepockets. 7.They lave got ______________ready forthefootball match. 8.Lily looks unhappy, ______________must have happened to her. 9.______________has taken mymaths book bymistake. 10.MissGao wants to teach his pupil______________he knows. 11. －Howmany students can you see intheclassroom? －Ican see ______________. 12. ______________should takecare ofhis health. 13. Wouldyou likesomesugar inyour coffee? Yes, Just _______. 14. There’s ______________timeleft. Wemust hurry. 15. How______________did you pay for thetrousers? 16. Theoldwoman had three children. But ______________ofthem lived with her. 17. Willyou please do______________shopping for me. 18. How______________times have you beento Beijing? 19. You can have onecake ______________,children. 20. Good morning, ______________!Good morning, Teacher! -48-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第四章 数词 数词：表示数目多少或者顺序先后的词叫数词，它有两种形式：表示数目多少的叫基数词。 例如：one 一，two 二，three 三，four 四。表示顺序先后的词叫序数词。例如：first 第一，second 第二，third 第三，fourth 第四，fifth 第五。 一、基数词 1.基数词的构成： （1）1-12 的基数词是：one 1， two 2， three 3, four4， five 5, six6, seven7, eight 8, nine9, ten 10, eleven11, twelve 12。 （2）13-19 的基数词：分别在3-9 的基数词后加词缀-teen，但要注意几个特殊变化的基数词： 13-thirteen，15-fifteen， 18-eighteen。 （3）20-90 的逢十的基数词：分别在 2-9 的基数词后加-ty 构成，即：20twenty，30thirty， 40forty，50fifty，60 sixty，70 seventy，80 eighty，90ninety。(注意20，30，40，50， 80拼写的特殊变化) （4）21-29 的基数词：由十位数 20的单词形式twenty 加个位数1-9 构成。中间用连字符。 即：21twenty-one，22twenty-two，23twenty-three，24twenty-four，25twenty-five， 26twenty-six，27twenty-seven，28twenty-eight，29twenty-nine。 其他的十位数照此类推。 （5）百位数是由 1-9 加 hundred 构成。例如：200 two hundred。有百位数、十位数和个位 数的三位数，百位数和十位数之间用and 连接。 如：127onehundred and twenty-seven。 （6）千位数是由1-9 加thousand 构成，后面的百位数、十位数和个位数与前面的构成方法 一样。 如：3000three thousand。1,149onethousand onehundred and forty-nine。 英语没有“万”这个单位。10,000ten thousand。十万用 onehundred thousand，但有百万 这个单位million。 2.基数词应用的几点注意事项： （1）基数词可以用来表示年级、班级、房间号码、电话号码和编号。并且单词开头字母 要大写。 -49-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Iam inClass Five, Grade Nine. 我在九年级五班。 Tomorrow weare going tolearn Lesson Five. 明天我们将要学习第五课。 （2）基数词作为数字在句子中作主语，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。 如：In thewestern countries, peoplethink thirteen is unlucky number. 在西方国家，人们认为13是一个不吉利的数字。 但是代表可数名词的复数形式时要用复数 如：Two ofthem are fromAmerica. 他们中有两人是从美国来的。(Two =Twopeople) （3）基数词的单位 hundred，thousand，million 和billion 等用来表示具体数目，前面有具 体的基数词时，这些词的后面不加-s。 如：There are ten hundred studentsin ourschool. 我们学校有1000名学生。 但是当hundred，thousand，million和billion等用来表示不具体的数目时,用“hundreds/ thousands/millions/billionsof+名词”来表示，这些词的前面也不用具体的基数词。 如：Wehavealready planted thousands oftrees onthefarm. 我们在农场里已经种植了成千上万棵树。 二、 序数词 1.序数词的构成： （1）1-19 的序数词除了第一(first)，第二(second)和第三(third)之外，其他的序数词是由基 数词加后缀-th 构成的。如：第四-fourth，第六-sixth，第七-seventh 等。注意几个序 数词的特殊变化：fifth 第五，eighth 第八，ninth 第九，twelfth 第十二。 （2）逢十的序数词的构成方法是：先将“几十”的基数词的词尾-ty 变为-ti 再加eth。 如：第20-twentieth，第30-thirtieth，第40-fortieth。 （3）两位数的序数词如果包含1-9的个位数，十位数用基数词，个位数用序数词。 如：第21twenty-first，第34thirty-fourth。 （4）百、千、万的序数词有hundred-hundredth，thousand-thousandth。 2.序数词的用法： （1）序数词在句子中主要作定语，有时也可以用作主语、宾语和表语。 如：Thesixth man went forward tofeel theelephant. 第六个人走上前去摸象。 Ithink thefirst is betterthanthesecond. 我认为第一个比第二个好。 My sisteris thefourth in thisexam. 我妹妹这次考试是第四名。 -50-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 （2）定冠词the和序数词连用表示顺序。不定冠词a/an 和序数词连用表示“又一、再一” 如：Youare thesecond andI am thefourth. 你第二，我第四。(表示顺序) Can you doita third time? 你能再做一次吗?(已经做过两次了) 三、分数表示法： 分数是以基数词代表分子，序数词代表分母，除了分子是“1”的情况外，分母的序数词都 要用复数。 如：ahalf 1/2,one third 1/3, two thirds 2/3, a(one) quarter 或one fourth 1/4 分数在句子中作主语的时候，谓语动词的单、复数形式由of后面的名词来决定。 如果of后面的名词是可数名词的复数形式，谓语动词用复数形式;如果of 后面的名词是 不可数名词，谓语动词用第三人称单数形式。 如：It issaid that two thirdsof information ontheInternet is not true. 据说互联网上三分之二的信息是不真实的。 Twofifths of thestudents inmy class are from thevillage. 我们班五分之二的学生来自那个村子。 四、年、月、日、时的表示法 1.年代 1984 nineteen eighty-four 1990’s (1990s) nineteen nineties 2009 two thousand and nine 2.日期 September1,2009， 读作：September thefirst, two thousand and nine 3.时刻 数字写法 读 法 8:00 eight o’clock eight 8:10 ten past eight eight ten 8:15 (a) quarter past eight eight fifteen 8:30 halfpast eight eight thirty 8:40 twenty tonine eight forty 8:45 (a)quarter tonine eight forty-five -51-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 数词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.There are about ________students inour school. A. two thousandof B. two thousands C. two thousands of D. two thousand ( )2.There are ________studentsin our grade. A. threehundreds and forty-five B. three hundred and forty five C. threehundred forty-five D. threehundred and forty-five ( )3.Sunday is ________day of theweek. A. thefirst B. one C.he seventh D. theseven ( )4.Please cometo my office________. A. at halfpast eight B. at half passed either C.inhalf past eight D. onhalfpast eight ( )5.If you want to go tothecinema, take________. A. busNo. the ninth B. theNo. 9 bus C. No. 9thebus D. No. theninthbus ( )6.TheGreens came to China________. A. in1984October 27 B. in October 27,1984 C. on27,1984October D. onOctober 27,1984 ( )7.Thestory tookplace in ________. A. nineteen centuries B. nineteen century C. thenineteenth century D. nineteenth century ( )8.I was told theywould stay in Chinafor________. A. oneand a halfyears B. oneand ahalfyear C. oneand half years D. onehalf andoneyear ( )9.Tomorrowwe are going to learn ________. A. Lesson Second B. theLessonTwo C.LessonTwo D. second lesson ( )10.I thinkthat thefirst day ofspring is ________. A. twenty-two ofMarch B. twenty-second onMarch C. twenty-two in March D.thetwenty-second of March ( )11.________letter ofthe word “restaurant”is “n”. -52-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A.Thenineth B. Nineth C.Theninth D. Ninth ( )12.Wetalked for________. A. halfahour B. half hour C. an hour half D. halfan hour ( )13.Thebus will leaveat ________this afternoon. A. threefifteen B. three andfifteen C. three quarters D. fifty to three ( )14.Theearth is ________thesizeofthe moon. A. 49thetimes B. 49times C.49time D. fourty-nine times ( )15.It’s a ________ruler. A. two-feet-long B. two feet long C. two-foot-long D. two-foot-long ( )16.________students are planting trees. A. Several hundreds B. Several hundred C. Five hundreds D. Five hundred of ( )17.________to finish quickly. A. No every student wants B. No every student want C. Not every studentwants D.Not every student want ( )18.________ago, ourcountry was covered bythick forests. A. Several million of year B. Several million year C. Several million years D.Several million ofyears ( )19.Theweight ofthemoon is only about ________ofthat of theearth. A. oneeighty B. one ofeighty C. onetheeightieth D. one eightieth ( )20.It’s 11:45.Yes,it’s ________. A. fifteen past twelve B. fifteen from twelve C. aquarter past eightieth D. a quarter totwelve ( )21.What dateis it?It’s ________. A. Julytwentieth-first B. of Julytwenty-first C. thetwenty-first ofJuly D. a quarter totwelve ( )22. －________,please? －It wasApril 25th. A. Howold are you B.Whatwas thedate yesterday C.What timewas it D.What day is it today -53-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )23.I have________things to do.Ican’t play ________. A. many,nomore B. a lotof, any more C. much, more D. much, any more ( )24.I havea ________paper onmydesk. A. little B. lot C. lots D. little of ( )25.Thisis ________. A. thequestionthirty B. thequestion thirteen C. thirty question D. question thirteen ( )26.________of thework has been done. A.Two third B.Two three C.Twothirds D.Two third ( )27.It’s ________now.Let’s hurry. A. halfpassed six B. thirty passed six C. halfpass six D. half toseven ( )28.What’s thedate today? It’s ________. A. theJunefourth B. thefourth ofJune C.ofJune thefourth D. fourth June ( )29.Next week we’regoing to lean ________. A. unit5 B. theunit 5 C.Unit 5 D.5Unit ( )30.Do you havemuch work todothisweekend?Yes, Ihave to writea ________paper. A. two-thousand-word B. two-thousand-words C. two-thousands-word D. two-thousands-words ( )31.Thetree is ________tall. A. fifteen feet B. fourteen feet C. fourteen foot D. fourty foot ( )32.Fifty plus________. A. fourty isninety B. forty isninety C. thirty isninety D. fourty is ninety ( )33.There are ________studentsin this school. A. fourhundred fifty-two B. four hundreds fifty-two C. fourhundred and fifty-two D.four hundred and fifty two ( )34.My homeis about ________away from theschool. A. threehundred metre B.three hundreds meters C. threehundred meters D. threehundreds metre ( )35.December is ________andlast month is ayear. A. thetwelveth B. twelveth C. thetwelfth D. twelfth -54-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )36.________of theteachers intheschool are from colleges. A.Three quarters B.Two-third C.Two fifth D.Two-nineths ( )37.There are two world wars during ________century. A. thetwenties B. thetwentieth C. twenties D. twentieth ( ) 39. In the forties, his father served in the New ________ Army（新四军）,while this mother worked inthe ________RouteArmy.（八路军） A. thetwenty-first lesson B. LessonTwenty First C. the21thlesson D. Lesson 21th ( )40.He will stay here for________. A. oneand half month B. oneand ahalf month C. onemonthsand half D. one andahalf months ( )41. －What’s thedatetoday? －It’s________. A. nine B. Monday C.June 5 D. 11:00 ( )42. －Wouldyou liketoeat ________apples? －No, thank you. A. moretwo B. two more C. two another D.two else ( )43.He said hewould come back in ________. A. oneortwo days B. a ortwo days C. oneand two days D.aday and two ( )44. －How often doyou write to your parents abroad? －________. A.Twicea month B. Second timesa month C.Asecond timeamonth D. Second atimeamonth ( )45.________people died inthetrafficaccidents inthe world. A.Thousand of B.Thousands of C.Tenthousands of D.Ten thousandof ( )46.What is thetime?It’s ________.(4:25) A. fourtwenty-five B. fourpast twenty-five C. twenty-five to four D. fourtwenty five ( )47.Mr.Smith lives on________floor. A. fiveth B. fifth C.thefifth D. thefifth -55-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )48.He began to learn English inhis ________. A. fifty B. fiftieth C. fifties D. fifth ( )49.His sisterwas born ________. A. in1998,October 21 B. on1998,October 21 C. inOctober 21,1998 D. onOctober 21,1998 ( )50.Whenhe was ________,heleft hometo work in different cities. A. inhis twenty B. at his twenty C.in his twenties D. at histwenties ( )51.I’m ________thanyou. A. fiveyears older B. fifteen year old C.fifteen years D. fifteen old ( )52. －How old are you? －I’m________. A. fifteen years old B. fifteen year old C.fifteen years D. fifteen old ( )53. －How manyteachers are there in your school? －________,butI’m not sure. A. Hundreds B. Hundred C. Hundreds D. Onehundred ( )54.About ________ofthebooks inourschool library are written in Chinese. A. four-fifth B.four-fifths C. fourth-fifths D. fourths-fifth ( )55.They planted ________trees onthefarm last year. A. two hundreds B. two hundred of C.two hundreds of D. hundreds of ( )56.I thinkthat the________century will bring us morehopes. A. twenty-one B. twentieth-first C.twenty-first D. twentieth-one ( )57.I think________lesson is themost difficultin thisbook. A. five B. fifth C.the fifth D. fifteen ( )58.________travelers cometo visitourcity every year. A. Hundred of B. Hundreds of C. Five Hundreds D. Hundred ( )59.Wehave five ________studentsin ourschool. A. hundred of B. Hundreds of C.hundred D.hundreds ( )60.________of theteachers intheschool is 300.________ofthem are women teachers. A.Thenumber,firstfourth B.Thenumber,onefourth -56-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 C.Anumber,onesecond D.Anumber,three quarters ( )61.TheEnglishswimmer came in ________third. A. a B. an C. / D. the ( )62.________I foundout that hewas away in town. A. Otherday B. One day C.Aday D. Someday ( )63.Play ________musicfor me, willyou? A. a B. a piece of C.an D. somepiece of ( )64.________of theland is covered ________water. A.Two third, by B.Two three, with C.Twothirds, by D.Two third,with -57-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第五章 形容词和副词（一） 形容词修饰名词，用来说明人或事物的性质或特征。 一、形容词的基本用法 1.作定语:一般放在所修饰词的前面 如：It’s acold and windy daytoday. 今天是个寒冷、有风的天气。 2.作表语:放在系动词的后面 如：Helooks happy today. 他今天看上去很开心。 3.做补足语: 作主语或宾语的补足语，说明主语或宾语的性质、状态或特征。 如：Ithink itimpossiblefor him tofinish thework before dark. 我认为他不可能在天黑之前完成这一工作。 4.作状语：主要表示原因、伴随或方式。 如：Hungry and tired, Ihad tostop tohave arest. 又累又饿，我只好停下来休息一下。 二、形容词的分类 1.性质形容词：用于表示人或物所具有的性质。在英语中，大量的形容词属于这一类别，多 数有比较级和最高级，有程度大小的区别，可以使用程度副词修饰。 如：funny滑稽的，lovely可爱的，healthy健康的 2.类别形容词：用于阐明人或事物所属的特定类别。这一类形容词往往没有程度大小的区别、 没有比较级和最高级，而且不使用程度副词修饰。 如：financial经济的，mental脑力的，cultural文化的 3.颜色形容词：用于表示事物颜色的形容词。这一类形容词没有比较级和最高级。 如：blue蓝色的，green绿色的，white白色的 4.叙述形容词：这类形容词只能作表语，所以又称为表语形容词。这类形容词没有级的变化， 也不可用程度副词修饰，大多数以a开头的形容词都属于这一类。 如：afraid 害怕的，alone 单独的，asleep 睡着的，worth 值得的，ill 病的 5.分词形容词：英语中有些表情感态度的动词，如excite，worry，其过去分词和现在分词可 形容词化，即相当于形容词。 如：worried 担忧的，worrying 令人担忧的，exciting 令人兴奋的，excited 感到兴奋的 6.复合形容词：指的是由几个词共同构成并起形容词作用的词。 -58-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：three-year-old 三岁的，ordinary-looking 相貌普通的，middle-aged 中年的 三、考点拓展 1.形容词修饰something, anything, nothing, everything等复合不定代词时，须放在其后。 如：Wouldyou likesomething hotto drink? 你想喝点热的东西吗？ There is nothingimportant in thepaper. 报上没什么重要的事情。 2.表示长、宽、高、深及年龄的形容词，应放在相应的名词之后。 如：Thebridge isabout two hundred meters long. 这座桥长约两百米。 Last year we builtabuilding thirteen storeys high. 去年，我们盖了一栋十三层高的楼。 3.多个形容词作定语时的顺序排列：限定词(冠词、数词、代词等)→描绘性形容词→大、小 (长、短、高、低)形容词→形状形容词→年龄(新、旧)形容词→颜色形容词、国籍形容词、 材料形容词、用途(类别)形容词、名词。 巧记顺口溜：美小圆旧黄，中国木书房。 如：aChinesewriting desk 一张中式写字桌 hercharming small round pinkface 她迷人的小而圆的粉红脸蛋 thosebeautiful little oldChinese earthen vases 那些漂亮小巧的中国古代花瓶 四、形容词比较级和最高级的构成 构 成 方 式 例 词 单 一般在词尾加-er，-est small→smaller→smallest 音 以不发音的字母e结尾的词，加-r，-st large→larger→largest 节 以两个辅音字母加一个元音字母结 big→bigger→biggest 和 尾的重读闭音节词，双写词尾的辅音 规 thin→thinner→thinnest 部 字母，再加-er，-est 则 分 以＂辅音字母+y＂结尾的词，变y为i， 变 busy→busier→busiest 双 再加-er，-est 化 音 少数以er或ow结尾的双音节词，词尾 narrow→narrower→narrowest 节 加-er，-est clever→cleverer→cleverest 词 多音节 其他双音节词和多音节词及分词形 important→moreimportant -59-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 容词，在词前加more，most →mostimportant bad/ill→worse→worst； much/many→more→most； good/well→better→best； far→farther/further→farthest/furthest； old→older/elder→oldest /eldest； little→less→least 【易错辨析】 1.farther/farthest和further/furthest的区别：二者表示距离时，往往可互换，但是用于 引申义，表示程度时，只能使用后者。 如：Hecan throwmuch farther/furtherthanyou. 他可以比你扔得远得多。 不 His suggestion isthat Kate shouldbesent abroad for further education. 规 他的建议是凯特被派往国外进修。 则 2.older/oldest和elder/eldest的区别：前者用于人或者物，可作定语和表语，可与than 变 连用，而后者主要用于家人之间，表明长幼关系，往往用于人，不用于物，而且 化 只作定语不作表语，也不与than连用。 如：I’m two years older than him. 我比他大两岁。 His elder brother works in aclothing factory. 他哥哥在一家服装厂工作。 五、形容词比较等级的句式结构和用法 1.句式：A+be+形容词比较级than+B：表示一方超过或低于另一方的情况。 如：You are taller than me. 你比我高。 2.句式：as+形容词原级+as 表示 “……和……一样……”。 如：Theweather in Beijing is notas( =so) hotas that inWuhan. 北京的天气不如武汉热。 3.句式：比较级+and+比较级 表示＂越来越…… 如：Chinaisbecoming stronger and stronger. 中国正变得越来越强大。 4.句式：the+比较级,the+比较级 表示＂越……，就越…… 如：Thequicker you walk, theless timeyou willuse. 你走得越快，花的时间就越少。 5.句式：A+be+形容词最高级of/in… 表示＂A在某范围内是最……的＂ 如：Michael is thebest teacher in Jim’seyes. 在吉姆看来，迈克尔是最好的老师。 -60-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 形容词和副词（二） 副词是用来修饰动词、形容词、其他副词以及全句话的词类，表示时间、地点、程度、 方式等概念。 一、副词的基本用法 如：Weshouldlisten to ourteachers carefully.我们应该认真听老师讲课。 Heis very happy today. 他今天非常高兴。 ＂Whathappened?＂Iasked, rather angrily. ＂发生什么事情了？＂我相当生气地问。 In spring, Ican see flowers everywhere. 在春天，我到处都能看到花。 不少副词同时也可用作介词或其他词类。 如：Have you read thisbookbefore? (副词，作时间状语) 你以前读过这本书吗？ Hewill arrive before ten o’clock.（介词，before teno’clock 介词短语，作时间状语） 他将在10点钟前到达。 二、副词的分类 副词按词汇意义可分为： 1. 时间副词：today, early, soon, now,then, recently, still （1）表示发生时间的副词： It’s beginning to rain now! 现在开始下雨了！ （2）表示频繁程度的副词，也称频度副词always, often, usually, sometimes, never, ever, hardly等一般位于系动词、情态动词和助动词之后，实义动词之前。 （3）还有一些其他表示时间的副词： 如：Hehas justhad anoperation. 他刚动过手术。 2. 地点副词：here, there, out, somewhere, abroad, home等。 （1）有不少表示地点的副词：Sheis studying abroad. 她在国外留学。 （2）有一些部分与介词同形的副词。它们与介词同形，后跟宾语的是介词，否则是副词： ①用作副词：Standup! 起立！ ②用作介词： Acat climbed upthetree. 猫爬上了树。 （3）以where构成的副词也是地点副词： It’s the sameeverywhere. 到处都一样。 3. 方式副词：well, fast, slowly, carefully, quickly （1）英语中有大量方式副词，说明行为方式（回答how的问题）： -61-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Howbeautifully your wifedances. 你夫人舞跳得真美。 （2）还有相当多的副词，表示某些情绪：Shesmiledgratefully. 她感激地笑了笑。 （3）还有一些以-ly结尾的副词，表示动作发生的状况： Heleft thetown secretly. 他悄然离开了这座城市。 4. 程度副词：very, much, enough, almost, rather, quite等。 5. 频度副词：always, often, usually, sometimes, seldom,never等。 三、副词比较等级的句式结构和用法 1.句式: 同级比较 ＂as + 形容词/ 副词的原型 +as＂；当然也要注意它的否定形式、以及 在第一个as前加倍数或程度副词的情况。 如：My car cannot run so fast as yours. 我的车没有你的车跑得快。 2.句式: 副词比较级 + than。 如：They worked even harder than they promised. 他们工作得比他们承诺的还要卖力。 注意：在比较级+ than的结构前可以加上某些副词类和表示倍数的词，以对其进行修饰 如：far（远）,even（甚至）,much（许多）,still（更，还）,a lot（许多）,alittle / bit（一 点）,rather（相当地）,slightly（略微）,not any（不再）,three times（三倍）等。 如：Thisbookis far more interesting than that one. 这本书比那一本有趣多了。 3.句式: 比较级中的两个特殊作用的结构是： The+ 比较级 + 句子，the+ 比较级 + 句子 或 比较级 + and + 比较级。 如：Theharder you work at your study, thebetter academicrecords you willhave. 你学习越努力，你的成绩就越好。 Themore wehave, themore wewant. 人欲无穷。 注意1：没有比较对象的比较结构。所谓没有比较对象的比较结构不是指省略而言，而是 指并非真正的比较。 如：Thecar runs faster than 110miles. 那辆车时速为110多英里。 注意2：用比较级的形式表达最高级的意思。在这种情况下，往往是将一个人或是一件事 与其他所有的人或事相比较。 如：Heis tallerthan anyone elseinour class. 他在我们班比其他任何人都高。 4.句式: no+比较级+than的结构表示＂A和B一样不……＂。 如：Sheruns nofaster than her sister. 她与她妹妹一样跑不快。 -62-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 形容词和副词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1. Whichis ________LessonFive orLesson Six? A. interesting B. moreinteresting C. most interesting D. themostinteresting ( )2.Sorry, Ican’t answer your question. Iknow________about thenews. A. alittle B. little C. few D. a few ( )3.“I’ve got an Afor myhistory.”Judy said________. A. sadly B. sad C. happy D. happily ( )4.I thinkthesong in thefilm “Titanic” is oneofthe ________filmsongs. A. themostbeautiful B. mostbeautiful C.muchmore beautiful D. a beautiful ( )5.Jim works as ________as Zhang Hua. A. careful B. carefully C. morecareful D. most carefully ( )6.Can you ________speak toaperson in old clothes? A. kind B. kindly C.polite D. friendly ( )7.Just amoment, please! I’ll finishin ________fiveminutes. A. another B. other C. more D. less ( )8.Whojumped ________ofall in thelong jump? A. longest B. longer C.farther D. farthest ( )9.My sisterisn’t ________maths. A. good for B. well in C. good at D. best at ( )10.Of all theshoes in your shop, is thispair ________one? A. verygood B. much better C. acheaper D. thecheapest ( )11.Jack didn’t run ________to catch upwith theotherrunners. A. fast enough B. quickenough C. enough slow D. slowly enough ( )12.India has thesecond ________population intheworld. A. most B. largest C. least D. smallest ( )13.Wehave ________milkfor baby. You’dbettergo and buysome. A. little B. alittle C. few D. a few -63-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )14.Jim has ________friends here. So heoften feels lonely. A. alittle B. little C. a few D. few ( )15.Lucy has made quite________friends since shecame here. She’svery happy. A. few B. little C.a few D. few ( )16.The old woman lives ________,but hedoesn't feel ________. A. alone, alone B. alone, lonely C. lonely, lonely D. lonely, alone ( )17.Mrs. Green gaveLucy ________ to eat. A. delicious something B. Chinese somethingC. something English D.something England ( )18.Mum will give him________to eat. A. something real Chinese B. real Chinese something C. somethingreally Chinese D. really Chinesesomething ( )19.I couldn’t see muchduring theflight because there was ________cloud. A. too many B. toomuch C.much too D. a lot ( )20.The sweater is very beautiful, but it’s________dear. A. too much B. much too C.many D. more ( )21.Today, ________trees arestill being cut down somewhere inthe world. A. much too B. toomuch C.many too D. too many ( )22.I thinkfootball is ________basketball in America. A. morepopular B. so popularas C. as popular as D. less popular ( )23.Shanghai isthe________of all thecities in China. A. large B. larger C.largest D. most large ( )24.The boydoesn’t run ________thebus. A. much faster as B. as fastest as C. morefast than D. sofast as ( )25.Germany has ________peoplethan France. A. fewer B. smaller C.large D. more ( )26.The population ofXi’an is ________than that ofShanghai. A. smaller B. fewer C.more D. larger ( )27.It rained ________last night. A. heavily B. heavy C.heavyly D. hardly -64-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )28.Eating more vegetables willkeep you ________. A. good B. fat C. weak D. healthy ( )29.The elephant is ________big that he can’tbe putinto ________asmall cage. A. so, so B. such, so C.so, such D. such,such ( )30.Lily said shehadn’t heard ________musicbefore. A. such a beautiful piece of B. abeautiful C.so beautiful a D.such awonderful ( )31.Maths is oneof the________subjects inmiddleschools. A. important B. most important C.more important D. muchimportant ( )32.Jim is________of thetwo. A. taller B. thetaller C.tallest D. thetallest ( )33.This bookis ________interesting than that one. A. littlemore B. little much C. alittlemore D. a littlemuch ( )34.He can’t help you with your maths. I’mafraid I can’t ________. A. too B. else C. also D. either ( )35.Don’t worry. Your granny willget ________. A. well and well B. better and better C. well and better D. best and best ( )36. －Can you understand me? －Sorry, Ican ________understand you. A. hardly B. almost C.nearly D. ever ( )37.The littleboybooks ________. A. lovely B. carefully C. heavily D. sadly ( )38.Jim can draw ________theteacher. A. as well as B. not so well as C.as betteras D. as good as ( )39.It’s going to be abusyday today. Ihave ________work to do. A. ahard B. alot C.many D. much ( )40.How ________theyare working! A. hardly B. a hard C.hard D.ahardly ( )41.These shoes are much too ________forme. A. big B. bigger C. biggest D. thebiggest -65-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )42.There are many tall trees on________sideof thestreet. A. both B. all C.either D.neither ( )43.In Harbin, it’s ________inNovember, but it’seven ________in December. A. cold, cold B. cold, colder C. colder, cold D.colder coldest ( )44.Look! Thechildren are playing ________, theyare always ________. A. happy, happy B. happily, happily C. happily, happy D. happy, happily ( )45.Jim please turn theradio ________alittleI’m talkingwith your uncle. A. off B. on C. down D.up ( )46.Everything is________onthe moonthan ontheearth. A. much more lighter B. much morelight C. morelight D.much lighter ( )47.It’s ________niceof you tohelp me. A. true B. truly C. real D. really ( )48.Don’t eat themeat. It smells ________. A. dirty B. delicious C.bad D. sweet ( )49.Their school is threetimes as _____as ours. That means ourschool is _____than theirs. A. big, three times smaller B. small, large C.big, small D. large, twice smaller ( )50.The population problem may be ________oneoftheworld today. A. themost B. most difficult C. thegreatest D. more interesting ( )51.The icein thelake is about onemetre ________.It’s strong enoughto skate on. A. long B. high C. thick D. wide ( )52.Miss Green asked aquestion, but it was ________that nobodycould answer it. A. verydifficult B. too difficult C. difficult enough D. so difficult ( )53. －My watch doesn’twork. Couldyou mend it,please? －Sorry. But theworkers in thatwatch shop maybe ________. A. kind B. friendly C.nice D. helpful ( )54.Sam often talks________but does ________.Soeveryone says heis agood boy. A. less, more B. few, much C. more, little D. little, many ( )55.When thefamous singer started to sing, everyone began to shout very ________. A. loudly B. loud C.heavily D. high -66-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )56.In spring and summer, we have ____rain in Harbin. It’s good forgrowing crops（庄家）. A. alot B. quitea few C.lots of D.many ( )57. －Can you come onFriday orSaturday? －I’m afraid ________day ispossible. A. either B. some C.any D. neither ( )58.There isa smileonher face. I thinkshe’s ________with mywork. A. strict B. angry C. pleased D. sorry ( )59.Sheis ________than any othergirl in her class. A. thiner B. thinner C. thin D.thethinnest ( )60.Jane’s English is very good, but her French isnot so________as her English. A. well B. good C.better D. best ( )61.He is two years ________thanI. A. elder B. smaller C.younger D.less ( )62.The song sounds ________. A. sweetly B. nicely C. well D.good ( )63.Australia is ________country. A. an English-spoken B. aspeaking-English C. aspoken-English D.an English-speaking ( )64.I seen to have met you ________. A. before B. ago C. yet D.some time ( )65.They have movedaway from Beijing. They don’t livethere ________. A. any longer B. once more C.either D.again ( )66.The road isnot ________for threetrucks torun sidebyside. A. wideenough B. so wide C.too wide D. enoughwide ( )67.The streets are wet because it has rained ________all morning. A. thickly B. strongly C. heavily D. deeply ( )68.You’llmiss your train ifyou don’t putonyour clothes ________. A. fast B. soon C. quick D.quickly ( )69.Whois________of you three? A. theoldest B. much older C. oldest D. older -67-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )70.These apples look________. A. nice B. well C. sweetly D. nicely ( )71.Can we doourwork with ________moneyand ________people? A. less, fewer B. lesser, few C.few, less D. little, less ( )72.He made ________mistakes inthe lastexam. A. theleast B. fewer C.thefewest D. less ( )73.Whichdoyou thinkis ________,thechicken or thefish? A. good B. better C.best D.well ( )74.As it was arainy night, ________peoplewent toseethefilm. A. few B. several C.many D.afew ( )75.It takes ________timetogo there byplane than bytrain. A. little B. less C. few D.fewer ( )76.This shirt is notgood. The oneis even ________. A. better B. worse C. well D.worst ( )77.Monday ismy ________day. A. thebusiest B. busy C. busier D. busiest ( )78.He drives much ________than bedid three years ago. A. morecareful B. morecarefully C. careful D. carefully ( )79.I couldn’t find my English-Chinese dictionary ________. A. everywhere B. nowhere C.somewhere D. anywhere ( )80.John didbadly I thesports meeting. Idideven ________. A. alsobadly B. worse C. worst D.more badly ( )81.He is ________teacher that all of likehim. A. such good a B. aso good C. so good a D.a such good ( )82.Jack doesn’t work ________Tom. A. as so good B. so good as C. sohard as D.so harder as ( )83.Thestory bookwas ________interesting ________I couldnot put itdown. A. as, that B. so, that C. so, as D.as, as ( )84.LiYing________understand theforeigner. -68-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. can hardly B. cannot hardly C.can hardly not D. cannot hard ( )85.His father is ________than his mother. A. olderfour years B. as fouryears older C. four years older D. bigger four years ( )86.Shanghai islarger than ________in Japan. A. any othercity B. othercities C.theother city D.any city ( )87.Don’t you thinkit ________to writethe letter? A. well B. better C. best D.good ( )88.TheGreat Pyramid（金字塔）isabout 137metres high today,butit was once________. A. higher B. highest C. high too D. morehigh ( )89.“Are you feeling ________?” “Yes,I’mfine now.” A. quitegood B. quitebetter C.any well D.any better ( )90.I got up________today than yesterday. A. later B. morelately C. lately D. late ( )91.Sheisn’tso ________at maths as you are. A. well B. good C. better D. best ( )92.Who did ________in thetest,Mary,Kate orBetty? A. best B. better C. as well D.well ( )93.It is ________today thanyesterday. A. very hotter B. quitehotter C. more hotter D. much hotter ( )94.Thewater is ________hot that Ican’t drink it. A. quite B. so C. too D. very ( )95.Today,heisfeeling ________togo Changjiang River. A. enough good B. well enough C. good enough D. enough well ( )96.Yourgrandmother ________goes to thecinema, does she? A. usually B. always C.hardly D. sometimes ( )97.He made the________mistakes in thebest. A. less B.least C.fewer D.fewest ( )98.John was so tired that hecould hardly keep hiseyes ________. A. open B. to be open C. to open D. opening -69-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )99.Can you believe that in ______arich country there shouldbe______many poor people? A. such, such B. so, so C. so,such D. such, so ( )100.There are ________morebooks in ourlibrary than in theirs. A. much B. toomuch C. many D.little ( )101.His sisteris ________than he. A. olderfour years B. four years older C. elder fouryears D. fouryears elder ( )102.A: How________doyou go shopping? B: Once aweek. A. many B. much C. long D. often ( )103.You don’t likehim ________. A. very B. often C.many D. much ( )104.My father comes homefrom work lateevery day.So heis ________man. A. aquitebusy B. a busy quite C.quitea busy D. quitebusya ( )105.Do you sleep ________every night? A. bad B. nice C. well D. good ( )106.Thegreen shirt is as ________as theyellowone. A. cheap B. cheaper C. cheapest D. thecheapest ( )107.You know________about it than Jim does. A. even little B. even less C. morelittle D. moreless ( )108.Lucy is ________tomake aliving byherself. A. very old B. tooyoung C. so big D. much strong ( )109.Theschool is ________that one. A. threetimes as large as B. three timelargeras C. threetimes larger as D. as large as threetimes ( )110.Theearth is getting ________. A. warm and warm B. warmer and warm C. warmerand warmer D. warm and warmer ( )111. ________ theground is,________theair becomes. A.Thehigher,thethinner B. Higher,thinner C.The high, thethin D. Higher,the thinner ( )112.Tomysurprise, ________a littleboycan draw ________manybeautiful pictures. A. such, so B. so, such C. so,so D. such, such -70-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )113.Several weeks later,Li Lei found maths________chemistry. A. less difficult B.less difficult than C.the moredifficult than D. as difficult than ( )114.He can draw ________an artist. A. as well as B. not so well as C. as good as D. as betteras ( )115.I have never seen ________flowerbefore. It’s wonderful. A. such abeautiful B. a such beautiful C.so a beautiful D. aso beautiful ( )116.I don’t feel very ________today.I can’t go toschool. A. good B.better C.nice D.well ( )117.Have you got ________money tobuythis car? A. alittle B. few C.enough D. many ( )118.I’m ________interested in thefilm. A. deep B. depth C. deeply D. deepen ( )119.The________wind is blowing hard,the ________rain is falling. A. strong, heavy B. big, large C. great, huge D. strongly,heavily ( )120.Thetrousers were ________.Hepaid a________price forit. A. high, dear B. expensive, high C.dear,expensive D. low,cheap ( )121.John is ________his brother. A. as clever as B. soclever as C. cleverer as D. moreclever than ( )122.It is not ________in Nanjing ________. A. socold, as Shenyang B. colder,than Shenyang C. as cold, as inShenyang D. so colder,as Shenyang ( )123.I was ________at the news that thekind man was ________. A. surprised, died B. surprised, dead C. surprising, dead D. surprised, death ( )124.Jim ismuch ________today,but Lucy iseven ________. A. well, ill B. well, worse C.better,ill D. better,worse ( )125.He was too tired togo any ________. A. far B. Both are OK C. farthest D. farest ( )126.Let’s go bybus. It’s ________. A. cheap alot B. cheap much C.more cheap D. much cheaper -71-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )127.________she is________she feels. A. Busy,happy B. Busier,happier C.The busier,thehappier D.Thebusy,thehappy ( )128.Thehorse isgetting old andcan’t run ________itdid. A. as fast as B. sofast than C.fast as D.faster as ( )129.He drives much ________than hedid oneyear ago. A. careful B. carefully C.morecareful D. morecarefully ( )130.Kate has some pears. Jim has ________ pears than Kate. Lucy has ________ofall. A. more, themost B. themost, more C. more, most D.many,themore ( )131.Thisone isn’t good, thatone is ________. A. morebad B. stillworst C. even worse D. morebadly ( )132.Of all theapples inthe paper box,thisoneis ________. A. red B. reder C.redder D. thereddest ( )133.Of all theapples inthe paper box,thisoneis ________. A. very carefully B. themost carefully C. morecarefully D. themost careful ( )134.As thegirl was so________,she soon fell ________. A. tiring, sleeping B. tired, sleeping C.tired, asleep D. tired, sleepy ( )135.Which subject doyou like________,English orChinese? A. better B. best C. well D.very much ( )136.Thegirl was ________when sheheard the ________words. A. frightening, frightening B. frightened, frightened C. frightening, frightened D. frightened, frightening ( )137.Thiscity has ________bridge. A. astoneold fine B. afine old stone C.an old stonefine D. an old fine stone ( )138.________in his class is tallerthan he. A. No boys B. No otherboy C. No otherboys D. Not all the boys ( )139. －Is theTVset OKnow? －I’m sure there’s ____with theTVset.You can take ithome. A. somethingwrong B. serious something C. nothingwrong D. somewrong things ( )140.Are theseenough forboth ofyou. I’mafraid not. ________are needed. -72-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. Much wrong B. Many more C.More many D.Toomuch ( )141.Thischair is too small.I need ________. A. bigsomething B. bigger something C. somethingmuch big D. something much bigger ( )142.It’s getting ________in winter. A. cold andcold B. colder and colder C.more and more cold D. coldest orcoldest ( )143.________he sings, ________he sings. A. Often, better B.Theoften, the better C.The oftener,thebetter D.Theoftener,thewell ( )144.Lucy jumped as ________as Lily didin thelongjump. A. far B. farther C.long D. longer ( )145.They have held three meetings thisweek ________. A. alone B. lonely C.ever D. just ( )146.After three days’careful treatment, theold manwas ________togo home. A. enough good B. good enough C. well enough D. enough well ( )147.Could you pass methecup? It’s ________my reach. A. toofar to B. higher for C.without D.beyond ( )148.________girls likeflowers. A.Themost B. Most C. Mostof D.Themost of ( )149.All thesedishes taste________.Don’t you think so? A. good B.well C. fine D. pleased ( )150. Helping theold and the weak is a good virtue（美德）,and ________ it is necessary for us to doso. A. however B. otherwise C.still D. therefore（因此） ( )151.Thenoiseof thetrain died ________ in thedistance. A. away B. down C.out D.off ( )152.Have you ever heard ________wonderful music? A. so B. such C. too D. much ( )153.Shewas ________excited tosay aword. A. so B. as C. such D. too -73-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )154.How ________doyou go to theSouthLake? A. often B. long C.soon D. fast ( )155.Themeeting hall is ________to hold 5000people. A. large enough B. enough large C. so large D. too large ( )156.Theboywore ajacket ________large for him. A. toomuch B. much too C. greatly D. very much ( )157.He plans to stay here for ________moreweek. A. a B. one C. another D. next ( )158.“When are you going tosee your uncle?”“________nextweek.” A. Sometime B. Sometime C. Sometimes D. Sometimes ( ) 159. He’ll go ________ north to the country while his old friends will go ________ to town to meet him before he leaves. A. up,up B.down, down C. up,down D. down, up ( )160.Bill sat ________to Jane, watchingTV. A. closely B. close C. nearby D.nearly ( )161.Thefilm is________worth seeing again. A. very B. quite C.well D. much ( )162.Mr.Chen is ________olderthanI. A. very B. more C.much D. quite ( )163.Waitaminute, Li Ming. Ihave ________totell you. A. anything important B. nothingimportant C. somethingimportant D. important everything ( )164.It’s one o’clock, but her father hasn’t comeback ________. A. already B. still C. too D. yet ( )165.My sisterdoesn’t likeskating. ________. A. SodoI B. SoIdon’t C. Neither Idon’t D. Neither doI ( )166.It’s ________that I’dliketoget outfor a walk. A. lovelyday quite B. too lovely a day C. so alovely day D. such alovely day ( )167.He leans Russian ________. -74-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. good B.nice C.well D. fine ( )168.Thefish smells________.Takeitout, please, A. well B. nice C. good D. bad ( )169.I don’t feel very ________today. A. good B.well C. nice D. better ( )170.His father was out ofwork. He got ________. A. worrying B. worried C.worry D. be worried ( )171.He voice doesn’t sound ________. A. beautiful B. beautifully C.more beautiful D. beauty ( )172.I always feel ________. A. happy B. happily C. happiness D. happier ( )173.Don’t make noise.Please keep ________. A. quiet B. quietly C.quite D. morequietly ( )174.He bought ________from a shop. A. an old, black wood, round table B. around oldblack woodtable C. an old, round, black wood table D. a round, black wood, old table ( )175.Thisis the________. A. old,high red wall B. high, old read wall C. old,red high wall D. red, high old wall ( )176.He is a________. A. fullof newideas man B. man full ofnewideas C. man withfull of newideas D.new ideas full man ( )177.He said modestly that hehad done________. A. an important B. a nothingimportant C. important nothing D. nothing important ( )178.Wemust ________bythree o’clock. A. get everything readily B. get everything ready C. have ready D. be ready everything ( )179.Mr.Smith has arrived ________ as usual. A. later B. late C. lately D.latest ( )180.________aren’t so happy as ________. A.Therich / poor B.Rich / thepoor C. Rich / poor D.The rich / thepoor -75-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )181.At themeeting, shekept ________allthe time. A. silence B. silent C. silently D. still ( )182.It is getting ________. A. latter B. lately C.late D. latest ( )183.His voice is ________. A. aloud B. loudly C.loudness D. loud ( )184.________the musicsounds! A. Howsweetly B. Howsweetest C.Howsweet D. How sweetness ( )185.“Whereis your sister?” “Shehas gone ________.” A. upstairs B. in theupstairs C. for theupstairs D. to upstairs ( )186.He looked at it ________again. A. care B. carefulness C.careful D.carefully ( )187.________is warm and sunny. A.Theweather in here B.The here weather C.The weather here D.Theweather ofhere ( )188.Teachers ________very busy. A. nearly are always B. always are nearly C. always nearly are D. are nearly always ( )189.Thelittleboycan’tfind the toy________. A. nowhere B. anywhere C.everywhere D. somewhere ( )190.I havetold her many timesbut she ________doesn’t understand. A. nolonger B. still C.yet D. already ( )191.He isn’t young anymore. His wifeisn’t________. A. either B. also C. too D. already ( )192.Mary is talland ________. A.Tom is,too B.Tom is, either C.Tomis, neither D.Tomisn’t, either ( )193.He traveled abroad and ________. A. sodidI B.neither did I C. Ididn’t either D. Idid so ( )194.Don’t feel ________.Everything willbe all right. A. good B.well C. bad D. badly ( )195.Who left the window________? -76-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. opening B. open C.opened D. opens ( )196.They foundthis book________. A. easy B. easily C. well D. hardly ( )197.Wemust do________with________ money. A. less, more B. more, less C. many,little D. little, much ( )198.Sheis ________at swimming, she can swim________. A. good, well B. well, good C. better,best D. well, well ( )199.In thoseyears ourlifewas ________than that ofanimals. A. bad B. worse C.worst D. badly ( )200.My sisteris ________than he. A. sixyears old B. sixyears older C.six years ago D. six years older ( )201.He is oneof________in ClassThree. A. mosttallest boy B. thetallestboy C. themost tallerboy D. the tallest boys ( )202.Sheis ________ofthe two girls. A. weak B. weaker C. theweaker D. the weakest ( )203.Are you ________in science? A. interesting B. interested C. interestest D. interests ( )204.He works ________at English. A. harder B. hard C.hardly D. morhardly ( )205.Is there________with today’s newspaper? A. somethingwrong C.anything wrong C.wrong something D. wrong anything ( )206.Our teacheris getting ________and ________. A. newer,newer B. healthier,healthiest C.healthier,healthier D. redder,redder ( )207.Why are you looking ________today? A. happy B. happily C. happier D.happiest ( )208.Mr.King is ________,butnot ________as Mr.Green. A. rich, kind B. richer,kindly C.richer,kind D. richer,as kind ( )209.I thinkscience is________more popularthan English. A. much B. more C.a few D. little -77-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )210.It takes ________timetogo there bybus than byboat. A. less B.little C.more D. fewer ( )211.The________Mrs. Green is,the ________shefeels. A. busy,happy B. busiest, happiest C.busier,happier D. busy,happily ( )212.Which of thesewould you ________liketoown? A. more B. most C. very D. quite ( )213.Which island is ________,thefirst, thesecond orthethird? A. farther B. farthest C.thefarthest D. far ( )214.I’m not feeling ________.I’mgoing to thehospital. A. well B. good C. nice D. best ( )215.I ________lived inYuannan. A. ever B. once C. ago D. before ( )216.It’s ________nice ofyou. A. really B. real C.true D. like ( )217.________,she was not ________hurt. A. Lucky,badly B. Luckily,badly C.Luckily,bad D. Luck, bad ( )218.Theplayground is ________that one. A. as twiceas big B. as twice big as C. twicebig D. twice as big as ( )219.Wecan’t play intheopen airbecause itis raining ________. A. ad B. strong C. hardly D. heavily ( )220.It was ________bookthat all ofus wanted to buyit. A. asuch good B. so good a C. aso good D.such good a ( )221.You mustkeep your room ________and tidy. A. toclean B. cleaning C.clean D. cleaned ( )222.Thesun is ________larger than themoon. A. very B. more C.much D. much the ( )223.There’s ________timeleft. Let’shurry up. A. alittle B. little C. some D. few ( )224.He said hehad seen ________strange things likesaucers. -78-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. alot B. some C. much D. any ( )225.He said hehad seen ________strange things likesaucers. A. other B. theother C.neither D.another ( )226.Thestreet is________onSunday afternoon. A. crowded B. full with people C.filled of people D. thick with people ( )227.People are inventingnew sports orgames ________. A. sometime B. sometime C.all the time D. wholethetime ( ) 228. There are ten computers in the computer room. Three were made in Japan and ________ seven were madein China. A. another B. other C. theother D. theothers ( )229.I can’t find thestamp. Imusthave put it in________. A. somebook B. any book C.somebooks D. any books ( )230.It’s my ________bag, not my best one. A. every day B. every day’s C. everyday D. everyday’s ( )231.Thenumberof English speakers ________. A. ismuch B. are much C.is large D. are large ( )232.________city is biggerthan Shanghai in ourcountry. A. Not other B. No other C.Not some D.No any ( )233.Grandpa has returned thebookto thelibrary ________. A. yet B. already C.even D. still ( )234.Whenshe heard the________news, he looked________upat me. A. sad, sad B. sadly,sad C. sad,sadly D. sadly,sadly ( )235.Weshould plant moretrees to makeour coutry ________. A. beautifully B. much beautiful C. mostbeautiful D. morebeautiful ( )236.Have you picked up________rubbish andthrown itinto adustbin? A. more B. some C.much D. many ( )237.Theplane tripwas ________and many people were enjoying themselves. A. pleased B. apleasure C. pleasant D. please ( )238.Speak English ________possiblein class and after class. -79-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. as many as B. as soon as C. as much as D. as more as ( )239.Kate draws ________better than Jim. A. ever B. far C.little D. more ( )240.Sheis always very________dressed. A. reat B. neatness C.near D. neatly ( )241.TheChinesepeople are ________thanyou think. A. much friendly B. morefriendly C. veryfriendly D. as friendly ( )242.I don’t likeswimming, ________. A. too B. either C.also D. neither ( )243. －Has anyone inyour class ever been to Kunming? －________. A. No, ofcourse B.Yes, never C.No, ever D. Not yet ( )244.Do you haveanything ________to sayat the meeting? A. other B. another C. others D. else ( )245.Whenshe sawwhat happened, hewas ________frightened tosay aword. A. very B. so C. too D. quite ( )246.Thechildren have neverseen ________. A. everything sobeautiful B. so beautiful anything C. anything so beautiful D.anything such beautiful ( )247.I ________don’t knowwhere togo. A. really B. true C.ever D. as well ( )248.It was not avery good line.Would you please speak more ________? A. clearly B. fast C.softly D.strongly ( )249.I don’t ________understand why hewas latefor school yesterday. A. quite B. very C.too D. so 二、用所给词的适当形式填空 1. It isjust as ________today as itwas yesterday.(hot) 2. Theapples willget ________and ________when autumn comes. (big, red) 3. Do you thinkLucy is a________girl?(forget) -80-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 4. Hehas beena teacher for________fifteen years. (near) 5. My watch is ________.Can you mend it?(break) 6. There is ________(little) water in theglass than in that one. 7. My ________ brother is two years ________ (old) than I and my little sister is three years ________(young)than I. 8. I’m ________(surprise) to find him here. 9. I’m afraid that the oldman can’tgo any ________(far). 10.Look at thecow.How ________itwalks. (slow) 11. Whichis ________,an elephant or atiger? (strong) 12.TheHuang Riveris thesecond ________inChina. (long) 13.That is ________ofall. (easy) 14.Whichfilm is ________(interest) filmofall? 15.Among thesubjects, IlikeEnglish ________(well). 16.Be ________to cross theroad. (care) 17.Pleasespeak abit ________(loud)so that we can hear you. 18.Lily was ________illyesterday.(terrible) 19.Lucy plays thepiano ________(wonderful)than Kate. 20.Shecried ________and ________(hard). 三、写出下列形容词或副词的比较级和最高级 1.good ________________ 2.thin________________ 3.badly ________________ 4.ill________________ 5.busy ________________ 6.slowly ________________ 7.important ________________ 8.terrible________________ 9.fine ________________ 10.far ________________ 11.little________________ 12.many ______________ 四、将下列词变成形容词 1.cloud ________________ 2.sun ________________ 3.care _______________ 4.thank ________________ 5.worry ________________ 6.interest ________________ 7.health ________________ 8.friend ________________ 9.health ________________ 10.danger ________________ 11.wool ________________ 12.Japan ________________ 五、将下列形容词变为副词 -81-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 1.wide________________ 2.loud ________________ 3.happy________________ 4.healthy ________________ 5.late________ ________ 6.terrible________________ 7.usual ________________ 8.final ________________ 9.full ________________ 10.early ________________ 11. probable ________________ 12.sad ______________ -82-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第六章 介词和介词短语 介词是一种虚词,不能独立使用。介词之后一般有名词或代词(宾格)或相当于名词的其他词 类、短语或从句作它的宾语,即构成介词短语。 一、表示时间的介词 1.in，on，at，over at 用于表示时刻、时间的某一点 at lunch 在午饭时 at breakfast 早餐时 at noon正午时 at night 在夜间 at that time那时 at themoment 此刻 at thesame time同时 at times 偶尔，有时 at nine在九点钟 at first 起初 at last 最后 如：Weusually havelunch at noon/ at twelve. 我们通常中午吃午饭（十二点吃午饭）。 注意：表示时间的名词前有this,last, next, every 等修饰时，其前面不加介词。 如：thismorning 今天早上 last Monday 上周一 every week 每周 on用于表示某天，某一天的上、下午（指具体的某一时，一律用on） onMonday 在周一 onMondayevening 在周一晚上 onTuesday morning 在周二早上 onJune6在6月6日 onMay4,2016 在2016年5月4日 onacold night 在一个寒冷的夜晚 onthat day 在那天 onChristmasDay 在圣诞节那天 ontime准时 onthenight of July（the）first 在七月一日的夜晚 如：Wedidn’tlisten to thelecture onWednesday afternoon. 周三下午我们没去听演讲。 in用于表示周、月、 季节、年和泛指的上午、下午、晚上（指在一段时间内）。 inthe week 在这周 inthe holiday 在假期中 inMay 在五月 in1995在1995年 insummer 在夏季 inSpring 在春季 inautumn 在秋季 inwinter 在冬季 inSeptember,1995 在1995年9月 inthe morning 在上午 inthe afternoon 在下午 inthe evening 在晚上 inthe 21stcentury 在二十一世纪 intime及时 inan hour一个小时后 ina minute一会儿，立刻 -83-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Theplane took offontime. 飞机准时起飞了。 Peoplego skating in winter. 人们冬天去滑冰。 Do they work inthe day timeorat night ? 他们是白天工作还是夜里工作？ 2.in，after (1)＂in＋一段时间＂ 表示将来的一段时间之后。 (2)＂after＋一段时间＂ 表示过去的一段时间之后。 (3)＂after＋具体时间＂ 表示将来或过去的某一时刻之后。 3.from，since，for (1)from 后接具体时间，说明从什么时候开始，不说明某动作或情况持续多久。 (2)since 后接具体过去时间，表示某动作或情况持续至说话时刻，通常与完成时连用。 (3)for 后接一段时间，通常与完成时连用。 二、表示地点、方位的介词 1.at，in，on，to (1) at 表示在小地方或＂在……附近；在……旁边＂。 (2) in 表示在大地方或＂在……范围之内，在……方面＂。 (3) on表示毗邻或接壤。 (4) to 表示＂在……范围外＂，不强调是否接壤。 2.above，over，on (1) above意为＂在……上方＂，只表示位置高于某物，但不强调是否垂直，与below 相对。 (2) over意为＂在……之上＂，表示垂直高于，与under相对。over强调与物体有一定的空 间，不直接接触。 (3) on意为＂在……之上＂，表示在某物体上面并与之接触。 三、固定搭配用法：begood at /be good with /be good to /be good for 的区别 -84-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 be good 后接不同的介词，表达的意思也不同。 1.begood at 意为＂擅长……＂，后接名词、代词或 ving 形式。 如：I’m good at playing chess. 我擅长下象棋。 2.begood with 意为＂灵巧的；与……相处得好＂。 如：Sheis good with her hands. 她手很巧。 Heis very good with thechildren. 他与这些孩子处得很好。 3.begood to 意为＂对……友好＂。 如：My friend was good tomewhen Iwas ill. 我生病时我的朋友对我关怀备至。 4.begood for 意为 ＂对……有好处＂。 如：Eating more vegetables isgood for your health. 多吃蔬菜对你的健康有好处。 四、常见介词短语： 1.名词词组：key/way to……的方法；name of……的名字；entrance to/of……的入口等。 2.动词词组：remind sb.of sth.提醒某人某事；result from 由……引起；call at 访问(某地)； lead to 导致等。 3.形容词词组：be interested in 对……兴趣；be amazed/surprised at……对……惊讶；be curious about 对……好奇；be proud of 因……而自豪；be popular with 受 到……的欢迎等。 4.介词短语：apart from 除……之外；in addition to除……之外(还)；because of因为；instead of代替；in fear of为……提心吊胆；forfear of以免；incase of防备，万一； thanks to 由于；in the middle of 在……中间 according to 根据；in front of 在……前面；in return for 作为对……的回报；in charge of负责；as a result of 作为……的结果；in exchange for 与……交换；onthecontrary 相反；in turn 依次；in one’s opinion 根据某人的看法；ontime准时；out ofreach 够不着等。 5.by作为介词，有很多种意思，通过；被；依据；经由；在附近；在……之前。 by通过……方法、手段 ＂by+交通工具＂的词组： bybicycle 骑自行车 bytrain 坐火车 byplane/by air 坐飞机 bytaxi坐出租车 bycar 坐小汽车 byship/water坐船 bybus 坐公共汽车 6.表方位：infront of，behind，opposite -85-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 infront of在……的前面；在……的前部 如：There is atree in front ofthe house. 在房子前面有一棵树。 There is abig desk for theteacherin thefront oftheclassroom. 在教室的前部有一张大讲桌。 behind 在……后面 behind 是in front of 的反义词 如：There is atree behind my house. 我家房子后面有一棵树。 There is atree at theback ofmy house. 我家房子后面有一棵树。 opposite在……对面 如：Ourschool is oppositeauniversity. 我们学校在一所大学的对面。 Hestoodoppositeme. 他站在我对面。 7.bemade from 和be madeof的区别 bemade from 和be madeof都可以表示物体由什么材料制成，区别如下： bemade from 表示材料时，一般表示物质做成这个物体时已经发生了化学变化，我们 从物体的外观上已看不出原来的材料。 如：Wineismadefrom grapes. 葡萄酒由葡萄制成。 （葡萄糖是由酒化酶的催化作用下发酵变成酒精的，已发生了化学变化） Paper is madeof wood. 纸张是由木头做成的。 （纸中已看不出它的原材料是木头） Bread is madefrom flour. 面包由面粉做成。 bemade of表示材料，一般表示从物体的外观上看得出原来的材料，这些材料在做成 这个物体时，只是发生了一些物理变化，也可以用bemadeout of表示材料。 如：This salad is made ofcucumber and lettuce. 这种沙拉是由小黄瓜和莴苣做成的。 This pairof shoes is madeofleather. 这双鞋子是由皮革做成的。 Imade mybicycle out offour old ones. 我用四辆旧的自行车拼成了我的自行车。 8.介词of和from 的区别 of（属于）……的；表示……的数量或种类 如：This is amapof china. 这是一幅中国地图。 Will you please give mea cup oftea? 请您给我一杯茶好吗？ from 来自（某地、某人）；以……起始（时间或地点） -86-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：I’m from Nanjing. 我是南京人。 Wework from Monday toFriday. 我们从星期一到星期五上班。 介词和介词短语专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.It’s hot ________summerin Beijing. A. by B.on C. at D. in ( )2.Thedesks and chairs are made ________wood. A. from B. of C.by D. in ( )3.Chinais famous ________her GreatWall. A. as B. for C. to D. of ( )4.What doyou mean ________saying so? A. with B. of C. for D. by ( )5.Taiwan is ________thesoutheast of China. A. in B. to C.on D. at ( )6.Our teachertold us tolook________the newwords in thedictionary. A. for B. up C. at D. into ( )7.Shewas born ________September,1990. A. at B. on C. in D. to ( )8.Thesecoats are different ________thecoats over there. A. in B. on C.at D. from ( )9.Thank you very much ________leading theeraser ________me. A. for,at B. to, to C. for,to D. to,for ( )10.Since you are ________trouble, why not ask ________help? A. in,for B. in, to C. with,for D.with, to ( )11.No onecan stop her________leaving forChina. A. of B. from C.to D. for ( )12. －When didMr.Green comeback. -87-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －________nineo’clock yesterday morning. A.At B. For C.In D. On ( )13.Mr.Ted taught English inChina________1999. A. for B. since C. in D. at ( )14.Don’t tellanybody about it. Keep it________you and me. A. among B. between C. in D. with ( )15.He is agood student. He gets ________well ________others. A. up,on B.in, on C.on,with D. on,at ( )16.My father often helps me________my maths. A. of B. to C. on D.with ( )17.Li Ping isgood ________maths, but heis weak ________English. A. at, at B. at, in C. in, in D. in, at ( )18.Thewoman ________ared dress is my aunt. A. in B. at C. of D. on ( )19.Anew bridge was built________ the river. A. on B.over C.in D. of ( )20.Thegirl often gets ________school ________8:30. A. at, in B. to, on C.at, at D. to, at ( )21.Walk________thebridge and you’ll find thepost office. A. along B. through C.across D. past ( )22.Can you write aletter ________English? A. with B. in C.by D. from ( )23.“What’s wrong ________you?”Thedoctorasked. A. from B. with C. for D. in ( )24.Grandma prefers tea________coffee. A. about B. to C. on D. of ( )25.You are getting toofat. Eating too much is bad ________your health. A. for B. to C. about D. with ( )26.Yesterday it snowed. Now theroads are covered ________snow. -88-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. with B. by C.for D. in ( )27.It’s not good to belate________ school. A. on B.for C. in D. to ( )28.PoorTomfell ________theladder ________theground. A. off,into B. down, into C.down, onto D. off, onto ( )29.My father has gone to NewYork. He’llbe back________four months. A. after B. in C. later D. for ( )30.Is thiskind ofcar made ________Harbin? A. of B. in C. by D.from ( )31.It’s time________supper.Lucy and Lily are sitting ________thetable. A. to,at B. at, for C. for,on D.for,at ( )32.Theirparents are waiting ________ abus. A. to B. at C. on D. for ( )33.Be careful when you get ________or________thebus. A. in,off B. on,off C. on,from D. in, from ( )34.Please don’t shout ________theboy.He is right. A. at B. on C. with D. from ( )35.It is dangerous ________children toplay ________fire. A. for,with B. for,/ C. to,with D.to, / ( )36.Myfriend, Miss Chen, lives ________theothersideofthe street. A. by B.for C. in D. on ( )37.How far isit ________his hometown ________Beijing? A. between, or B. either,or C.both, and D. from, to ( )38.John hit Bob ________. A. intheface B. onhisface C. inface D.bytheface ( )39.If you spend more time________your studies,I am sureyou will dowell ______them. A. in,in B. on,on C.on,in D. in,on ( )40.Don’t read ________thesun. It’s bad________your eyes. A. in,to B. under,to C. in, for D.under,for -89-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )41.ShewantedTomtosing ________herfriends. A. to B. for C. at D. into ( )42.Marx began to learn Russian ________ his fifties. A. in B. at C. for D. since ( )43.________his surprise, hefound the child at home. A. For B.To C.At D.With ( )44.Our teachers are notonly strict ______theirwork, but also strict ______theirstudents. A. in,with B. with, in C. in, in D. with, with ( )45.How manysongs had you learned ________theend oflast month? A. at B. on C. by D. in ( )46.Look ________the blackboard. Don’t lookout ________thewindow. A. in,from B. to,with C.to, to D. at, of ( )47.Open your books and turn ________page 10. A. at B. to C. in D. of ( )48.Wehave nolessons ________Thursday afternoon. A. on B.in C./ D. at ( )49.Does healways go to work ________bike or________foot? A. by,by B. on,on C.by,on D. on,by ( )50.Tom’s sisterhad breakfast ________a hurry and went ________school. A. in,to B. for,for C. to,to D. after,into ( )51.Thedoctorcame ________timeto save herlife. A. in B. on C.at D. before ( )52.There is abig lake________thefoot ________the mountain. A. on,to B. of, of C. to, with D. at, of ( )53.All thepeoplewere sad ________thenews. A. to B. for C. at D. with ( )54.I was good ________learning ________others. A. in,to B. in, in C. at,from D. at, / ( )55.It’s very important ________meto say something________you. -90-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. for,for B. to, to C. for,to D. to, for ( )56.There is abig hole______thefront wall and two beautiful pictures ______theback wall. A. in,in B. in, on C.on,on D. on,in ( )57.It is very kind ________you tohelp me. A. to B. for C. of D. on ( )58.Shearrived inShanghai ________theafternoon ________herbirthday. A. in,of B. on,of C. on,to D. at,in ( )59.My sisterwanted tohave abike________ her own. A. on B.to C.of D.by ( )60.Theyoung man spent alot of money ________hisclothes. A. in B. with C.to D. on ( )61.How are you getting ________your work? A. onwith B. upwith C.along for D.among to ( )62.Theboyasked his father________a bottleofwater. A. to B. for C. with D. in ( )63.Chinais ________EastAsia. Japan is________theeast ofChina. A. in,to B. to, in C. on,to D. on,in ( )64.There is nothinginourbedroom, ________anewbed. A. and B. without C. with D. except ( )65.Thebag ________thewaymustbe moved away. A. in B. by C.on D. at ( )66.Thenew houses were built ________young trees. A. among B. on C. with D. into ( )67.Don’t write________black pencil or________blue ink. A. ina, in B. in, with C.with, with D.with a, in ( )68.Theman turned the key ________thelock andopened thedoor. A. to B. in C.on D. with ( )69.You can dothecleaning all ________yourself. A. by B.to C.for D. with -91-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )70.There is somethingwrong with hisbike,so he camehere ________hisgirlfriend’s. A. by B.in C.with D. on ( ) 71. Children in western countries can usually get all kinds of presents ________ Christmas and ________theirbirthdays A. on,on B.in, at C. at, on D. by,on ( )72.Thetwo rooms are ________thesame size. A. at B. for C. on D. of ( )73.About 100peopleentered ________theclassroom. A. to B. in C.into D./ ( )74.Mr.Brown sat back ________a smile________his face. A. with,on B. with, in C.for,on D.with, at ( )75.Wecan’t live________water ________air. A. with,and B. without, or C. for,on D. with,at ( )76.Mary found a smallbag ________theground ________theway to school. A. on,on B.on,in C.in, by D. in, at ( )77.Theboat is passing ________thebridge. A. across B. through C. into D. cross ( )78.My room is ________thesecond floor. A. at B. on C. in D. to ( )79.yuncle lives ________105Beijing Street. A. on B.at C. to D. of ( )80.He slept well ________all thewindows open. A. when B. while C. with D. because ( )81.I don’t think you canfinish thework ________my help. A. since B. because C. without D. until ( )82.His parents will behere ________ two o’clock. A. in B. on C.to D. around ( )83.Theplane isflying ________theclouds. A. on B.above C. over D. through -92-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )84.Thechildren threw a stone________theflog. A. at B. for C. on D. cross ( )85.Theoldman sat ________abigtree, keeping away ________sunshine. A. under,from B. on,in C. in,from D. over,on ( )86.He arrived here ________an old taxi. A. by B.in C.into D. with ( )87.He’s stayed here ________1995. A. for B. in C. after D. since ( )88.Thefield was full________sheep and they were lying ________theground. A. with,on B. of, on C. with, in D. of, onto ( )89.________the endoflast year,they had had four English parties. A.At B. By C. On D.After ( )90.“Wemusthand inour composition________Thursday,” said themonitor. A. before B. since C. after D.in ( )91.New Chinawas founded ________1949. A. in B. on C.at D. since ( )92.They saythey will have abasketball match ________school. A. behind B. after C. around D. about ( )93.Do you doyour homework ________home? A. in B. at C. inside D. on ( )94.Sheusually has lunch ________school. A. in B. to C.at D. from ( )95.Agroup ofpeople moved________theeast ________theGreat Saltlake. A. from…to B. in….in C.on….in D. to….to ( )96.Thiskind ofmachine is made________China. A. in B. of C. by D.at ( )97.s there enough rain ________your country? A. about B. around C. in D. at ( )98.Now weknow there are nolivingthings ________themoon. -93-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. at B. over C. in D. on ( ) 99. Li Ping is taller than Wnag Hai but shorter than Wu Dong. His seat is ________Wang Hai’s ________WuDong’s. A. behind…inafter B. behind…in front of C. infront of….behind D. between…and ( )100.Wesaw them playing football ________theplayground. A. on B.near C. round D. over ( )101.Li Ping isgood ________English. Healways works hard ________it. A. at….at B. at…in C. in…at D.with…at ( )102.What’s thematter________you, Tom? A. to B. of C. in D.with ( )103.TheGreat Pyramid ismade ________stones. A. by B.of C.in D.with ( )104.________their joy,theseagulls came to eat not thecrops, but thelocusts. A.With B.To C.For D. Of ( )105.________all thestars thesunis thenearest tous. A. Of B.Among C. Between D.About ( )106.YoungTombecameinterested ________science. A. of B. on C.in D.about ( )107.I havea few otherfriends ________ you. A. besides B. except C. except for D. but ( )108.Beijing is________the north ofChina. A. in B. to C.on D. of ( )109.Japan is ________theeast of China. A. to B. on C.in D. of ( )110.He always goes out ________ahat. A. of B. about C.in D. at ( )111. ________ thehelpof ourteacher,hishandwriting isgetting better and better. A. Under B. In C.With D. On ( )112.Do you go toschool ________bus? -94-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. of B. on C.by D. at ( )113.Wego to schoolevery day ________Sunday. A. besides B. except C. beside D.except for ( )114.Under the table, there is abox________books. A. filed of B. full of C. fillwith D. filled of ( )115.Can you comeand stay ________us fora time? A. on B.with C.of D.about ( )116.In away Iagree ________you. A. to B. with C.on D. at ( )117.He died ________overwork. A. from B. of C.through D. by ( )118.He said he would showthestudents ________thefactory. A. about B. around C. on D. of ( )119.Thesun rises ________theeast and gets down ________thewest. A. in,in B. on,on C.from, from D.at, at ( )120.Guangzhou is abeautiful city ________thesouthof China. A. on B.at C. to D. in ( )121.Who is knocking________thedoor? A. at B. in C. of D. to ( )122.I want to have aword ________you. A. to B. with C.for D. at ( )123.________my way home,Imet an oldfriend ofmine. A. In B. By C. On D.At ( )124.________the way,where is Li Ping, doyou know? A. On B. In C.By D.At ( )125.________their surprise, thefarmers sawnot locusts thistime, but seagulls. A. In B.With C.To D. By ( )126.“Howdoyou knowI’m ascientist?”the man asked ________surprise. A. at B. in C. to D. with -95-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )127.Theoldfisherman asked theGenie ifhe could change ________smokeagain. A. into B. in C.to D.about ( )128.Hurry up,orwe’ll belate________the meeting. A. to B. of C. at D. for ( )129.Don’t read ________thesun. It’s bad________your eyes. A. in,for B. under,to C. in,with D.under,for ( )130.You’dbetter comehere ________timetomorrow.Don’t keep us waiting. A. at B. on C. by D. before ( )131.Thevet came ________timeto savethehorse’s life. A. in B. on C.at D. before ( )132.boyput thepicture book________thetable. A. on B.about C. to D. of ( )133.It’s cold ________winter in Harbin. A. by B.on C. at D. in ( )134.My parents took meto thezoo________ themorning ofJune 1. A. in B. at C. on D. for ( )135.Thebeautiful sofa is made________wood. A. from B. of C.by D. in ( )136.Egypt is famous ________her pyramids. A. as B. for C. to D. of ( )137.hat does Li Lei mean ________saying so? A. with B. of C. for D. by ( )138.Hainan Island is________thesouth ofChina. A. in B. to C.on D. at ( )139.Our teachertold us tolook________the information ontheInternet. A. for B. up C. at D. into ( )140.e littlegirl was born ________May,2000. A. at B. on C. in D. to ( )141.I remember Susan left ________a very cold morning of January. -96-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. in B. on C.at D. from ( )142.Thesetrousers are different ________thetrousers over there. A. from B. of C.to D. in ( )143.Thank you very much ________taking themessage ________me. A. for,at B. to, to C. for,to D. to,for ( )144.Lucy and Lily are ________trouble, why not ask ________help? A. in,for B. in, to C. with,for D.with, to ( )145.students don’tgo to school ________ Sundays. A. on B.in C.at D. with ( )146.TheGreat GreenWallstopthe wind ________blowingthe earth. A. of B. from C.to D. for ( )147. －What timedidMrs. King comeback? －_______nineo’clock yesterday morning. A.At B. For C.In D. On ( )148.Mr.Brown taught English in Japan ________1980. A. for B. since C. in D. at ( )149.his special school has had morethan 1,000students ________1990. A. for B. since C. in D. during ( )150.here was noair line________thetwo citiesin theold days. A. by B.at C. for D. from ( )151.There was noair line________thetwo cities in theold days. A. among B. between C. in D. with ( )152.He is agood student. He gets ________well ________others. A. up,on B.in, on C.on,with D. on,at ( )153.Last week, Iwent to school ________. A. bythebus B. byfoot C. onthefoot D. bybus ( )154.Bill heard________his friends.They toldhimto study hard. A. from B. of C.to D. at ( )155.Tom isaboy________ten. -97-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. in B. of C. at D. with ( )156.Mary,what’sthis ________Chinese? A. in B. with C.on D. for ( )157.Don’t laugh ________others when theyare introuble. A. in B. to C.of D. at ( )158.Thetiger jumped ________him andbegan to hithim. A. to B. at C. round D. though ( )159.Drink ________your milk. A. off B. up C. away D.in ( )160.Weare leaving ________London nextweek. A. from B. to C. for D. at ( )161.Go ________thebridge and you’ll findthe hospital ontheleft. A. along B. through C.across D. past ( )162.Do you feels ________singing? A. about B. like C. by D. for ( )163.He will wait foryou ________the busstop. A. at B. on C. before D. over ( )164.The girl ________ared dress is mysister. A. at B. of C.on D. in 二、用适当的介词填空 1. ShallI seeyou ________Sunday? 2. Shehas been to Shanghai ________last week. 3. It’sa secret ________you and me. 4. Thebus arrives ________a village intheevening. 5. ere does he come________? 6. It’svery kind________you to helpmewith my English. 7. Hehas visited seven bookshops ________one________another. 8. I’m sorry Ican’t say it ________English. 9. Thefarmers arecarrying baskets of apples ________thetruck. -98-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 10.There are a lotofleaves ________thetree. 11. Thegirl ________thehat is Lucy. 12.Givemea bottle________orange please. 13.What’s wrong ________yourTV? 14.Ithink theshop isclosed ________thistimeofday. 15.They have lunch ________themiddleof theday. 16.________his wayhome, he met astrange man. 17.Shewas born ________June6,1995. 18.What’s thetime, please? It’s half________five. 19.hat are they talking ________? 20.Heis sitting ________thefront ofthebus. 21.Zhang Hong is ________duty today. 22.Dong eye exercises is good ________your eyes. 23.His penis different ________mine. 24.What’s theweather ________,today? 25.They have rice forsupper ________times. 26.Can you tell metheway ________thepostoffice? 27.Heleft Beijing ________visit________ London. 28.Don’t laughat those ________trouble. 29.sunshinecan reach thevegetables ________theglass. 30.Weshould learn ________each other. 31.Whatdoyou mean ________panda? 32.Hegoes towork ________usual. 33.Li Lei went to themeeting instead ________me. 34.Ifelt a littleafraid ________my father. 35.Hedoesn’t likeeggs ________all. 36.You’re just________time________thematch. 37.Isaw thenews ________a newspaper. 38.Whatdoyou think ________thebook?Interesting. -99-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 39.Themoonmoves ________theearth. 40.Can you find theanswer ________the question? 41.Awoman was standing ________thecorner ofthestreet. 42.Here’s apage ________astudent’s diary. 43.Have you heard ________your under yet? 44.Thestudents walked ________thegatewith UncleWang. 45.hen he was ready,hejumped ________thewater. 46.Every morningonhis way toschool Jimwalks ________the littlehouse. 47.We’re flying ________theclouds. 48.There’s abridge ________theriver. 49.Shelives ________320Liao HeRoad. -100-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第七章 连词 连词是一种在句子与句子之间，短语之间以及名词等其他词语之间起连接作用的虚词，它 不能单独作句子的成分。按其意义可分为并列连词和从属连词两大类。 并列连词连接的双方是对等的。常有的并列连词有and, both…and, either…or, neither…nor， notonly…but also, as well as 等。但如果连接的两部分意义不趋向一致，意义有转折的并列连词 有：but,however, while(而)，only(只不过)。 还有表示选择关系的并列连词，如：or, orelse, otherwise… 再有的是连接双方，互为因果， 或表示前因后果的连词有：for, so, therefore (因此)，then 等。 从属连词在初中范围内常常用来连接名词性从句，如：that, if, whether, 其次用来连接状语 从句。其中有原因状语从句，常用的连接词有：when ,while, as, since, before, after, once,as soon as,until,till。 连接条件状语的连词有：if, unless, as long as 等，而原因状语的连接词有: because, since, as, nowthat (既然)。目的、结果、方式、比较、地点等状语从句的连接词有：sothat, so…that, such…that, as…as, than, where… 1.并列连词 并列连词 用 法 例 句 Hecame intothe classroom and puthis 表并列或顺承关系 schoolbag onthedesk. and 用于“祈使句，and +陈述句”结构 Becareful, and you will make fewer mistakes. 意为“或者”，表示任选其一 Do you want to go thezooor themuseum? or 意为“否则”，用于“祈使句，or+ Please bequick,or wewill missthelast 陈述句”结构 bus. It’sraining heavily now, sowe have to put so 表示因果关系 offtheP.E class. for 表示原因，及附带理由 Imust be offnow, for itis getting late. 2.并列连词短语 连词短语 意义用法 例 句 -101-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 既不…也不,谓语动词的数遵循“就近原 Neither henorhis children neither…nor… 则” likefish. 或者…或者…，谓语动词的数遵循“就近 Eitheryou orhe iswrong. either…or… 原则” 两者都，谓语动词用复数形式 Both sheand Iare good at both…and… English. 不但…而且…，谓语动词的数遵循“就近 Not onlyyou but also he not only…but also 原则” wants to buythebook. 3.引导时间状语从句的从属连词 从属连词 用 法 例 句 when 引导的从句中，谓语动词可以是短 It was raining when he cameout ofthe 当…时候 暂性动词也可以是延续性动词 office. while 引导的从句中，谓语动词必须是延 Don't make any noise while others are 当…时候 续性动词，且常用进行时 reading inthelibrary. before “在……之前”，从句的动作通常发 Shereached thetrain stationbefore he 在…之前 生在主句动作之后 called her yesterday. after “在……之后”，从句的动作通常发 He turned off the light and went to bed 在…之后 生在主句动作之前 after hecleaned the room. until 常用在“not...until...”结构中，表示 Nancy didn't appear untilitwas ten 直到…才… “直到…才…” o'clock last night. as 表示一件事情在发生，另一件事情 Thestudents took notes as theylistened 一边…一边 也在同时发生 totheradio in English class. as soon as 表示从句的动作一发生，主句的动 I'll write aletter toyou as soonas I get 一…就… 作就随之发生 toAmerica. Thegirl who can speak English since 从句常用一般过去时，主句用现在 smoothlyhas lived in London sinceshe 自从 完成时 was five years old. once 表示从句动作一发生，主句的动作 Once they find peoplein trouble, they -102-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 一旦 就随之发生 areeager to help them without payment. 4.引导条件状语从句的从属连词 连 词 用 法 例 句 if 主句用一般现在时，主句通常用 1.If he has timetomorrow, hewill cometo 如果 一般将来时，即主将从现，但有 themeeting. 时用主情从现或主祈从现。 2.Nonecan succeed ifhe doesn’t work hard. unless 主句用一般现在时，主句通常用 1. Hewon’tfinish thework unless heworks 除非， 一般将来时，即主将从现，但有 hard. 如果不 时用主情从现或主祈从现。。 2. If it doesn’t rain, go for a picnic. unless 可转化成if…not 结构。 as long as 主句用一般现在时，主句通常用 You can takeany bookas long as you like. 只要 一般将来时，即主将从现。 5.引导让步状语从句的从属连词 连 词 意义及用法 例 句 though 虽然，尽管 引导让步状语从句时， although 不能与but 同时使用。 Although it was raining hard, he stillwent out. even though if 即使 whatever 无论什么 Whateveryou may say, I will notchange my mind. 等于nomatter what whenever 无论什么时候 Whenever you cometo my home, Iwilltreat you 等于nomatter when well. 6.引导原因状语从句的从属连词because, since, as 连 词 意 义 例 句 -103-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 表示造成某种情况的直接原因，语气最强， Hehas to leave because itis too late. because 常用来回答由why 引导的问句，其从句的 位置通常在主句的后面。 since 语气比as 稍强，不表示直接的或根本 Sinceeveryone is here, let’sstart. since 的原因，而是一种已知的或非常显然的理 由，since 引导的从句通常位于主句之前。 as 是从属连词，表示原因时，语气最弱，所 Weall likeher as sheis kind. as 说的原因比较明显或是已知的事实，它引导 的从句一般位于主句之前。 7.引导方式状语从句的从属连词 连 词 意 义 例 句 as 按照…方式 Shealways does as herfather tells her. as if 似乎，好像 He walked around as ifhewas lookingfor something. 8.引导结果状语从句的从属连词 连 词 意 义 用法及例句 so 后跟形容词副词原形。 (so…that…结构常与too…to… 结构转化）。 so…that Shewas so tired that shecouldn’t go any farther 如此……以至于 such后跟名词或名词性词组。 such…that It’ssuch afine day that manypeople go tothe park for fun. 9.引导结果状语从句的从属连词 连 词 意 义 用 法 so that 以便于，为了 They sped upsothat they could get there ontime. in order that 为了 注意：主谓一致现象 -104-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 1.就近原则：There be 句型;Neither...nor...; Either...or...;Not only...but also...。 2.就前原则：with，along with, together with, as well as, besides,like, without, except(but), including,but, rather than, inaddition to, apart from... 连词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.________it was early,sheturned offtheradio and went to bed. A. Because B.Though C. Since D.As ( )2.Which shirt ismore expensive, thewhiteone ________thegreen one? A. and B. or C.but D. so ( )3.Work hard, ________you’ll learn English well. A. and B. but C. for D. or ( )4.You may go ________you clean theclassroom. A. before B. because C. as soon as D. after ( )5.He is ateacher________I am afarmer. A. or B. so C. but D. while ( )6.I likeautumn ________Ican havea lotof fruit. A. but B. if C. though D. because ( )7.________Jim ________Kate has come. Idon’t knowwhen theywill come. A. Both…and B. Not only….butalso C.Neither….nor D. either…or ( )8.He’s at homethese days.Youmaycome ________today ________tomorrow. A. either…or B. both….and C.not only…butalso D. neither…nor ( )9.My grandma is old ________strong. A. and B. or C.but D. so ( )10.Theboyis clever,________,heoften makes mistakes. A. and B. however C. when D. or ( )11.You’dbetterput onmoreclothes, ________it’s very cold outside. A. for B. and C. because of D.or -105-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )12.________I went into theclassroom,, the studentswere talkingabout the film. A.While B.After C.When D. Before ( )13.We’llgo back to thefields ________thesnowstops. A. as soon as B. because C. but D. and ( )14.Theplane flewsohigh ________it looked very small. A. that B. why C. whether D./ ( )15.I didn’t get up________Father cameback from the factory. A. when B. until C. while D. because ( )16.I don’t know________or notwe’ll have an examtomorrow. A. if B. when C.whether D. that if ( )17.Please speak loudly________Ican hear a littlebetter. A. though B. so that C. that D. while ( )18.Please speak loudly________Ican hear a littlebetter. A. though B. so that C. such that D. as ( )19.Ring meup________you come tomy house. A. though B. as C. before D. than ( )20.More people came________I expected. A. as if B. so that C.since D. than ( )21.You mustdo________Itold you. A. after B. before C.where D. as ( )22.Class One is________large ________ClassTwo. A. so,that B. as, as C.such, that D. so, as ( )23.They willbe thankful for ________you have done. A. what B. that C. which D. who ( )24.I willwrite toyou ________I get there. A. while B. as soonas C.as D.since ( )25.________he isold, he canwalk very fast. A. If B.Although C. Since D.Because ( )26.We’llgo to visittheGreatWall________ it rains tomorrow. -106-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. since B. as soon as C. when D. unless ( )27.You mostget upearly tomorrow,________Iwill go there alone. A. or B. and C.yet D. for ( )28.It was raining hard, ________,thepeasant went onwith theirwork. A. but B. and C. however D. although ( )29.Do you know________Janeis getting onwell with herclassmates? A. what B. how C. that D. which ( )30.He is nota football player ________. A. butalso plays the piano B. but thepianist C. butplay the piano as well D.but a famous pianist ( )31.It’s such an interesting story ________everybody likes it. A. as B. that C.so that D. which ( )32.I don’t likehim. I’drather ________in than ________to play with him. A. toplay,togo B. stay,go C. toplay,go D.stay,to go ( )33.He is very old, ________he still works very hard. A. if B. when C.and D. but ( )34.Mrs. Smith likesmusic________her husband likes sport. A. while B. or C.for D. so ( )35.________Tom ________Mary is free.You’dbetter play with others. A. Both, and B. Not only,but also C. Neither,nor D. Either,or ( )36.They didn’t start to work ________the bossarrived. A. so B. as soon as C. while D. until ( )37.________you’reall here, wecan work out asolution. A. Because B.Though C. Since DFor ( )38.Thechild is clever ________healthy. A. as soon as B. as good as C. as well as D.as tall as ( )39.Wemust set offnow,________we’ll missthelast train. A. and B. while C.then D. or ( )40.Can you name three countries ________Chineseis used as oneof theirlanguages? -107-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. that B. which C. where D. there ( ) 41. Mr. Smith comes fromAustralia, but he has worked in China for five years. So you can talk withhim ________. A. eitherin Englishor in Chinese B. not inChinesebut in English C. justin English, not in Chinese D. neither in ChinesenorinEnglish ( )42.Theteacher asked thenew student ________class he was in. A. which B. where C. how D.when ( )43.Stop cuttingtrees, ________theearth will become worse andworse. A. and B. then C.but D.or ( )44.Jim has been in thefactory fortwo years ________heleft school. A. when B. since C. as soon as D. whether ( )45.There is noair________water on themoon. A. and B. or C.yet D. so ( )46.I’vesent him three letters, ________ hehasn’t written back. A. so B. but C. for D. or ( )47.________the parents ________theirdaughter have been toAustralia. A. Neither,nor B. Either,or C.Both, and D. Not only,but also ( )48.________the students________ their teacher is going to watch thefootball match onTV. A. Not only,butalso B.Both, and C. Either,nor D. Neither,or ( )49.______she students______their teacheris going to watch thefootball match onTV. A.When B.While C. Before D. until ( )50.Thelights went out ________they were reading. A. while B. before C.after D. if ( )51.They waited ________thebuscame. A. as B. until C. when D. by ( )52.I really didn’t knowwho isour newEnglish teacher ________you toldme. A. until B. after C.when D. though ( )53.________it was so cold, theboywent out withouta cap. A. But B.When C.Although D. Because -108-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )54.Have you been here _______? A. at eight theday before yesterday B. since oneyear ago C. two years ago D. since two years ( )55.Lucy thinks________Mr.Hu is agood PEteacher. A. this B. it C. that D. her ( )56.You mustset offnow,________you’ll missthetrain. A. and B. while C.then D. or ( )57.Every night Li Lei studied hard and did hishomework ________11:30 pm. A. at B. since C.until D.for ( )58.Jim is________clever ________heunderstands everything. A. such a, that B. as, so C. so, that D. so, as ( )59.Wedon’t understand thepassage ________thereare some newwords init. A. and B. if C.though D. because ( )60.He asked hisfather ________. A. where ithappens B. where didithappen C. howit happened D. howdid ithappen ( )61.Miss Gao wants to know________nextweek. A. whenmy aunt leaves B. when will my aunt leave C. where my aunt leaves D. where does myaunt stay ( )62.________it was raining heavily,hecame ontime. A. because B. For C.Though D. If ( )63.________you loseconfidence（信心），you won’tbe ableto dothework well. A.When B.And C. Because D. If ( )64.I’ll speak slowly ________you can understand me. A. so B. so that C.as D.since ( )65.Theclouds began tolift ________the suncame out. A. since B. as C. as soon as D.before ( )66.Roseis an English girl, ________shedoesn’t likeEnglishfood. A. yet B. so C for D. and ( )67.I don’t know________I shouldchoose. -109-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. why B. when C which D. what 二、用适当的连词填空 1. Lily could swimwell ________she was young. 2. Idid ________hetold me. 3. Hurry up,________you won’t find aseat. 4. Youcan’t know________you try. 5. I’ve not seen him ________heleft. 6. Lucy can speak alittle French ________Jim can’t. 7. Ididn’t meet you ________thetrain was late. 8. Igot upearly ________Ican get toschool ontime. 9. Iknowyou better ________hedoes. 10.Iwas reading ________she was playing games. 11. You’ll missthetrain ________you hurry up. 12.It looks________it’s gong torain. 13.________you are all here. Let’s begin. 14.Youcan ask Jim todothework ________you want. 15.Youshould look bothways ________you cross theroad. 16.Iwondered ________she would comeornot. 17.I’ll tell herabout it________Isee her. 18.________itrains tomorrow.We’llstay at home. 19.Youngpeople lovethistimeofyear ________.It’s good forsports. 20.Summercomes ________spring. 21.Tomistall ________his brother isshort. 22.Youmay come ________onFriday ________Saturday I’m free thesedays. 23.Ididn’t know________he had passed theexam. -110-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第二部分 动词、时态、语态 第八章 动词、时态、语态 一、动词的概述和分类 动词是表示人或事物的动作、存在、变化的词。根据其词义和其在谓语中的作用可分为：实 义动词、连系动词助动词和情态动词。根据其在句子中的功用可分为及物动词和不及物动词。 1.实义动词：意义完全，能独立用作谓语。如：enable，watch，run，open 等。 2.连系动词：是一个表示谓语关系的动词。它必须在后面接表语（通常为名词或形容词）。 如：seem，look，smell，taste，sound，get，become，turn，be等。 3.助动词：本身没有词汇意义。不能单独用作谓语。在句中与实义动词一起构成各种时态、 语态、语气以及否定和疑问结构。如：do，does，did等。 4.情态动词：词义不完全。在句中不能单独作谓语，只能与实义动词一起构成谓语。如：can， may，must，need，ought to等。 二、动词八种时态 1.一般现在时的用法 （1）表示经常性或习惯性的动作或存在的状态。与一般现在时连用的时间状语： 表示频度的副词always，often，usually，sometimes等。onSundays，onMonday afternoon， every day，in themorning，every year 等时间状语。once ayear, twice a month,three times aweek 之类的表示频率的词组。 如：Hegets upat fiveo’clock every day. 他每天5点起床。 Heoften plays football. 他经常踢足球。 （2）表示客观真理、事实、人的技能或现在的状态时句子里一般不用时间状语。 如：Theearth turns roundthesun. 地球绕着太阳转 Light travels faster than sound. 光传播比声音快 （3）表示十分确定会发生(如安排好的事情)或按照时间表进行的（将要发生的）事情,用一 般现在可以表达将来,句子中可以有将来时间。 如：Thetrain for Hankou leaves at 8：00in themorning. 开往汉口的列车上午8点开车 （4）在时间状语从句中(以when, after, before, while, until, as soon as 等引导)和条件状语从句 中(以if, unless 引导),用一般现在时代替一般将来时,句子可以有将来时间。 -111-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Pleasering meupas soon as you arrive in Germany. 你一到德国就给我打电话。 If it rains tomorrow, wewill have to stayat home. 如果明天下雨我们就只好待在家。 （5）一般现在时用于倒装句中可以表示正在发生的动作,动词以come, go 为主。 如：Here comes thebus. 车来了 There goes thebell. 铃响了。 （6） 一般现在时常用于体育比赛的解说或寓言故事中。 如：Nowthemidfield player catches the balland hekeeps it. 中锋拿到了球，带球跑。 2.一般过去时的用法 （1）表示过去具体时刻发生的一次性动作时, 时间状语有：at (eight) (yesterday morning),(ten minutes) ago, yesterday, last week, some years ago, in 1995, in the past, the other day, at that time, just now 等。还有 when 引导的时 间状语从句。 如：Igot upat 6：00thismorning. 我今早是六点钟起床的 LittleTom brokethewindow at ninethismorning.Tom今早9点打坏了玻璃。 Hecame to ourcity in theyear 2000. 他2000年来到我们市 （2）表示过去一个阶段中经常发生的事情时, 时间状语有：last…,from…to…,for(10 years),often, usually,sometimes,always, never 等。 如：MrJackson usuallywent to evening schools when hewas young. 杰克逊先生小时候经常去夜校。 （3）讲故事、对过去经历的回忆、双方都明白的过去事件等一般用过去时,而且经常省略时 间状语。 如：Ihappened to meet Rosein thestreet. 我正好在街上遇到露西 3.现在进行时 （1） 现在进行时由“助动词be (am is are )+现在分词”构成。 （2）现在进行时的用法 ① 表示此时此刻进行的动作。常与now,look,listen, at themoment 等连用。 如:—What are you doing? —I’m reading English. ② 表示现阶段进行的动作或持续的状态。常与thesedays 等时间状语连用。 -112-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：They are studying hard thisterm. 他们这学期学习一直很努力。 My father is writinga novel these days. 我的父亲这些天一直在写一部小学。 （3）位移动词：go，come，leave，stay，start，begin 等，常用进行时表将来。表示即发 生或安排好要做的事情。 如：Weare leaving for London soon. 我们很快就要动身去伦敦了。 Sheis going there tomorrow. 她明天要去哪里。 I’m coming now. 我就来 （4）表示频繁发生或反复进行的动作,常与always 等频度副词连用,以表示赞扬、不满或讨 厌等感情色彩。 如：Heis always borrowing money from meand forgetting all about it afew days later. 他总是向我借钱但却忘了还。 4.过去进行时 （1）过去进行时由“助动词be (was / were )+现在分词”构成 （2）过去进行时主要表示过去某个时刻进行的动作，常和表示过去的状语连用。 如:What were you doing at ninelast night ? 昨晚九点的时候，你在做什么? （3）过去进行时也可以表示过去某一段时间内进行的动作。 如:From 1983to 1998,hewas teaching at Yale .从1983到1998年，他在耶鲁大学教书。 5.一般将来时 （1）一般将来时“助动词shall/ will+动词原形”构成 （2）一般将来时的时间状语有：tomorrow,this (afternoon),next(year),one day,soon, someday,sometime, inthe future, in+一段时间; when/ after 等引导的状语从句的主句中。 如：Iwill call you when mymother comes back. 当我妈妈回来我会打电话给你。 （3）用will 构成的将来时,表示动作与人的主观愿望无关。“shall”用于第一人称。“will”用于 所有人称。 如：Iwill graduate from this school soon. 我很快就会从这所学校毕业。 （4）表示有礼貌地询问对面是否愿意或表示客气的邀请或命令时。（不用begoing to） 如:Will you please lend meyour bike? 你会借自行车给我吗？ （5）表示意愿时。（不用be going to） 如：Wewill help himifhe asks us. 如果他请我们，我们愿意帮助他。 -113-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 （6）表示单纯性的将来，与人的主观愿望和判断无关时。（不用be going to） 如：The sun willrise at 6：30. 太阳将在6：30升起。 （7）“be going to+动词原形”表示打算或准备要做的事情,或者主观判断即将要发生的事情或 有某种迹象表明要发生的事。 如：It’s going to rain soon.天快要下雨了 （8）现在进行时、一般现在时也可以表示将来。(见相应时态) （9）shall和 will 在口语的一些疑问句中相当于情态动词，表示征求对方意见或请求。Shall 一般与第一人称连用,will 与第二人称连用。 如：Shall we go tothe zoo nextSaturday? 我们下周六去动物园好吗？ Will you please open thedoor forme? 替我把门打开好吗？ （10）“beabout to+动词原形”和“beto+动词原型”结构表示按照计划即将发生的动作。 如：Tomtold herthat he was (about) to go abroad. Tom 告诉她说他要去国外了。 6.过去将来时 （1）过去将来时立足于过去某一时刻，从过去看将来，由“助动词would +动词原形”构成。 如:Wang Lei said that shewas going to visither uncle nextSaturday. 王蕾说她下周六将要去看望她的叔叔。 （2）过去将来时常由于宾语从句中,时间状语有：later, soon,thenext (day). 如：Tom toldme(that) hewould go swimming thenextday. （3）表示曾经打算或准备要做的动作，用were/was going+动词原形。 如：Ithought itwas going to rain soon. 我原以为马上就要下雨了。 7.现在完成时 （1）在完成时由“助动词have (has)+动词的过去分词”构成。 （2）表示发生在过去的对现在仍有影响的动作时,时间状语有：already, yet, just,once, twice, ever, never,three times, before 等。 如：Ihave never seen such finepictures before. 我以前从来没有看过这么好的画。 Hehas justgone toEngland. 他刚去英国。 （3）表示在过去开始一直延续到现在(可能延续下去)的动作或状态时（肯定句或疑问句中 动词必须用延续性动词）,时间状语有：for(two years),since 1990,since (two weeks ago) 和since引导的状语从句。 -114-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Ihave been away from my hometown for three years. = Ihave been away from myhometown sincethree years ago. = Ihave been away from myhometown since2005. = It is 3years since Ileft myhometown. 我离开家乡有3年了。 （4）口语中have got 往往表示have(有)的意思。 如：They have got thousands ofbooks in theirlibrary. 他们图书馆有上万本书 （5）have been to 与have gone to 的区别：havegone to(“已经去了”)表示人不在这里,have been to(“去过…（次）”)表示人在这里。 如：－Whereis MrLi? 李先生在哪里？ －Hehas gone to theUK. 他去了英国。 Ihave been toBeijing threetimes. 我去过那里三次。 （6）在完成时中,一个瞬间性动词(一次性动作)不能与表示一段时间的状语连用,此时须将该 瞬间动词改为延续性动词或状态动词。come→behere, go→be there, die→bedead, borrow→keep, buy→have, join→be in(bea…member), leave→be away, begin to study→study等。 使用下面这个句型： It is/ has been + (多久)+ since+ 主语(人)+谓语(过去时)+……+过去时间状语 注意：在其他的时态中也存在类似问题,记住,关键是：瞬间动词不能和表达一段时间的 状语连用。 如：Howlong may Ikeep thebook? 这本书我能借多久？(句子中keep 取代了borrow) 8.过去完成时 （1）过去完成时以过去某个时间为标准，在此以前发生的动作或行为，或在过去某动作之 前完成的行为，即“过去的过去”。由“助动词had+动词的过去分词”构成。 （2）过去完成时连用的时间状语有：by (yesterday), bythen, bytheend of (last…)或者由when, before 等引出状语从句。有时句子中会有already, just,once, ever, never 等词语,也会有 for… 或since…构成的时间状语。 如：They had already finished cleaning theclassroom when theirteacher came. Thewoman had left before he realized shewas acheat. -115-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Shehad left bythetimeIarrived. 我到达以前，她已经离开了。 Hehad lived inShanghai for ten years before he came here. Imet Tom inthestreet yesterday. Wehadn’t seen each other for3years. （3）过去完成时常用于宾语从句、after 引导的从句,或者从句是before 引导的主句中。 如：After Ihadput onmy shoes and hat,Iwalked intothedarkness. Hesaid that hehad never seen a kangaroo before. (直接引语中的过去时或现在完成时，改为间接引语时常改为过去完成时) 三、动词时态的判断 时态类型 时间状语 标 志 一般现在时 Sometimes/usually/always/often/ 频率/真理/时间条件状语从句 seldom/ never/ every day 等 一般过去时 ago/ yesterday/last week/in 1989 yesterday,justnow,when+从句 一般将来时 tomorrow/nextyear in+时间段 现在进行时 now/ these days Look！Listen！与频度副词连用 过去进行时 at this/thattimeyesterday when+过去进行时，while+过去进行时 过去将来时 thenextday/ year/ week 常用于宾语从句中 现在完成时 so far/ in thepast years/since already,yet, ever,never,before, for + 一段时间 过去完成时 byyesterday/then/theend of before/ by+过去进行时 四、被动语态的含义 英语中时态很多，但语态不多，只有两种，即: 主动语态和被动语态。所谓“被动语态”相 当于中文中常说的“被”“由”的句式，其主语是动作的承受者。如:“他的自行车被偷了。”， “这座楼房是由他们建造的。” 五、被动语态的结构 英语中被动语态是怎么样构成的呢? 如：Thisis called “the greenhouse effect.” They are called renewable sources. 通过上面的例句，可以看出，“被动语态”的构成是: -116-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 be+及物动词的过去分词+（by+动作执行者） 六、被动语态的运用 下面几种情况一般要用被动语态： 1.不知道谁是动作的执行者或没有必要。 如: Paper is madefrom wood. 纸是由木材生产出来的。 He was wounded in thefight. 他在战斗在受伤了。 Electricity isused to run machines. 电是用来开动机器的。 2.不需要强调动作的对象时。 如:Calculator can’t beused in themathsexam. 计算器不能用于数学考试。 Books in thereading room mustn't betaken away. 阅览室的书籍不准带走。 3.句子的主语是物。 如: Spanish isspoken as theofficial language there.在那里西班牙语被当作官方语言来说。 七、各种时态的被动语态 最主要是要掌握be动词的各种时态变化: 1.一般现在时的被动语态：am/is/are+动词的过去分词 如：Oneis known as theone-child policy. 其中一项被称为独生子女政策 Seawaves are used for producing electricity. 海浪用来发电。 2.一般过去式的被动语态:was/ were +动词的过去分词 如：Big family were crowded into smallhouses. 大家庭被挤一间小房子里。 Electric vehicles were developed inthe1990s. 电动汽车是20世纪90年代被发展了。 3.现在进行时的被动语态:am /is/are +being+动词的过去分词 如：Anew factory isbeing builtin ourcity now. 现在我们市里一家新工厂正在被兴建。 Sometrees are being cut down inthepark. 一些公园里的树木正在被砍伐。 4.过去进行时的被动语态:was/were+ being+动词的过去分词 如：Anew factory was being builtinour city at that time. 那时候在我们市里一家新工厂正在被兴建。 Somebabies were being looked after byMissChen last year. 去年，一些宝宝正在被陈小姐照看着。 5.一般将来时的被动语态: -117-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 (A) will/shall+be +动词的过去分词 (B) am/ is /are +going to be+动词的过去分词. 如：Somenew factories will bebuilt in ourcity thisyear. 今年我们市里将要兴建一些新工厂。 Yourwatch is going tobe mended in an hour. 你的手表将在一小时内（被）修好。 6.过去将来时的被动语态: (1)would/ should +be+动词的过去分词 (2)was/ wee +going tobe +动词的过去分词. 如：Shesaid that somenewfactories would bebuiltinour city. 她说在我们市里将要兴建一些新工厂。 Hethought that your watch was going to be mended after an hour. 他认为你的手表将在一个小时内被修好。 7.现在完成时的被动语态：have /has +been+动词的过去分词 如：Theirmaterials have been changed sothat it feels morecomfortable. 它们的材料已经被更换了，为了它摸起来更舒服。 8.过去完成时的被动语态：had +been+动词的过去分词 如：Hesaid that somenew factories had been built in thecity. 他说在市里一些新工厂已经被兴建了。 9.含情态动词的被动式:can/may/must +be+ done 如：Alotof water can besaved byforests. 大量的水可以被森林储存下来。 八、主动语态变位被动语态 1.从句子意义上说，就是重新找出“什么事物”作为句子的主语，来表示是“被完成”的。 例1. 主动语态: 人们说英语。 Peoplespeak English inmany countries. 被动语态: 英语被说。 Englishis spoken inmany countries. 例2. 主动语态: 我们造这座桥。Webuiltthisbridge last year. 被动语态: 这座桥被建造。Thisbridge was builtlast year. 2.从语法角度说，把原句的宾语改成主语。 例1.主动语态: 小王邀请你(宾语) Xiao Liu has invited you to alunch party. -118-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 被动语态: 你(宾语)被邀请。 You has been invited to alunchparty byXiaoWang. 例2.主动语态: 你不准带走杂志(宾语) You must nottake thesemagazines out of thereading-room. 被动语态: 杂志(宾语)不准被带走 These magazinesmust not betaken out ofthereading-room. 例3.可接双宾语的动词如：give, send, show, buy等变被动语态可有两种变化形式。 主动语态: 他们授给他(宾语)枚奖章(宾语). They gave him amedal for his wonderful work. 被动语态: 他(宾语)被授予一枚奖章. Hewas given amedal for hiswonderful work. 被动语态: 一枚奖章(宾语)被授给了他. Amedal was given to himfor his wonderful work. 动词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.Where _______Uncle Sunyesterday? A. was B. were C. did D. does ( )2.They _______going tosee Mr. Suntomorrow. A. is B. are C.am D. be ( )3.Someare _______in theriver and someare _______games. A. swiming, playing B. swimming, plaiing C. swimming, playing D. swimming, plaing ( )4.Where is Dick?He _______tothe reading-room. A. has been B. went C. has gone D. goes ( )5.Mark Twain, an American writer, _______ everybody here. A. knows B. is known as C. isknown to D. is known for ( )6.I hopehewill cometosee mebefore he_______here. A. leave B. leaves C.will leave D. left ( )7.My teacher told methat Australians _______English. -119-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. spoke B. speak C.speaks D. are speaking ( )8.I thinkshe _______right now. A. reading B. reads C.is reading D. read ( )9. － Where are thechildren? － They _______a good timein thegarden. A. are having B. have C.have had D. had ( )10. －Where _______my glasses?I can’t findthem. －I_______them onthebookshelf, butthey aren’tthere. A. you put, put B. you have put, have putC. have you put, put D. didyou put, have put ( )11.When thepolice arrived, theman _______for 10minutes. A. died B. was death C. had died D. had been dead ( )12.By thetimethistalk is over, we_______ a lotabout theearth. A. shall belearning B. are learning C. world learn D. shall have learnt ( )13.The teachers toldmethat they _______meto smooth away thedifficulties. A. helped B. will help C. help D. were going to help ( )14.Have you seen him today? Yes, I _______him thismorning. A. has seen B. see C. will see D. saw ( )15.He _______worried when he heard this news. A. is B. was C.does D.did ( )16.What’s your friend going _______nextweek. A. doing B. do C.does D. to do ( )17. I don’t thinkthat it’s true. He’salways _______strange stories. A. tell B. telling C. told D.tells ( )18.Have you ever _______West HillFarm? A. gone to B. arrived C. cometo D. been to ( )19.How long _______he_______thenovel? A. has, borrowed B. has,kept C.has, lent D.is, using ( )20.He _______to dothislessons at eight everyevening. A. is begining B. is beginning C. begin D.begins -120-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )21.The children _______aswimthis afternoon. A. are going to has B. isgoing to have C.are having D. are going to have ( )22.There _______atelephonecall for mybrother Steven yesterday. A. is B. are C. was D. were ( )23._______he _______onwell with hisfriends this term? A. Does, gets B. Does, get C. Is, getting D. Is, geting ( )24.Who_______away my pen?I can’t findit. A. haven taken B. takes C.has taken D. took ( )25.Shall we _______football thisSaturday? A. play B. playing C.plays D. to play ( )26.The children _______at school now. A. is B. are C. was D. were ( )27.Mr. Smith_______short stories, buthe _______aTVplay thesedays. A. is writing, is writing B. is writing, writes C. writes, iswriting D. writes, writes ( )28.He said he_______the league fortwo years. A. has joined B. has been in C.had been in D. joined ( )29.Shelikes watering trees in thegarden, _______she? A. doesn’t B. don’t C. isn’t D. didn’t ( )30.What _______you _______to dotokeep the roomclean? A. do,have B. does, have C.did, have D. are, have ( )31.Someflowers _______byKate already. A. have been watered B. watered C. have watered D.has been watered ( )32. When winter comes, theleaves _______ fall. A. are going to B. will C. willbe D. would ( )33.I _______tothe cinema. I _______there every Sunday. A. go, go B. am going, go C.go, am going D. am going, am going ( )34.You _______about thefuture now, _______you? A. don’t think, don’t B. aren’t thinking, aren’t C.don’t think, do D. aren’t thinking, are ( )35. He was afraid that he_______hisway. -121-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. would lost B.would lose C. isgoing to D. shall lose ( )36.We_______eachother sincehe left here. A. didn’t see B. hadn’t seen C. haven’t seen D. had seen ( )37.Mr. Smith_______out for awalk inthe parkevery day. A. is going B.goes C.went D. go ( )38.He _______from home foralongtime. A. has gone away B. had gone away C. has left D. has been away ( )39.You mustn’t go too high, oryou _______dangerous. A. willbe B. are C.would be D. is goingto ( )40.Wehave known each other _______. A. sincewe were young B. after we were young C. whenwe are young D. ifwe are young ( )41.Shepromised she_______dobetter work. A. would B. will C. shall D. is going to ( )42.How long has thisshop _______? A. beopen B. been open C.opened D. been opened ( )43.Mr. Smith_______here sincehe moved to hiscity. A. had lived B. have live C.have lived D. haslived ( )44.Have you read thenewspaper? No, Ihaven’t _______. A. too B. yet C.just D. already ( )45.Our knowledge oftheuniverse _______all thetime. A. grow B. is growing C. grows D. grew ( )46.Shewon’t go tothe cinemaif she_______thework tomorrow. A. doesn’tfinish B. won’t finish C. willfinish D. finish ( )47.My grandma _______for halfa year. A. has been dead B. was dead C.has died D. died ( )48.She_______to theGreat Wall several times. A. goes B. has gone C.went D.has been ( )49.The earth _______round thesun. -122-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. move B. moves C. moved D.will move ( )50.Liu Fengwei _______three yuan forthelost library book. A. paid B. spent C. cost D. took ( )51.I _______thebikefor overfour years. A. have bought B. have buy C. have had D.bought ( )52. He told usthat he _______that factory thenextday. A. had visited B. has visited C.will visit D.would visit ( )53.His mother _______theParty last year. She_______aParty member fora year.. A. joined, was B. has joined, is C. joined, has been D. has joined, has been ( )54.Wedon’t knowif it_______theday after tomorrow. A. willrain B. rains C. rained D.would rain ( )55.He said he_______his lifefor his country. A. give B. gave C.had given D. would give ( )56.He always _______tothe parkon Sunday morning. A. go B. goes C. went D. is going ( )57.Look, the students_______to theteacher carefully. A. is listening B. are listening C.listen D. listened ( )58.He _______in thisschool in 1958. A. taught B. has taught C. teaches D. had taught ( )59.They said they________to England the nextday. A. willfly B. had flown C. would fly D. flew ( )60.They ________thework intwo days. A. had finished B. would finished C. isfinishing D.will finish ( )61.By theend oflast week, we ________two thousandwords. A. would learn B. have learned C.had learned D. were learning ( )62.Whenhe left, hismother ________. A. iscooking B. cooked C.was cooking D. cooks ( )63.We’llgo to play with snowifit ________tomorrow. A. snow B. snows C. will snow D. snowed -123-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )64.There ________nowmilkin theglass. A. have B. has C. are D.is ( )65.Thetrain ________when we got to thestation. A. has justleft B. had justleft C.leaves D. left ( )66.Dr Smith isnot at home. He________ to work. A. has gone B. has been C. had been D. had gone ( )67.That man knows alot about NewYork. Iheard he ________before. A. had gone tothecity B. had been inthere C. had been there D. had been NewYork ( )68.Theartist ________toEurope. Heis there now. A. has gone B. has been C. had gone D. had been ( )69.Miss Brown said she________never ________toNorth Chinabefore. A. has, gone B. has, been C. had, gone D. had, been ( )70.What ________your grandma________this timeyesterday? A. is,doing B. was, doing C.did, do D. had, done ( )71.I ________tosee thefilm becauseI havelost my ticket. A. won’t go B. didn’t go C.don’t go D. haven’t gone ( )72.Thestudents willhave a footballmatch ifit ________finenextSaturday. A. willbe B. would be C. was D. is ( )73.Sheasked meifI ________thestory before. A. haveread B. hadread C. would read D. willread ( )74.What ________they________at eight yesterday evening? A. are, doing B. did, do C.have, done D.were, doing ( )75.You can’t seehim nowbecause he________an importantmeeting. A. ishaving B. have C.has D.was having ( )76.I ________tomy brother since lastsummer. A. didn’t write B. hadn’t written C. haven’twritten D.don’t write ( )77.Li Ping willvisit theGreatWallas soonas he________free. A. willbe B. is C. was D. has been ( )78.One day when I________the postofficeI ________my uncle. -124-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. pass, say B. said, made C.said, hadmade D. said, make ( )79.He ________he________somemistakes in thetest. A. said,will make B. said, made C. said, hadmade D. said, make ( )80.They ________tired so they stopped________a rest. A. are, have B. were, have C. were, to have D. are, having ( )81.My father ________every day. A. takes awalk B. took walk C.take awalk D. istaking a walk ( )82.Mary is seven years old. She________ eight nextyear. A. is B. will C. was D. willbe ( )83.Atable and manychairs ________made byhimyesterday. A. was B. were C. are being D.was being ( )84.I’ll go withyou as soon as I________mywork. A. willfinish B. shallfinish C. finish D. finished ( )85.Trees ________green inspring. A. turn B. turns C. would turn D. is turning ( )86.Yesterday I________in bedall day becauseIhad afever. A. lay B. lie C. laid D. lain ( ) 87. Hello, Mike. It’s you. I ________ you ________ in Beijing. How long have you been here? A. don’t know,were B. hadn’t know,are C.haven’t known, are D. didn’t know,were ( )88.A:When________again? B:When he ________.I’ll let you know. A. hecomes, comes B.will become, willcome C.he comes, will come D. willhe come, comes ( )89.Thelast bus ________.Ihad towalk home. A. had gone B. have gone C. went D. has gone ( )90.A:Are you making cakes? B: ________. A.Yes,I do B.Yes,Iam C.Yes,I’m D.Yes,I’m making ( )91.What time________?My watch ________. A. itis, stopped B. isit, has stopped C. itis, has stopped D. isit, is stopping ( )92.What ________onSunday? -125-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. does hesometimes do B. ishe often doing C. has hedone D. is usually hedo ( )93. Did you hear someone ________at thedoor whenyou ________TVlastnight? A. knock, was watching B. knock, watching C. knock, were watching D. knock,are watching ( )94.That Japanese knows ________the SaltLake City.I heard he________before. A. alotof, had been there B. alot about, hadbeen there C. lot,had been there D. a lotof, had gone there ( )95.As soon as we sawhis face, we________ thenews ________bad. A. knew,was B. know,were C.know,was D. know,were ( )96.Reading English magazines and newspapers ________helpful to your study ofEnglish. A. is B. are C. will D.is going to do ( )97.Mary,what ________doing? A. sheis B.are you C. you are D.is ( )98.A: Is thisa new radio?B: No, I________ it forfive years. A. have B. have had C. had had D. willhave ( )99.I’m surehe willcome to seeme before he________Beijing. A. willleave B. isleaving C.would leave D. leaves ( )100.It seemed that he ________somethingexpensive. A. havelost B. lost C.had lost D. has losted ( )101.Comrade Li ________atalk on man-made satellites nextSaturday. A. gives B. will give C. isgiving D.gave ( )102.Whenmy sister________her work, she left her office. A. finishes B. had finished C.has finished D. was finished ( )103.It was raining hard when he ________home. A. got B. get C. gets D.was getting ( )104.He ________to NewYorktwo weeks ago, and he ________therethree times. A. has gone, has been B. went, has gone C. went, was D. was going, went ( )105.How manyEnglish parties ________bytheend oflast term? A. had you had B. had you have C. haveyou had D. did you have -126-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )106.Thetrain ________when she________to thestation. A. has left, gets B. left, got C. hadleft, got D.has left got ( )107.My classmate ________away for about two weeks. A. is B. has been C. has gone D. has left ( )108.His father has gone to Shanghai. Hesaid he________in aweek. A. had been back B. would be black C.was going back D. willbe back ( )109.You are late.Thefilm ________forfive minutes. A. has begun B. had begun C.has beenon D. had been on ( )110.________you ________where theteacher has gone? A. Did, know B.Will,know C.Are, know D. Do, know ( )111. Hecan’t go swimmingwith mebecause he ________ameeting. A. was having B. would have C.is having D. had ( )112.I won’tgo to thecinema ifit ________tomorrow. A. rains B. is rain C.rained D. will rain ( )113.I ________ my homework before supper. A. am doing B. do C. would do D. have been done ( )114.Heis writing aletter now,he ________free inan hour. A. willbe B. will C.is going D. would be ( )115.What________you ________from 7to 9yesterday evening? A. were, doing B. did,do C. have,done D. do,do ( )116.Nancy ________he________his lifefor hiscountry. A. said,had given B. says,will give C.said, would give D.said gave ( )117.He has taught in this school sincehe ________work. A. began to B. begins to C.begun to D. begins to ( )118.Look! Here ________theteacher. A. came B. comes C.is coming D. has come ( )119.He ________a newfilm after school today. A. sees B. is going to see C.has gone to D. see ( )120.Before Mr.Whitewent to Paris, he________French fortwo years. -127-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. willlearn B. has learned C.had learned D. was learning ( )121.Shesaid her brother ________in Beijing. He ________toJapan onbusiness last week. A. wasn’t, went B. hasn’t, went C. wasn’t, would go D.would be, went ( )122.Because I________my bicycle, Ihave to walk toschool. A. lose B. will lose C.have lost D.had lost ( )123.Now thesemagazines ________ in thelibrary fora long time. A. havekept B. were kept C. have been kept D. had kept ( )124.Our first computers ________in1956. A. were made B. made C. have been made D. hadbeen made ( )125.Thenew building________intwo years. A. willput up B. willbe putup C. isput up D. puts up ( )126.Thebridge________intwo or three weeks. A. completed B. would becompleted C. have been completed D. willbecompleted ( )127.Thework ________soon. A. willbefinished B. finishes C.has finished D. willfinish ( )128.Thisstory ________in 1981. A. was taken place B. is taken place C. took place D. took theplace ( )129.He wanted to knowhowlong ________there. A. Ihad been B. had Ibeen C.Ihave been D.have Ibeen ( )130.He ran back intohis room tosee ifhe ________anything behind. A. has forgotten B. had forgotten C. has left D. had left ( )131.Do you knowif________tomorrow? A. hewillcome B. hecomes C.will hecome D. hewould come ( )132.He ________when you came. A. willarrive B. had already arrived C.would already arrive D. has already arrived ( )133.________when you started out? A. Has itrained B. Did it rain C.Was itraining D. Is it raining ( )134.I’ll bevery glad________tothe lecture tomorrowafternoon. A. ifhe willcome B. ifhecomes C.if heshouldwrites D. knows,had written -128-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )135.If he________it he________to me. A. willknow,willwrite B. knows, willwrite C. knows,writes D. knows, had written ( )136.I’ll letyou know as soonas he ________. A. arrives B. will arrive C. arrive D.arrived ( )137.You can notleave until you ________your homework. A. finished B. will finish C.would finish D. have finished ( )138.I’ll give thenotetohimas soon as ________. A. hecomes B. hewill come C.he iscoming D. heisgoing to come ( )139.Thesun ________in theeast. A. isalways rising B. is always raise C. rises D. always raises ( )140.My classmate ________mehis pencil, for minewas stolen. A. borrowed B. lent C.helped D. changed ( )141.I’ve________my bag at home. A. forget B. forgotten C. left D. lost ( )142.Jack ________ateacher for months. A. has become B. has turned C.has changed D. has been ( )143.They ________friends sincethey met inShanghai. A. havemade B.have become C. have been D. haveturned ( )144.A:Whatare you doing? B: I’m ________my lostwatch. A. searching B. looking for C. finding D.look at ( )145.Theyoung man ________. A. holdhis breath B. held hisbreath C.held his breathe D. held her breath ( )146.He is so rich that he________work. A. didn’t haveto B. doesn’t haveto C.must D. has to ( )147.He ________his homework at home. Helikes to finish itat school. A. doesn’t B. don’t to C. hasn’t done D. doesn’t do ( )148.Do you knowwhich picture ________best? A. does shelike B. shelikes C. didshe like D. sheis liking -129-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )149.Our school will holda sorts meeting ifit________tomorrow. A. isn’t B. rains C.won’t rain D. doesn’t rain ( )150.Thestudents willgo to theWestHill Farm bybikeifit ________finetomorrow. A. willbe B. is C. shallbe D. was ( )151.Thefarmer willtake thecows to thefield ifthe rain ________later on. A. stop B. stops C. stopped D. will stop ( )152.Go tohelp herifshe ________introuble. A. isgoing B. will be C. comes D. is ( )153.We’llgo as soon as it________. A. willstop raining B. stopsraining C. will stop torain D. stop to rain ( )154.Please tell himabout it as soon as he ________back. A. come B. comes C. came D. will come ( )155.I’ll catch upwithLucy before she________the finishingline. A. reach B. isreaching C. reaches D. will reach ( )156.I ________themessage tohim as soon as he________back tomorrow. A. give, came B. will give, will come C.willgive, comes D. give, will come ( )157.Granny Wangtold thelittlechildren that thesun ________intheeast. A. has risen B. rose C. rises D. rise ( )158. －Do you knowifhe________ to play basketball with us? －Ithink hewill comeifhe ________free tomorrow. A. comes, is B. comes, willbe C.will come, is D. will come, willbe ( )159.I don’t knowifshe________tomorrow.If she________,I’llcall you. A. comes, comes B. will come, will come C. will come, comes D. comes, will come ( )160. I want to know if they ________ thespring sports meeting next month. If they ________ it, Imustget ready forit. A. hold,will hold B. will hold,hold C. hold, hold D. willhold,will hold ( )161.Mrs. Fangasked theboys ________. A. where isMiss Green B. where was MissGreen C. where MissGreen is D.where MissGreen was -130-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )162.I thought thenews ________important forus all. A. is B. was C. are D.were ( )163.Henry ________a birthday card forSam yesterday. A. has bought B. buys C. bought D. willbuy ( )164. －Mei mei, why didn’t you give thebooktoAnn? －Well,she ________acopyfor herself last week. A. buys B. had bought C. bought D. has bought ( )165.John ________methe booktwo weeks ago, soI________it fortwo weeks. A. borrowed, haveborrowed B.lent, have borrowed C. borrowed, havehad D. lent, have kept ( )166. －Have you mended themotorbike,Tom? －Yes,I ________itten minutes ago. A. have B. had C.mended D. havemended ( )167.It’s five years sinceI ________you lasttime. A. met B. meet C. have met D. had met ( )168.Jane is busy now.She________pictures. A. draws B. drew C. isdrawing D. drawn ( )169.Look! Lily with he sister ________akiteontheplayground. A. isflying B. flying C. are flying D. fly ( )170.Our knowledge oftheuniverse ________all thetime. A. grow B. isgrowing C.grows D. grew ( )171. －Where is Mr.Hu? －Look!He ________onabigmachine overthere. A. works B. worked C. is working D.has worked ( )172.Stay inside, please. It ________hard right now. A. israining B. has rained C.rains D. was raining ( )173.Be quiet!The child________. A. sleeps B. spelt C.is sleeping D. has slept ( )174. －When ________theGreens ________back to China? -131-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －Nextweek. A. did,come B. are, come C.will,come D. have, come ( )175.We________a sports meeting nextmonth. A. willhave B. have had C.will D. had ( )176.I want to knowwhen ________start. A. willwe B. we will C. dowe D.did we ( )177.Please tell mewhere ________have ourpicnictomorrow. A. wewill B. will we C. will D. willyou ( )178.Do you know________. A. whenthemeeting will begin B. whenbegins themeeting C. whenwill themeeting begins D. when does themeeting begin ( )179. －Wouldyou please not draw pictures onthewall? －Sorry.I ________it again. A. am notdoing B. don’t do C. didn’t do D. won’tdo ( )180.How long ________at thisfactory? A. haveyou come B.has hein C. willhe be D. has he been to ( )181. －Do you knowwhen he ________back tomorrow? －Sorry,I don’t.When he ________back,I’lltell you. A. comes, comes B. comes, willcome C.will come, comes D. will come, will come ( )182.I don’t knowwhen he________.When he________,I’ll let you know. A. comes, comes B. will come, comes C.comes, will come D. will come, will come ( )183.We________English forthree years already.And we canspeak alittle English now. A. learn B. have learned C.has learned D. will learned ( )184.My grandpa died sixmonths ago, that is to say,he ________forhalf ayear. A. has been dead B. died C.was dead D. hasdied ( )185.Our workshop ________since two years ago. A. was open B. opened C. has been open D. has opened ( )186.John ________thefactory since1984.He’s oneoftheoldest workers here now. A. cameto B. comes to C. has been in D. has come to -132-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )187.Mrs. Black isa worker ofNo. 1Machine Factory. She____here sinceitopened in 1958. A. worked B. works C. has worked D. isworking ( )188.His hair ________whitethesedays. A. be B. are C.has turned D. turned ( )189. －How long haveyou ________there? －About fouryears. A. come B. gone C. left D.worked ( )190.I’ve________this dictionary ________a year.It’s stillnewnow. A. bought, for B. had, for C.bought, since D. had, since ( )191.Our maths teacher has________Australia fora week. A. gone to B. been in C. arrived in D. been to ( )192.How niceyou’vecome.We’vewaited foryou about two hours.Where________,Jim? A. are you B. have you been C. are you from D. have you gone ( )193.He ________his homework and nowis listeningtomusic. A. finished B. finishes C.has finished D. finish ( )194. －Where’s your headmaster? －He____Beijing. Hewon’t beback ____nextweek. A. went to, after B.has gone to, until C. has been to, until D. has been to,after ( )195. －Have you ever ________tothe HuaxiPark? －Yes,I ________therelast summer. A. gone, went B. gone, have been C.been, went D.been, have ( )196.WhenI got tothe factory,theworkers ________about the film. A. are talking B. talked C. were talking D. have talked ( )197.I ________aletter when my mothercame in. A. write B. was having C.are having D. ishaving ( )198.TheReads ________lunch whenI got to theirhouse. A. were having B. was having C. are having D. is having ( )199.My parents ________TVwhen I got home yesterday. A. watched B. were watching C. havewatched D. are watching -133-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )200.By theend oflast term, we ________onethousand Englishwords. A. havelearned B. has learned C.had learned D. learned ( )201.He remembered he ________a newsweater,buthe ________forit. A. has chosen, has paid B. has chosen, hasn’t paid C. had chosen, hadpaid D. had chosen, hadn’t paid ( )202.David has ________Chinafor 5years. A. been to B. cometo C. arrived in D. been in ( )203.“Mum,have you ________theparty? It’s timeto leavenow.”said Dick. A. waited for B. lookedfor C. got ready for D. heard from ( )204.ThisT-shirt isvery nice, butit ________toomuch. A. spends B. pays C.takes D.costs ( )205.Tom’s ill inhospital and his motheris ________him. A. lookingfor B. looking over C.looking at D. looking after ( )206.I’m sorry.Mr.Whitecan’t see you now.He ________a meeting. A. has B. has had C. ishaving D. willhave ( )207. －How did theaccident happen? －Youknow,it________difficult tosee theroad clearly because it ________. A. was, was raining B. is, has rained C. is, israining D.willbe, willrain ( )208.Either Bob or Peter________watching the17thworld Cupnow. A. is B. are C. am D.be ( )209.Weare glad that theShenzhenUnderground ________very soon. A. willcomplete B. will becompleted C.has completed D. has been completed ( )210. －Have all the studentsknown that ourclass willvisit thefactory this afternoon? －Yes.Every student ________about it. A. tells B. told C. was told D. has told ( )211.They won’t eback untilthe work ________. A. do B.does C.is done D. willdo ( )212.Jack ________his homework yet, so hewon’t go out with hisfriends. A. finishes B. his finished C. doesn’tfinish D. hasn’t finished -134-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )213. －What’s inthe fridge? －There ________someorange, somemilkand someapples. A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )214. －When will theybeback? －They ________back untilthe work ________finished. A. aren’t,is B. won’t be, willbe C. aren’t, will be D. won’t be,is ( )215. －How doyou likeHangzhou, MissRead? － Sorry,I________there. A. havegone B. have been C.haven’t gone D. haven’t been ( )216. －AreAliceandTomstill livinginNewYork? －No, they ________toToronto. A. are moved B. will move C. willjoin D. has joined ( )217.China________theWTOand became anew member ofit lastyear. A. joined B. join C.will join D. has joined ( )218. －What did your sonsay in theletter? －Hetold methat he________ the DisneyWorld thenextday. A. willvisit B. has visited C.is going to visit D. would visit ( )219.They ________all theirmoney,sothey have to walk home. A. spend B. had spent C. havespent D. willspend ( )220. －When ________this kindof computer________? －Last year. A. did,use B. was, used C. is, used D. are, used ( )221.Shesaid she didn’t take thedictionary,but I am sureshe ________. A. is B. was C. does D. did ( )222.Do you knowif________back nextweek? If he________back, please let meknow. A. hecomes, will come B. will hecome, comes C. hewillcome, comes D. willbe come, will come ( )223.Theteacher toldus yesterday that December 25________ChristmasDay. A. is B. was C. has been D.will be ( )224. －Do you knowhimwell? -135-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －Sure.We________friends sinceten years ago. A. were B. have been C. havebecome D. havemade ( )225. －May Ispeak toJohn? －Sorry,he ________Japan. But he________in two days. A. has been to,will comeback B. has gone to, willbeback C. has been in,would come back D. has gone to,won’t comeback ( )226.I won’t go to see thefilmtonight, because I ________myticket. A. lost B. have lost C.will lose D. didn’t have ( )227.Neither he norI________form Canada.Weare fromAustralia. A. is B. are C. am D.be ( )228.I ________today’s homework already.What about you? A. havefinished B. finish C. tofinish D.finishing ( )229. －Excuseme.What did you sayyou would liketo do,Misswhite? －Isaid I’dbettergo back to theoffice. I ________somethingthis afternoon. A. would meet B. met C. am going to meet D. was meeting ( )230. －Hi, LinTao, Ididn’tsee you at theparty. －Oh, I_____ready for themaths exam. A. am getting B. was getting C.got D.have got ( )231.Theflowers ________well ifthey ________. A. won’t grow,don’t take good care of B. don’t grow,are taken good careof C. don’t grow,don’t takegood care of D. won’t grow,are not taken good care of ( ) 232. The meeting ________ at 8:30 next Monday in Beijing University. Let’s ________ for Beijingthis evening. A. willstart, begin B. will begin, start C. willbegin, begin D. begin, start ( )233. －Where are thesmiths?I saw themthis morning. －They ________England for therwinter holidays. A. havebeen in B.have been to C.have gone in D. havegone to ( )234.How can Isleep when you ________so much noise? A. made B. are making C.have made D.were making -136-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )235.Be quick, thedoor________!You’ll ________justintime. A. isclosing, make it B. isclosed, missit C. has closed, go out D. will close, catch it ( )236.His grandfather ________for overtwo years. A. has died B. has been dead C.has dead D. died ( )237. －What did theteacher say justnow? －Hesaid that light _____faster than sound. A. traveled B. traveling C.to travel D. travels ( )238.They ________TVwhen thetelephone ________. A. watched, was ringing B. are watching, rang C. watch, rings D. were watching, rang ( )239.We’llgo for apicnic ifit ________this Friday. A. won’t rain B. isn’t raining C.doesn’t rain D.don’train ( )240.So nice tosee you here. I ________knowyou ________. A. don’t, have come B. don’t, willcome C. didn’t,already come D.didn’t,had come ( )241.No oneknows what ________on the earth ________a hundred years. A. are happened, after B. willbe happened, after C. happens, since D. willhappen, in ( )242. －I canfind few children in theclassroom.Where’re they? －They ________theWorld Cup Football Games onTVinthehall. A. watch B. have watched C.watching D. are watching ( )243.All myclassmates, exceptWuLin, ________interested in singing English songs. A. is B. am C. are D.be ( )244.There ________asports meeting in ourschool nextweek. A. willhold B. willhave C.is going to be D.is going to hold ( )245.Excuseme. ________you ________my dictionary? Ican’t find it. A. Do, see B. Did, see C.Are, seeing D. Have, seen ( )246.Both hisparents look sad. Maybe they ________what’shappened tohim. A. knew B. have known C.must know D.will know ( )247.Good food ________us healthy. A. gives B. helps C. keeps D. does ( )248.We________English fiveyears ago.We________itfor fiveyears. -137-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. learned, learned B. learn, havelearned C. havelearned, havelearned D. learned, have learned ( )249.Mrs. Green with hertwo children often ________tothemuseum. A. isgoing B. go C. goes D. are going ( )250.Fish andchips ________themost populartake-away food inEngland. A. are B. is C. were D. was ( )251.He asked what was ________inthestreet outside. A. going on B. happened C. taken place D. tookplace ( )252. －Excuseme. ________you ________a pencil sharpener? －Yes,here you are. A. Have, get B. Have, got C. Do, got D. Does, have ( )253.Afew days late, thenecklace was still________. A. miss B. missing C. misses D.missed ( )254.He ________apart-time job. A. found B. lookfor C.found out D.find ( )255.I’m ________forhome tomorrow. A. has gone to, onbusiness B. has been to,to business C. went, at business D. have gone to, for business ( )256.My father isn’t at homenow.He________Guangzhou ________. A. has gone to, onbusiness B. has been to,to business C. went, at business D. have gone to, for business ( )257.Shenot only ________well but also ________well. A. sing, dance B. to sing, to dance C. sing, danced D. sang, danced ( )258.How long haveyou ________Greener China? A. joined B. become amember of C.been amember of D. be with ( )259.If everyone __acontributionto __theenvironment, theworld ___much morebeautiful. A. make, protecting, will become B. makes, protecting, will become C. makes, protect, willbecome D.makes, protecting, become ( )260.I ________supposehe________ come ontime,________? -138-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. don’t, will,will he B. /, won’t,will he C. /, won’t,will I D. don’t, will,doI ( )261.Mr.Smith ________last year.He ________for ayear.His________made us very sad. A. die, died, dying B. died, has died,death C. died, has been dead, death D.has died, isdead, dying ( )262.Theground________snow yesterday. A. covered by B. covered with C.were covered by D. was covered with ( )263.She________from alanguage school last month. A. graduates B. graduated C. graduating D. to graduate ( )264.We’re________Yunman Provincethis summer. A. plan tovisit B. plan visiting C. plan visiting D. planning to visit ( )265.Yesterday thehen ________an egg. A. lay B. laid C. lie D. lain ( )266.Light ________300,000kilometers a second. A. travel B. travels C. traveler D. traveled ( )267.Columbus（哥伦布）________America. A. cover B. discover C. discovered D.covered ( )268.Whenwe got tothestation, the train ________fortenminutes. A. had left B. had been away C. has been away D. has left ( )269.Linda ________thebook________two days. A. has borrowed, for B. has kept, since C. has kept, for D. has borrowed, since ( )270.Did you hear ________? A. what did Isay B. what do I say C. that Isaid D.what I said ( )271.Jim has ________England. He’ll beback in January. A. been to B. beenin C.gone in D. gone to ( )272.Now manypeople are ________theenvironment. A. dowillin protect B. dowell in protecting C. doingwell in protecting D. doing well in protect ( )273.How manyboys ________there in ClassOne? A. be B. is C. are D. am -139-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )274. －Can you ride abike? －No, I________. A. may not B. can’t C.needn’t D.mustn’t ( )275.You’re astudent, ________you? A. don’t B. aren’t C.do D. are ( )276.Mr.Wang asked me________him. A. help B. helps C.to help D. helping ( )277.We’llhave asports meeting if it________rain tomorrow. A. won’t B. isn’t C.don’t D. doesn’t ( )278.My parents ________in Beijing since 1995. A. are living B. havelived C. live D.will live ( )279.He is so careful that healways looks overhis exercises to_____there are nomistakes. A. makesure B. find out C. thinkabout D. try out ( )280.My clock doesn’t ________.Canyou mend it for me? A. use B. move C.walk D. work ( )281.It ________him halfan hourto dothework. A. spent B. took C. used D. lent ( )282.His mother isill. Heis going to________her at home. A. lookat B. look up C.look for D. look after ( )283.I ________herto bring my bookto school yesterday. A. told B. tell C.am telling D.have told ( )284.Mr.Green ________in Chinasince fiveyears ago. A. lived B. has lived C.lives D. is going tolive ( )285.I ________tobed untilmygranny came back home. A. didn’t go B. went C.had gone D. have gone ( )286.I’ll letyou know as soonas he ________. A. comes back B. will come back C. is coming back D. come back ( )287.Mr.Zhang asked me________thewords again. A. read B. reads C.to read D. reading -140-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )288.You ________play ontheroad. It’s dangerous. A. mustn’t B. may C. can D. must ( )289.LiTao’s uncleis adriver,________he? A. is B. isn’t C.does D.doesn’t ( )290.Mr.Brown ________inBeijingsince 1993. A. work B. works C. worked D. has worked ( )291.It’s not an important party,you needn’t________. A. pay forit B. wear it out C. try it out D. dress upfor it ( )292.Yourbrother came to seeyou, ________? A. does he B. doesn’the C. didhe D. didn’t he ( )293.Can I ________abikefrom him? A. lend B. return C. give D. borrow ( )294. －Must Istay at home? －No, you ________. A. mustn’t B. needn’t C. may not D. can not ( )295.Stamps ________bypeoplefor sending letters. A. use B. using C. used D. are used ( )296.Theradio says Harbin will be________tomorrow. A. rains B. rain C. rained D. rainy ( )297.If you don’tknow thisword, ________inthe dictionary. A. lookfor it B. look at it C.lookafter it D. look itup ( )298.－Where is mypen, Mum? －Maybeit’s inyour pencil-box.You must________. A. putdown your things B. put onyour things C. putyour things away D. put upyour things ( )299.He enjoys ________others and everyone loves him. A. help B. helped C. helps D. helping ( )300.Trucks ________all kindsof goods here and there. A. carry B. take C. bring D. hold -141-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )301.Thebottleonthetable________cool water. A. iscovered with B. is madeof C.is full of D. is changedinto ( )302.It was so hot that theman ________his coat and opened all thewindow. A. tookout B. took off C.took down D. tookup ( )303.A: ________Ihave somecakes now? B: No, you ________.It’s timefor ed.You can have sometomorrow. A. May,mustn’t B. Must,needn’t C. Must, mustn’t D. May,needn’t ( )304.My brother ________in thisfactory sinceten years ago. A. worked B. has worked C.has begun towork D.is working ( )305.Chinese ________bythelargest number ofpeople in theworld. A. speaks B. is speaking C. are speaking D. is spoken ( )306.You’dbetter ________moreclothes when you go out. It’s snowing outside. A. turnon B. find out C. puton D. takeoff ( )307.Thestudent _____to movethebag of rice ______heheard thesound of motorbike. A. was running, when B. was running, while C. runs, when D.ran, while ( )308.I’ll go tothezooifit ________tomorrow. A. won’t rain B. doesn’t rain C. isn’t raining D.don’train ( )309.Where is Han Mei? She________tothe post office. A. has been B. has gone C. isgoing to D. will go ( )310.I wonder ifMrs. Green ________ again. Please call me when she ________. A. comes, comes B. will come, will come C. comes, will come D. willcome, comes ( )311.Our classroom must________clean. A. keep B. bekept C. tokeep D. to bekept ( )312.His brother ________for two years. A. has joined theLeague B. has become a League member C. has been intheLeague D. has had a League member ( )313.That newTVset ________inChina. A. made B. are made C. makes D. is made ( )314.Lily was dancing, whileJim ________thepiano. -142-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. played B. was playing C. were playing D. plays ( )315.Thechildren ________bythe nurse. A. were looked B. looked after C. were looked after D.looked ( )316.________you ever ________of such an interesting story. A. Have, heard B.Are, hearing C.Will, hear D.Do, hear ( )317.Theseinventions are very important and________theworld. A. isgoing to change B. has changed C. havechanged D.has changing ( )318.Jim ________to sleep untilhe worked ________themaths problem. A. went, out B. wouldn’t go, on C.didn’t go, out D.had gone, at ( )319.When________theaccident ________? A. was, happen B. did, happen C. is,happen D. was, happened ( )320.Thebuilding________in 1999. A. built B. isbuilt C.was built D. build ( )321.Great changes ________place. Many newschools ________. A. havetaken, havebeen opened B. take, are open C. are taken, open D. havebeen taken, are opened ( )322.I willtell him as soon as he________ back. A. come B. comes C. willcome D.came ( )323.She’s telephoned thepolice, ________ she? A. isn’t B. wasn’t C. hasn’t D. doesn’t ( )324.“Have you met Petertoday?”“Yes, I________him in thestreet.” A. meet B. met C. have watched D. will find ( )325.“Are you stilllookingfor your watch?” “No, I ________it.” A. am lookingfor B. have found C.haven’tseen D. lookedfor ( )326.Have they written toeach other________? A. recently B. have found C. haven’t seen D. looked for ( )327.“Have you got anewcar?”“Yes,I’ve________bought one.” A. just B. just now C. ever D. never ( )328.How can Igive it tohim now?He ________to thecountry for theholidays. -143-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. went B. will come C.has been D. has gone ( )329.He ________English foronlyafew months. But hecan speak itquitewell. A. willlearn B. islearning C. has learned D. had learned ( )330.Thefamous scientists________Beijingtwo days ago. A. arrived B. have got to C.left D.have been away from ( )331.I havenever ________totheGreatWall.But I’ll go fora visitnextsummer. A. been B. gone C.got D.arrived ( )332.________have they visited themuseum? A. Howoften B. Howsoon C.Howfar D. Howmany times ( )333.“Howlonghave you known Jack?”“________.” A.Two year ago B. Since1999 C.For two years ago D. in1999 ( )334.Look, what awonderful picture theartist ________! A. willdraw B. draws C. has drawn D. had drawn ( )335.They ________nextWednesday,aren’t they? A. willleave B. are going toleaving C.are leaving D. aren’t going to leave ( )336.Be quiet, or you’ll wake________. A. uphim B. himout C. out him D. him up ( )337.Thechildren ate ________thecake. A. off B. away C. about D. by ( )338.Do you feel ________singing. A. like B. near C. about D.by ( )339.Thedoor________. A. isn’tgoing toshut B. isn’tgoing tobeshut C.won’tshut D. won’tbe shutted ( )340.Shesaid she ________herlunch yet. A. hadn’t had B. hasn’t had C. wouldn’t have D. was having 二、用所给动词的正确时态填空 1.Howmany floors ________thebuilding________? (have) 2.________he________(live) inHarbin?Yeshe does. 3.They ________towork here two years ago. (come) -144-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 4.Light ________faster than sourd.(travel). 5. －What________they________now? (do) －They ________(make) some cakes. 6.Where________Li Lei? Her________her a momentago (be). 7.What________you ________yesterday evening when I called you? (do) 8.We________a bigparty nextmonth (have). 9.Listen! Someone________a song.(sing) 10.WhileWe________TV,there was aknock onthedoor.(watch) 11.We________many trees dicring thelast 3years. 12.Sheoften ________a blueskirt lastyear.(wear) 13.Spring inChina________from February toApril. (last) 14.Theoldwoman ________worried because shecouldn’t find theaddress. (look) 15.Hesaid he ________comehere early.(can) 16.If you stay in bed, you ________better.(feel) 17.By theendoflast month, we________300new words. (learn) 18.She’ll ________you anE-mail as soon as she________(arrive) in Sydney. 19.He________upsmoking last year.(give) He ________forabout a year.(not smoke) 20.________you ever ________to thesummerPalace? (be) 21.When ________you ________here? (come) I ________(come). 22.By thetimethey ________(get)there, thebus ________already ________(leave). 23.There ________an important meetingnextday.(be) 24.She________just________(go) out. He________(say). 25.She________swimmingto skating lastyear.(prefer) 26.It ________(rain) hard when I________(go) to school yesterday. 27.It ________(take) meI hours ________(do)my homework. 28.Here ________abus. 29.Thefactory ________for 10years. (open) 30.Let’s ________(hurry).The teacher ________(wait) forus at thegate. 三、根据句意改写句子。 -145-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 1.Mr.Green leftAmerica two monthsago. Mr.Green ________________________fromAmerica fortwo weeks. 2.Theold doctor died fiveyears ago. Theold doctor ________________________forfive years. 3.Themeeting stopped afew minutesago. Themeeting has ________________fora few minutes. 4.Iborrowed a bookfrom thelibrary aweek ago. Aweek ________________sinceI borrowed thebook. 5.Thetrain arrived ten minutes ago. It is________________since thetrain arrived. 6.Iwant to knowwhen Imust start. Iwant to know________________________. 7.Hehas got something important that hewants totell us. Hehas got something important ________________________. 8.Iheard that his parents were learning English. Iheard ________________his parents ________English. 9.Hefound theroom was clean. Hefound theroom ________. 10.Ithink itis right tohelp thosepeoplein trouble. Ithink it________________________thosepeople in trouble. -146-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第九章 情态动词 情态动词有词义，但它和助动词一样，但也不能单独作谓语：另外情态动词没有人称和数 的变化，后面必须接动词原形。常见的情态动词有：can (could) ,may (might), must ,shall (should), will(would), dare (dared),need 等,另外,haveto、had better 也当作情态动词使用。 1.can 表示体力、脑力方面的能力或客观的可能性。口语中, 在询问或说明一件事可不可以 做时,常用“can”代替“may”。情态动词“can”的过去式是“could”,否定式是“cannot”通常缩写 成“can’t”,“could”的否定式是“could not”,通常缩写成“couldn’t”。 如：CanI help you? 要帮忙吗？ He can swim. 他会游泳 That can’t beMrLi. 那不可能是李先生。 2.may 表示允许、请求或可能性,用 may提问时,肯定回答一般用 Certainly 或Yes,you may.;否 定回答一般用can’t 或mustn’t. 如：—May I ask you a question? 可以问你一个问题吗？ —Certainly. 当然可以。 You may go now. 现在你可以走了 It may be inyour pocket. 它可能在你的衣袋里。 3. must 表示“必须”、“一定”的意思。表示“必须”时否定形式是 mustn’t；表示“一定”时,否定 形式是“can’t” 如：Wemustbe very careful when wecross theroad. 我们过马路时一定要非常小心。 It must beJack. 那准是杰克。 Ihaven’t seen Kate today.Shecan’t behere. 我今天没有看到过凯特,她不可能在这里。 注意:用must(必须)进行提问时,肯定回答用must,否定回答用 needn’t；用must(一定)进行提 问时,肯定回答仍用must,但是否定回答用can’t. 如：—Must we clean theroom before we leave? 我们走之前必须要打扫房间吗？ —Yes,you must. 是的,必须打扫。或No,you needn’t. 不,不需要。 -147-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 —Must shebeintheroom? 她一定在房间里吗？ —Yes,shemust. 是的,一定。或No,she can’t. 不,不可能在。 4.“haveto” 表示“不得不”、“必须”。（客观上） 如：We’ll have toleave nowforit isvery lateat night.天色已晚，我们的走了。 have to 的疑问形式是：助动词+…+have to, have to 的否定形式是：助动词+not+have to 或 者用needn’t. 如：Do you haveto stay until8o’clock? 你得待到8点钟吗？ You don’t haveto doso. (=You needn’t doso.) 你不用这么做。 5.shall在问句中,可表示征求对方意见,与第一人称连用；在陈述句的第二、三人称的主语后 或表示“命令”、“警告”、“允许”等。 如：Shall we go tothe zoo thisweekend? 我们这个周末去动物园好吗？ He shall bring hisown booknexttime. 他下次必须带自己的书来。 6.should 可表示“劝告”、“建议”、“惊奇”等意思。 如：Weshould speak to oldpeople politely. 我们应该礼貌地对老人讲话。 7.will 表示“意愿”、“决心”等意思,一般与第二人称连用。 如：Will you please closethedoor forme? 请你替我把门关上好吗？ Iwill teach you a lesson. 我要教训你一顿。 8.would表示过去的“意愿”、“决心”等。 如：He would sitnear thefire everytimehereturned home. 每次他回到家中总要坐在火炉边。 would 也可以表示现在的情况,表达说话人向对方提出的要求,语气比“will”婉转、客气。在 日常会话中,“我想要…”通常用“Iwould liketo”或“Ishould(I’d)liketo”来表示。 如：Wouldyou liketo have arest at themoment? 你现在想要休息一下吗？ would 还可以表示过去经常发生的事情。 如：Every year parents would telltheirchildren about the boywho would savehis people. 每一年父母们总是向孩子们讲述这个将会拯救他的人民的男孩的事。 9. need 表示“需要”,用于疑问句或否定句。“need”作实义动词时,在肯定、否定、疑问句中都 可以用。 -148-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：He needn’t doitin such ahurry. 他不需要如此匆忙地做这件事。 He needs somehelp. 他需要一些帮助。 He doesn’t need tobring his football socks then. 那么他就无须带上足球袜了。 10.dare 是“敢”的意思,用法几乎与“need”完全相同,即在疑问句和否定句中,可以作情态动词, 后面用不带“to”的动词不定式。在肯定句中和实义动词一样,后面的动词不定式要带“to”。 如：How dare you say Iam a fool? 你竟敢说我是个傻瓜？ He didn’t dare to touchthered button. 他不敢触碰那个红色的按钮。 11.‘d better (do)(“最好是”)一般也当做情态动词使用。 否定式是：’dbetter not (do). 如：You’dbettersit here and say nothing. 你最好坐在这儿不讲话。 You’dbetternot speak because he issleeping. 你最好不要讲话因为他正在睡觉。 情态动词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.Henry _______be at homebecause hephoned mefrom thefarm justnow. A. mustn’t B. isn’t ableto C. may not D. can’t ( )2.Peter could hardly seethewords ontheblackboard, _______? A. did he B. couldn’t he C. didn’t he D. could he ( )3.We’ll go for apicnicifit _______ thisFriday. A. won’t rain B. isn’t raining C. doesn’t rain D. don’t ( )4.There willbe avolleyball match in ourschool, _______? A. bethere B. isthere C. willthere D. won’t there ( )5.Buses and cars _______stopwhen thetrafficlights are red. A. can B. must C.may D. need ( )6. －How doyou likeHangzhou, MissRead? －Sorry, I_______there. A. have gone B. have been C. haven’t gone D. haven’t been ( )7. －Listen! Somebody is singing inthe nextroom. Who_______it he?Is itWei Fang? -149-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －No. It _______beher. Sheis at school now. A. will,maynot B. must,mustn’t C. may, can’t D. may, won’t ( )8. －Excuseme. Will you please tellme theway tothe railway station? －Oh, sorry, but I don’t know. You _______go andask that policeman. A. may B. must C. would D. should ( )9. －What’s wrong withmy bike? －It’s broken, but it_______in an hour. A. can bemended B. must mend C.can mend D. mustbemended ( )10. －Children all bikethis book. －Ithink it_______very interesting. A. need be B. must be C.maybe D. can be ( )11. －May Igo to thecinema, dad? －No, you ___.You must finish your homework first. A. mustn’t B. won’t C.must D. may ( )12.To make ourhometown morebeautiful, you _______throw rubbish intotheriver. A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. must D. may ( )13.She_______know theanswer, but I’m not sure. A. maybe B. may be C. may D. must ( )14.The city cleaners ___repeat theirwork many times aday during thedust –stormseason. A. may B. can C. might D. have to ( )15. －Must Igo with them tomorrow? －No, you _______. A. mustn’t B. shouldn’t C.needn’t D. can’t ( )16. －_______I haveyour name, please? －Yes, Michael. M-I-C-H-A-E-L. A. Must B. Will C.May D. Would ( )17._______you pass meapen? I’dliketowrite down thetelephone number. A. Need B.Could C. Must D. Should ( )18._______you be happy! -150-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. May B. Can C. Must D. Would ( )19.Since theroadis wet thismorning, _______last night. A. itmust rain B. is musthave rained C. itmust berained D. it musthave been rained ( )20.I _______suchamistakeagain. A. shall never make B. can never do C.will never make D. need never do ( )21.I _______itagain. A. would likeyou toread B. would likethat you read C.would likeyou reading D. would likeyou read ( )22.You hadbetter _______latenexttime. A. not be B. notto be C.beingnot D.to benot ( )23._______open thedoorfor you? A. Wouldyou likethat I B. Do you want me C.Will I D. ShallI ( )24.As the English is difficult enough,I _______studyit. A. cannot B. am not ableto C. can’t D. am not able ( )25.He _______to meet us at thestation, but didn’t seeus. A. did go B. didwent C. goes D. had ( )26.I’velost my watch. _______you seen it anywhere? A. Have B.had C. has D. having ( )27._______you readtoday’s newspaper? Not yet. A. Did B. Have C. Are D. Has ( )28.What _______itmean? A. does B. is C. has D. was ( )29.Work _______come first. A. can B. may C. should D. must ( )30.The animals in cages _______behappy. A. aren’t B. can’t C. don’t D. doesn’t ( )31.He _______come here tomorrow. A. don’t need B. doesn’t need to C. needn’t to D. needs not ( )32.What time_______theReads usually have supper? -151-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. are B. does C. have D. do ( )33._______you in Grade One last year? Yes, I_______. A. Are, am B. Were, was C.Are, was D. Was,was ( )34.Li Ping _______illin bed, sohe_______go to school today. A. was, wasn’t B. was, don’t C. did, didn’t D.was, didn’t ( )35.Where _______thetwins lastnight? A. were B. was C. are D. did ( )36._______you enjoy livingonthefarm? A. Do B. Are C.Can D. Have ( )37.He _______come here tomorrow. A. needn’t B. needn’tto C.doesn’tneed D. needs not ( )38.The temperature _______below zero after twelveat night. A. willbe B. won’t C. isgoing to D.does ( )39.I thinkit _______finetomorrow. A. is B. was C.will be D. be ( )40.I’d_______to dance with my classmates onSunday afternoon. A. loves B. want C. hope D. like ( )41._______you have breakfast yesterday morning? A. Do B. Did C.Are D. Were ( )42.Li Lei and WuDong _______onthemathsproblem when I left. A. are working B. work C.was working D. were working ( )43.In ourschool, classrooms _______ cleaned every Saturday. A. willdo B. shall do C. mustbe D. can be ( )44.Many trees _______every year. A. was planted B. mustplanted C. must beplanted D. mustbeplant ( )45.Can the museum_______next year? A. built B. bebuilt C.. build D. will bebuilt ( )46.The teachers _______. A. must belistened to carefully B. mustlisten to carefully -152-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 C. muststrict with theirstudents D. should listentobythestudents ( )47.I don’t knowwhen she___to Beijing. When she__there, her daughter willgo with her. A. willgo, will go B. willgo, goes C.goes, willgo D. goes, goes ( )48.The twins _______alittleChinesefrom then on. A. were speaking B. was ableto speak C.could speak D.have been ableto speak ( )49. －Please don’t usemy computer. －Sorry! I _______doitagain. A. can’t B. must not C.won’t D. should ( )50.How often _______you _______ to thepark when you were inBeijing? A. do,go B. did, go C. will,go D. have,go ( )51. －_______I hand in thework now? －No, you needn’t. A. Must B. May C. Shall D. Need ( )52. －Can I go to seea filmtonight, Dad? －_______. A. Yes, you must B. Yes, you need C. No, you can’t D. No,you won’t ( )53.He _______bein his office, foI sawhimin thestreet just now. A. can’t B. shouldn’t C.mustn’t D. needn’t ( )54. －Must we clean theclassroom right now? －No, you __.You __clean it after lunch. A. needn’t, must B. mustn’t, can C. needn’t, may D. mustn’t, must ( )55. －May Itake thesemagazines out ofthereading room? －No, you _______. A. won’t B. don’t C. needn’t D. mustn’t ( )56.Mary can hardly believe her eyes, _______? A. can’t she B. can she C. doesn’t she D. does she ( )57.Excuseme, _______you showme theway tothestation? A. must B.shall C. may D.could ( )58.You _______return the booknow; you cankeep ittill nextweek. -153-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. can’t B. mustn’t C. don’t D. needn’t ( )59.I can’t doit,so I_______your help. A. need B. will need C.needn’t D. don’t need ( )60. － _____you lend meyou pen? －Sorry, I’musingit. You _______borrow Mary’s. A. May, must B. Can,may C.Can, need D. Would, will ( )61.Sir, you _______sithere, it’s for women or children only. A. don’t B. can’t C.won’t D. needn’t ( )62. －Can you write aletter inEnglish? －No, I_______. A. can’t B. may not C. shouldn’t D. mustn’t ( )63.My boy, you _______talk toyour father likethat. A. won’t B. may not C. shouldn’t D. has to ( )64. －Hello, may Ispeak to Mr. Smith, please? －_______. A. can B. must C. can D. should ( )65.Shesaid that he _______smokethere. A. Yes, you may B. Sorry, you can’t C. Yes, Iam D. Hold on,please ( )66.Don’t play with theknife. You _______hurtyourself. A. might B. mustn’t C. would D. should ( )67.Don’t play with theknife. You _______hurtyourself. A. may B. should C. have to D.need ( )68.He said that he_______speak alittle English. A. might B. could C. would D.should ( )69.You _______belatenext time. A. mustn’t B. can C. needn’t D. need ( )70.When thetraffic lights are red, you _______go. A. can’t B. needn’t C. may not D. mustn’t ( )71. －You mustbehere at halfpast five tomorrowmorning. -154-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －Sorry I____be here so early. A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. can’t D.may not ( )72. －May Ismokehere? －No, you _______. A. mustn’t B. don’t C. won’t D. need ( )73. －_______I takethebookout? －Yes, but you _____return itbefore nextThursday. A. Can,may B. May, must C.May, need D. Need, must ( )74._______you lend meyour dictionary? A. Could B.Need C. Should D. Must ( )75.You______ go tosee adoctor at once ifyou have hurt yourselfbadly. A. can B. need C.must D. may ( )76.The traffic _______stopwhen thelights are red. A. must B.need C. may D.can ( )77. －Is theboybythewindowyour brother? －It _______him. A. need to B. would be C.maybe D. may be ( )78. －Can your brother swim? －_______. A. Yes, he is B. No, he isn’t C.Yes, hecan D. No, hecan ( )79.This is agood film. You _______it. A. can’t see B. don’thave to see C.can’t miss D. mustwatch ( )80. －Must Istay in tillthis evening? －No, you _______. A. can’t B. mustn’t C. needn’t D.won’t ( )81. －Do you haveto write toyour pen-friend? －Sorry, but Ireally _______. A. can’t B. must C. have D. should ( )82. －Could Iborrow your pen? -155-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －Yes, you _______. A. could B. can C.were able D. may ( )83. －_______I watch TV now, Mum? －No, you _______finish your homework first. A. must, needn’t B. Can, may C.May, must D.May, mustn’t -156-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第三部分 非谓语 第十章 非谓语动词 一、非谓语动词的分类 非谓语动词指的是在句中起名词,形容词或副词作用的动词形式,而不是作谓语的动词形 式。动词的非谓语形式分为动名词,分词,动词不定式。 如：Climbingmountain is agood exercise. (Climbing起名词作用) 爬山是好的锻炼方式。 Do you knowtheman wearing awhiteshirt？ (wearing 起形容词作用) 你认识那个穿着白衬衫的人吗？ Hegets upearly to catch thefirst bus.(to catch ...不定式起副词作用) 1.谓语动词和非谓语动词的区别: （1）谓语动词在句中可单独作谓语,而非谓语动词不能单独作谓语。 如：MissMary teaches us English. (teaches 动词作谓语) 玛丽女士教我们英语。 Mr.Li came to ourclassroom to have atalk with uslast week. (不定式作状语) 李先生上周来到我们班和我们交流。 （2）谓语动词受主语的人称和数的限制,而非谓语动词形式没有这种限制。 如：Mikelikes thepopmusic. (动词用单数第三人称形式) 迈克喜欢流行音乐。 Lucy has nothingto dotoday。(do 用原型) 露西今天无事可做。 2.非谓语动词的特征 （1）如果非谓语动词是及物动词,后面须跟宾语。 如：Studying English ismy favorite. (studying 后跟宾语) 学习英语是我的最爱 Tohelp him ismy duty.(help 后跟宾语) 帮助他是我的职责。 （2）非谓语动词可以带有自己的状语或逻辑主语。 -157-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Workingunder suchacondition is terrible. (under such acondition 是 working 的状语) 在这样的环境下工作很糟糕。 It's toodifficult forhim to masterEnglish in such ashort time. (for him 作不定式的逻辑主语) 在如此短的时间内掌握一门外语是不可能的。 （3）非谓语动词仍有语态和时态的变化。 如：Iam sorry tohave kept you waiting long. (to have kept...是不定式的完成形式) 很抱歉让你等了这么久。 Seen from themountain, thecity looksmuch morebeautiful. (Seen from...是分词的被动形式) 从山上看去，这座城市更美。 （4）非谓语动词在句中可以当成名词或者形容词来使用。 如：Ourcoming made himhappy.(coming 起名词作用) 我们的到来让他很高心。 There are two bigswimmingpools here. (swimming 起形容词作用) 这里有两座大的游泳池。 二、动词不定式 动词不定式是由to+ 动词原形构成,在句中起名词,形容词和副词的作用,可以担当除谓语 以外的其他任何成分。 动词不定式的语法作用： 1. 动词不定式作主语 如：Tomastera language isnot an easy thing. 掌握一门外语不是轻松的事。 Toteach Englishis my favorite. 教英语是我的最爱。 It's mypleasure to help you. 能帮助你我很荣幸 注意：动词不定式作主语时可以放在后面,而用 it 作形式主语放在原主语的位置上。 如：It's very kindof you tohave given us much help. 你真好给了我这么多的帮助。 It's necessary tofind thewitness. 找到目击者是必要的。 -158-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 2. 动词不定式作宾语 一些及物动词可以用动词不定式作宾语,这些动词有： decide, begin,help, begin, want, wish,like, forget, learn, ask. 如：WhatI wish istolearn Englishwell. 我希望学好英语 Iliketo helpothers ifI can. 如果可能我愿帮助他人。 3. 动词不定式作宾语补语 如：Weexpect you tobe withus. 我们希望你和我们在一起。 Pleaseask himto comehere quickly.请叫他快过来。 4. 动词不定式作表语 如：WhatI shoulddois to finish thetask soon. 我应该做的是赶快完成任务。 Themost urgent thing is tofind theboyimmediately. 当务之急是去找孩子。 5. 动词不定式作定语 如：There are many ways to solve theproblem. 有许多方法能解决这个问题。 Ihave somethingimportant to tell you. 我有重要的事情要告诉你。 6. 不定式作状语 如：Wewent tothehospital tosee ourteacher. 我们去医院看了我们的老师。 Sheis makinga test toget akind ofuseful medicinefrom aTibetflower. 她在做实验,从一种西藏花中提取某种有用的药物。 7. 动词不定式的否定形式: not+ to + 动词原形 如：Theteacher told usnot to swim inthat river. 老师告诉我们不要在那条河里游泳。 It's unfair notto tell us. 没告诉我们真是不公平。 8.带疑问词的不定式 疑问词who, what,which,when, where, how,why 可以加在不定式的前面,构成不定式短语,使 含义更加具体。 如：Whereto go is notknown yet.去什么地方还不知道。 Idon't knowwhen tobegin. 我不知道什么时间开始。 Can you tell mewhere toget thebattery. 你能告诉我哪儿能买到电池吗? Do you knowhowto get to thestation. 你知道怎样去车站吗? 9.动词不定式省去 to 的情况 -159-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 下列动词后接不定式应省去to： （一感）feel;(二听)listen to,hear；(三让）make,have.let；(四看)see,watch,look at,notice 但是在被动语态中，则不能省掉to. 如：Theteacher madehim stay after school. 老师要他放学后留下来。 Hewas madeto stay after school bytheteacher. 放学后他被老师留下来。 10.Itis(was)+形容词+of(for)sb.to dosth. 如：It was foolish ofyou to leave school.你中途退学，真是傻瓜。 It was not easy forme tolearn French. 对我而言，学法语并不容易。 什么情况下用of，什么情况下用for，完全取决于前面的形容词。如果前面的形容词和 后面的sb.能构成逻辑意义上的主谓关系，则用 of，否则用for。如上例(1)的foolish和 you 就构成了一定的主谓关系。一般来说，句型中的形容词表示主观感情或态度: 如：It isgood of you to let mecome.承蒙邀请，万分感谢。 forsb.句型中的形容词一般表示客观情况的词。 如：easy,difficult,hard,important,necessary,possible,impossible等。 It was hard for meto climbthemountain. 爬那应山对我来说太项了。 三、动名词 动名词是由动词原形 +ing 构成,同现在分词形式一样,在句中可作主语,宾语,表语和定语。 1.动名词作主语 如：Talkinglikethat is not polite. 那样说话是不礼貌的。 Learning from others is important.让他人学习是重要的。 Putting onmore clothes is not sogood .衣服穿多了不好。 注意:动名词可以像动词不定式一样,用 it 作形式主语而把动名词放在后面。 如：It's nouse waiting here, let's go home. 在这里等没用，我们回家吧。 It's very difficultclimbing thismountain. 爬这座山是困难的。 2.动名词作表语 如：The nurse's job is lookingafter thepatients. 护士的工作是照顾病人。 Seeing isbelieving. 眼见为实。 3.动名词作宾语 有些动词须用动名词来作宾语,它们是：begin, mind,suggest, finish, stop, need, enjoy,miss, -160-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 keep. 如：Pleasestop smokingin thehouse. 屋内请不要抽烟。 Ilikereading in theforest. 我喜欢在森林里读书。 Do you mindmy opening the windows? 你介意我打开窗户吗? 4.动名词作定语 如：Sheis studying in thereading room. 她正在阅览室学习 He slept inthe sleeping bag. 他睡在睡袋里 5.动名词的否定形式:not+ 动名词 如：He pretend not knowing itat all. 他假装全然不知。 Weconsidered not doing itnow. 我们考虑现在不做这件事。 6.动名词的几种特殊情况 有些动词的后面能跟动名词做宾语,有些动词能跟不定式,有些两者都可以,它们的具体含 义有时还不一样。 （1）能跟动名词的动词有:avoid, consider,delay,deny,dislike, endure, enjoy,escape, forgive, finish,imagine, keep, mind, miss,pardon, prevent, resist, suggest, understand, can't help, 等。 （2）能跟不定式的动词有:decide, desire, expect, hope, mean, pretend, promise, refuse, undertake, want, wish,agree, manage 等。 （3）能跟动名词和不定式的动词有: love, like, hate, prefer,dislike, begin, continue, intend, attempt, propose, want, need, remember,forget, regret, try,deserve, start 等。 动词后面跟动名词还是不定式,含义不相同,总的来说,表示习惯的,一般性的动作多跟动 名词,一次性的具体的被动动作多跟不定式。 如：Iliketogo with you. 我想和你去。 Ilikereading. 我喜欢阅读。 He promised to help her. 他答应要帮她。 WelovewatchingVCD. 我们喜欢看录像。 remember,forget, regret 后面跟动名词时,动名词表示过去的动作,后面跟不定式时表示将 来的动作。 如：Iremember meeting him inthe street.（表过去） 我记得在街上见过他。 -161-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Iremember to writea letterto my parents.（表将来） 我要记得写封信给父母。 注意："stop + 动名词"表示停止动名词所表示的动作： Stop smoking, please. 请不要抽烟。 "stop + 不定式"表示停下来做： Let's stop to have arest. 咱们停下来休息一下吧。 四、分词 分词可分为现在分词和过去分词两种，现在分词的形式同动名词一样,动词后面加 ing，而 过去分词的形式则在动词后面加ed.在句中起形容词或副词的作用,可以作定语,表语,状语。 1.分词作定语 如：Chinaisa developing country. 中国是一个发展中国家。 That's an interesting story. 这是一个有趣的故事， Thegirl singing forus is tenyears old. 在为我们唱歌的女孩十岁大。 注意1：作定语的分词要放在被修饰的名词之前,如果是分词短语则放在被修饰的名词之后, 如被修饰的名词是 something, anything, everything, nothing 等,分词放在被修饰名词的后 面。 如：Theworking peoplehave played a great roleintheactivity. 工作人员在活动中发挥了很大的作业。 Theboyhurt bythecar was sent to thehospital immediately. 被车伤到的男孩被立刻送去了医院。 There is nothinginteresting. 没什么有趣的事。 注意 2：分词和动名词都可以作定语,判断是分词还是动名词,可以根据它们和被修饰词有 无逻辑上的主谓关系来判断,有主谓关系的是分词,否则判断为动名词。 如：aswimminggirl 游泳的女孩。(分词) aswimmingpool 游泳的池子(动名词) 2.分词作状语 如：Being astudent, helikes tohelp others. 作为学生的他乐于助人。 Wearing anew pairof glasses, shecan readeasily. 戴上新眼镜阅读更轻松了。 Sheis therewaiting for us. 她正在那边等我们。 -162-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Told bytheteacher,she knewshe was wrong.通过老师的解释她认识到了错误。 3.分词作表语 如：Thestory is interesting . 这个故事是有趣的。 Weare interested in computer. 我们对电脑感兴趣。 Theglass is broken. 杯子破了。 Thewater is boiled. 水开了。 4.分词作宾语补足语 可以跟宾语补足语的谓语动词：see, watch, hear,set, keep, find, have, get 等词。 如：Isaw himwalking in thestreet. 我看他走在大街上。 Iheard them singing inthe classroom. 我听到他们在教室里唱歌。 Wefound theboysleeping. 我们发现那个男孩在睡觉。 have 后面的宾语补足语用过去分词常表示动作不是句子的主语发出的,而是由别人做的。 如：Ihave my haircut. 我理发了。(是别人给我理发) Shehas her bikerepaired. 她把自行车修理了。(别人修理的) They have theirhouserebuilt. 他们重修了房子。 非谓语动词专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.They kept the fire________to keep them warm. A. toburn B. burn C. burnt D. burning ( )2.Who’s theboy________underthetree? A. stand B. to stand C. standing D. stood ( )3.I don’t liketo sithere ________nothing. A. doing B. do C.to do D. does ( )4.Thegirl student enjoy ________Englishsongs. A. singing B. to sing C. sing D. sung ( )5.Thank you for ________usso well. A. toteach B. teaches C.teaching D. taught -163-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )6.I often dosome________onSundays. A. washed B. to wash C.wash D. washing ( )7.Theboy________Li HuainClass One ishis brother. A. called B. calling C. tocall D. call ( )8.It often takes mehalf an hour ________home. A. walking B. towalk C. walked D. walk ( )9.Don’t forget ________herclean water every day. A. togive B. giving C.given D. give ( )10.I thinkit important ________English well. A. learning B. learn C.to learn D. learned ( )11.Thefunny story makes us ________. A. laugh B. laughing C. to laugh D. laughed ( )12.Shewas often heard ________inEnglish. A. sing B. singing C. sung D. to sing ( )13.Our teachertold us ________hard. A. towork B. working C. worked D. work ( )14.Could you tell me________thisword? A. tohow read B. howto read C. howread D. how read to ( )15.I don’t know________. A. whenstart B. when tostart C. tohowstart D. howstart ( )16.Please give meapen ________. A. towrite B. writing C. to writewith D. written ( )17.He went home ________somebooks. A. got B. getting C.get D. toget ( )18.Remember ________late forclass again. A. notto B. not tobe C.tobenot D. be not to ( )19.Stop ________,please. I’ve somethingto tell you. A. toread B. reading C. read D. to write ( )20.Miss Li likes thestudents ________questions. -164-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. ask B. asking C. to ask D. asked ( )21.Would you please ________? A. notto go there B. togo there C.not go there D. going there ( )22.You don’t look well.Why________to seethedoctor? A. notto go B. you not togo C. not go D. didn’t go ( )23.There’s somethingwrong ________my radio. I’llhave it________. A. with,fixed B. with, fixing C. on,tobe repaired D. in, repaired ( )24.Let’s ________to thecinema together. A. togo B. going C.go D. went ( )25.Jim asked Li Ping ________hisbest wishes to everybody. A. give B. gave C. giving D. togive ( )26.Have you read thebook?It’s worth ________. A. read B. toread C. reading D. to reading ( )27.Please tell him________thelight when he leaves. A. toturn off B. turn down C. turn off D. toreading ( )28.I’m sorry ________your friend is ill. A. hear B. tohear C. listen D. tolisten ( )29.You had better ________homeat once. Don’t keep your mother________. A. to,wait B. going, waiting C.to go, towait D. go, waiting ( )30.________in thesun is bad for your eyes. A. Read B. Reads C. Reading D.Toreading ( )31.Whenthelittle babysaw hermother ________,shecouldn’t help ________. A. coming, laughing B. come, tolaugh C.come, laughs D.came, laughing ( )32.Willyou please get mesomething ________? A. toeat B. eat C. eating D. for eating ( )33.Thestory is ________.Sowe are ________in it. A. interest, interesting B. interesting, interesting C. interested, interesting D. interesting, interested ( )34.I’dlike________aword with you. -165-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. had B. having C.to have D. have ( )35.By then there may be only standingroom ontheearth. __will bea very serious problem. A.Where to go B.Wheretolive C.Whereto sitting D.Where to stand ( )36.Hurry up!It’s time________. A. forhave class B. having class C.have class D. tohave class ( )37.Can you finish ________an elephant in two minutes? A. draw B. to draw C.drew D. drawing ( )38.Thedoctorwas busy ________ontheboyat that time. A. operate B. operating C. to operated D.operated ( )39.It was very lateat nigh, but Mr.Brown still went on________. A. works B. worked C. working D. work ( )40.I havesomething important ________you. A. tell B. telling C.to tell D. tell to ( )41.It’s important ________and helpful. A. tobe kind B. to kind C.be kind D. kind ( )42.Theyoung man is old enough ________thearmy. A. join B. joining C. to join D. joins ( )43.His wish was ________ascientist. A. tobecomes B. becomes C.become D. tobecome ( )44.On Sundays I prefer ________at hometo ________out. A. tostay,go B. staying, go C.staying, going D. tostay,going ( )45.A:Whatmade you so sad? B: ________three tickets to thepopmusicconcert. A. Lost B. Losing C.Because ofconcert D. SinceI lost ( )46.Theteacher agreed ________lessons to hisstudents. A. give B. that he give C. togive D. that hewill give ( )47.All thestudents learned ________upwords in a dictionary. A. lookhow B.howtolook C.how look D. tohow look ( )48.Nobody knew________a living in that country. A. go to B. to make C. howto go D. howto make -166-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )49.Thebaby started ________.Try ________itquiet. A. cry,keep B. to cry,to keep C.tocry,keep D. cry,tokeep ( )50.He hopes ________better,but never works hard. A. howto study B. tohow study C.to studyhow D. to study ( )51.I never heard him ________so. A. say B. tosay C. saying D. having said ( )52.Theteacher madeher students ________texttwicea day. A. recitethe B. reciting C. torecitethe D. recited the ( )53.Shewas seen _______paper planes in theroom. A. made B. tomake C.makes D. making ( )54.Wesometimes heard _______songs inEnglish. A. that hesing B. that hesings C.him to sing D. himsing ( )55.I won’t have him_______at hismother. A. shout B. toshout C. shouting D.to have shouted ( )56.He made us_______on_______ the tree. A. go, to water B. togo, to water C.go, watering D. togo, water ( )57.Wehave nomoney and noplace _______. A. to livein B. to live C. livingin D. living ( )58.I havea few words _______to you. A. say B. to say C. speak D. tospeak ( )59.There isnochair forme _______. A. to sitat B. sitwith C. to sit D. tosit on ( )60.Do you haveanything _______for yourself? A. tell B. say C.to tell D. to say ( )61.Here isthe pen Iwant _______. A. to writewith B. towrite C. writing D.to writing ( )62.He is always the first _______and thelast _______. A. coming, leaving B. to come, to leave C.comes, leaves D. come, leave ( )63.I don’t feel _______somecooking. -167-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. enough well todo B. well enough todoC. enoughwell and doD. well enough anddo ( )64.Do you thinkhim easy _______? A. to get along with B. toget along C.to be got along with D. tobe got along ( )65.The man run out _______what was wrong with his horse. A. to see B. seeing C.see D.for seeing ( )66.his bookis difficult _______. A. to beread B. to read C.read under D. toread by ( )67.Remember _______thebookin timewhen you havefinished _______it. A. to return, reading B. returning, reading C. returning, to read D. toreturn, to read ( )68.Do you often see her _______forhim at thebus stop? A. wait B.to wait C. waiting D. being waited ( )69.The boypromised _______him at thebus stop? A. give B. togive C.that begive D. that hegive ( )70.Thank you for_______us so well. A. to teach B. teaches C. teaching D.taught ( )71.Do you knowthe_______“There is nouse_______over thespiltmilk?” A. word, cry B. saying, crying C. saying, cry D. word, crying ( )72.The patient refused _______any medicine. A. have B. to have C. howto have D. tohowhave ( )73.He asked _______thefrisby, but didn’t know_______. A. howto fly, howto fly B. tofly, to fly C. to fly, howtofly D. howto fly, to fly ( )74.The teacher explained to them _______thepiano,\. A. that theyplayed B. howthey play C. toplay D. howto play ( )75.It’s foolish_______her to_______over afilm. A. for, cry B. of, crying C. for, crying D. ofthinking ( )76.I can’t help _______that heis stillalive. A. thinking B. think C.to think D. ofthinking ( )77.It’s impoliteto keep someone_______for along time. A. wait B. towait C.waiting D.of havewaited -168-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )78.Would you mind_______thewindow,please? A. open B. meopen C. Iopen D. myopening ( )79.Do you understand _______the machine. A. howto operate B. to howoperate C.to operate D. that you operate ( )80.Did you notice thelittleboy_______ away? A. took theappleand run B. taketheapples and run C.taking theapple andrun D. who taking theapple and run ( )81.Yesterday Isawa wallet _______onthe ground. A. lying B. laying C. lies D.lay ( )82.I thinktheboyis _______reach the apple. A. enough tall to B. tall enough to C. short enough D. enough short to ( )83.Many peopleliketo watch others _______thegame. A. plays B. played C. to play D. play ( )84.The doctoradvised LaoLi _______morerest. A. that heget B. toget C. would get D.get ( )85.Don't forget to _______your friends with you tomorrow. A. take B. bring C.carry D. get ( )86.Our teachertold us _______wastetime. A. not B. notto C. don't D. to not ( )87.Look! There is aboy_______intheriver. A. swim B. is swimming C. swimming D. swims ( )88.Would you please_______a rest? You looked tired. A. to stop have B. to stopto have C. stophaving D. stopto have ( )89.Don’t beafraid of_______mistakes when you learn English. A. make B. making C. to make D. made ( )90.Do you haveanything _______at themeeting foryourself. A. speak B. say C.to speak D. to say ( )91.It’lltake meonlytwenty minutes _______to school. A. walk B. walking C. to walk D.walked -169-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )92.He has something _______about with them. A. to talk B. talk C.to tell D. tell ( )93._______is really dangerous! A. Drive cars fast B. Driving cars fast C. To drive car fast D. Driving car fast ( )94.Wehave notime_______arest. A. to take B. take C.taking D. to have ( )95.I havethree more letters _______ today. A. Iwrite B. to write C.to write to D. writing ( )96.He is still unableto make himself_______inEnglish. A. understand B. understood C. understands D. understanding ( )97.I don’t feel _______somecooking. A. enough well todoB. well enough todoC. enoughwell and do D. well enough anddo ( )98.I didn’t spend all themoney _______ thebooks. A. to buy B. buying C. have bought D. bought ( )99.The students usedbikes _______water forGranny Wang. A. to carry B. carry C. carrying D. carried ( )100.Does heoften _______you onSunday? A. come tosee B. comes to see C.comes andsees D. come andto see ( )101.The water is good _______. A. to drink it B. to bedrunk C.todrink D.at drinking ( )102.After supper they took theirdog_______a walk. A. take B. took C. totake D.taking ( )103.Lucy ran home_______themoney. A. to get B. getting C.get D. for gething ( )104.This bookis too difficult forthe children _______. A. to beread B. to read C. read D. forreading ( )105.You’dbetter _______TVright now. It’s timefor supper. A. not turn on B. to not turn on C. not turn on D. not turning on ( )106.This is theroom _______. -170-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. for meto live B. for meliving C. my livingin D. for meto livein ( )107.I haveheard him _______thefilm twice. A. saw B. see C. tosee D.seeing ( )108.Mother warns him_______any more. A. to notsmoke B. not to smoke C. not smoking D.don’tsmoke ( )109.oyou find it important _______ourenvironment? A. took careof B. took care C. take care D. to take care of ( )110.I saw_______attend theconcert yesterday evening. A. too busy to B.busy enough to C. very busyto D. so busyto ( )111.Tom was noticed _______into that room at that time. A. walk B. walks C.walking D. walked ( )112.Wewant you to_______your work in China. A. talk at B. talk to C.talk about D. talk with 二、用所给的动词的适当形式填空 1. Wouldyou like___________(play) basketball with us? 2. Ihave nothing___________(say) at themeeting. 3. Ialways seeLi Lei ___________(read) books at home. 4. They asked us ___________(come) totheparty early. 5. It’s not easy ___________(plant)trees. 6. Theboyis too young ___________(go) to school. 7. Watch them ___________(do)it, and you’ll doit likethem. 8. Tell her___________(not speak)inclass. 9. Hewas made___________(sweep) thefloor. 10.It’s timeforus ___________(have) lunch. 11.It took himan hour___________(do)his homework. 12.Ican’t decide which shirt ___________ (buy). 13.Thedoctor was tired. Hewanted tostop ___________(have) arest. 14.Let me___________(help) you with your maths. 15.Thank you for ___________(buy) me awatch. -171-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 16.You must remember ___________(close) thewindowwhen you leave. 17.You’dbetter ___________(not look)out ofthewindowinclass. 18.I’m sorry ___________(keep) you ___________(wait) solong. 19.Do you like___________(fish)? 20.Thegirl is good at ___________(draw). 21.Tom isthen first ___________(get)to school. 22.Shelooked ___________(worry). What’s wrong with her? 23.Wecan’tdecide what ___________(do)next. 24.Have you finish ___________(read)the bookyet? 25.Iprefer ___________(swim)to___________(skate). 26.Iheard her ___________(sing) in thenextroom just now. 27.Iremembered ___________(see) himbefore. 28.Parents stop children from ___________(play) with fire. 29.Hepracticed ___________(speak) English. 30.Jimwent tothe cinemainstead of ___________(fly) akite. 三、根据句意改写句子 1.Theoldman is so old that hecan’t work. Theoldman is too old______________________. 2.His father said to him,“Listen totheteacher carefully.” His father toldhim _________________________________theteacher carefully. 3.Idon’t knowhow Ican get to theTVfactory. Idon’t know______________________ ___________the TVfactory. 4.Hesaid he would clean thewindow. Hesaid he would have thewindow______________________. 5.Heis so strong that hecan carry theheavy box. Heis strong _________________________________theheavy box. 6.Mr. Green went back toEngland for a holiday. Mr. Green went back toEngland ______________________a holiday. 7.Mikehopes he can visit theGreat Walloneday. -172-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Mikehopes ______________________theGreat Wall oneday. 8.Does he sayanything for himselfat themeeting? Does he haveanything ______________________ for himselfat themeeting? 9.Theboyis Kate’s brother. His nameis Jim. Theboy______________________is Kate’s brother. 10.Ihelped himwith his physics. Ihelped him______________________physics. 11.Isaw that theboywas making amodel plane. Isaw theboy___________amodel plane. -173-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第四部分 句法 第十一章 句子成分分析 句子成分是指组成句子的各部分，可以是单词、词组（不定式、动名词）或从句。 一、主语：主语是主体，说明“什么”或是“谁”。 名词、代词、the+形容词、动名词、不定式短语、从句等都可以作主语。 如：Thepoor livein theold houses near theriver. 穷人住在河边的破房子里。 （the+形容词表示人为复数形式） Runningis good forour health. 跑步对身体有好处。（动名词） Tostudya foreign language isvery important. 学习一门外语是非常重要的。(不定式短语） 二、谓语：谓语说明主语的动作或状态。 谓语必须由动词充当，并且和主语保持人称和数上的一致。 如：Heis wrong .他错了。（系词+表语，作谓语) Heworks at acar factory. 他在一家汽车工厂工作。(实义动词作谓语） 三、表语：表语放在联系动词之后，说明主语的身份、特征和状态。 名词、代词、介词短语、形容词、数词等可作表语。 如：－Whois it? 是谁? －It's me.是我。（代词） My grandfather isin good health. 我祖父身体状况很好。（介词短语） Fifty and fifty isa hundred. 50加50等于100。（数词） 四、宾语：宾语是及物动词的动作对象。 凡是能做主语的词均可作宾语。介词后的宾语为介词宾语。 如：My brotherhelps mewithmy lessons. 我哥哥帮我做功课。（代词） Therich seldom help thepoor. 富人很少帮助穷人。（(the+形容词） Ienjoy reading English novel. 我喜欢看英语小说。（动名词） Idon't knowwhat tosay orwhat to do. 我不知所措。（名词短语） Iwonder when hewill leaveBeijing for Shanghai 我想知道他何时离家去上海。（名词性从句） -174-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 双宾语:如果一个及物动词后面有两个宾语 一个指人为间接宾语，另一个植物为直接宾语 如：My grandmother often told mestories when I was young. 小时候我祖母常给我讲故事。 Hegave mea pen yesterday. 昨天他给我一支钢笔。 五、宾语补足语：补充说明宾语，使宾语与宾补之间构成逻辑（意思）上的 主谓关系。 名词、形容词、不定式短语、现在分词、过去分词都可以作宾语补足语。 如：Wecall himLaoWang. 我们叫他老王。(名词） Whatmakes you so happy? 什么事使你这么高兴？(形容词) Iheard him singing inthenextroom. 我听到他在隔壁的屋子里唱歌。（现在分词) Ifound my purse stolen. 我发现我的钱包被偷了。（过去分词） 六、定语：用于修饰名词和相当于名词作用的词。 形容词、代词、数词、名词、不定式、现词、过去分词、从句都可作定语。 如：Ihave somethingto tell you. 我有话跟你说。（不定式短语) Theboywearing a red capis Mike's brother。 线红帽子的男孩是迈克的弟弟。（现在分词短语） Thisis a broken glass. 这是个破杯子。（过去分词） Thisisn't thebookIneed. 这不是我需要的书。(定语从句） 七、状语：修饰动词、形容词或副词的词，表示动作发生的时间、地点、目的、方式、程度。 副词、不定式短语、介词短语等都可以作状语。 如：Wedanced happily there. 我们快乐地在那儿跳舞。（副词) Iget upearly todomorning exercises. 我早起做早操。（不定式短语) Thedogran away with fear。狗受惊吓而逃跑。(介词短语） -175-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 句子成分分析练习 一、写出下列所给句子的主语。 1.Manyreaders ofthis magazineare students. 2.Workers build factories and houses. 3.Welove ourschool forever. 4.Somebodyknows hisname. 5.Whobelieves what you do. 6.Nobody believes what you said. 7.Three plus fiveis eight. 8.Todohomework takes her much time. 9.WatchingTVafter lunch is his habit. 10.Thepoor hadto work from morning till night. 11.When togo has not been decided yet. 二、写出下列所给句子的谓语。 1.Thesun rises in theeast. 2.Shespeaks English. 3.Theweather gets colder. 4.Heis ateacher. 5.Both thesky and thelakeare blue. 6.TheChinesepeople are great people. 7.Bread andbutteris adaily food inthewest. 8.Tenyears is alongtime. 三、写出下列所给句子的表语。 1.It was my fault. 2.Thepen ishis. 3.Heis well educated. 4.Thedoor isopen 5.Thedoor isopen. -176-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 6.His wishis to become adoctor. 7.My job isteaching Englishin themiddleschool. 8.That's what Iwant to know. 四、写出下列所给句子的宾语。 1.Westudy English. 2.Do you likethis? 3.Thehouse needs repairing. 4.Theoldlovetheyoung. 5.Theboycan takecare ofhimself. 五、写出下列句子的直接宾语和间接宾语。 1.His parents often buyhimbooks. 直接宾语 间接宾语 2.Thesun gives us light and warmth. 直接宾语 间接宾语 3.Heshowed his phototo me. 直接宾语 间接宾语 4.They bring a pen tome. 直接宾语 间接宾语 六、写出下列句子的宾语补足语。 1.Iwish you good luck. 2.Wekeep ourclassroom clean andtidy. 3.Wemake himgetup at5 in themorning. 4.Isaw alot offarmers working inthefields. 5.Let him in. 七、写出下列句子的定语。 1.Thisis a good book. 2.Wewent toabeautiful park yesterday. 3.Thosestudents are your friends. 4.Ihave three pens. -177-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 5.Thechildren domorning exercises every day. 6.Hesat in thereading room. 7.Hecame at thetimewhen Iexpected him. 8.Is there anything wrong with thecar? 八、写出下列句子的状语。 1.They will arrive here tomorrowmorning. 2.Shecame here running. 3.Suddenlyit began to rain. 4.Shesat there waiting. 5.Weheld ameeting to discuss theproblem. -178-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十二章 五种基本句型解析 一、句型：Ｓ+Ｖ（不及物动词） （主＋谓） 如：The sun was shining. 太阳在照耀着。 What hesaid does not matter. 他所讲的没有什么关系。 They talked for halfan hour. 他们谈了半个小时。 The pen writes smoothly. 这支笔书写流利。 二、句型：Ｓ+Ｖ（系动词）+Ｐ （主＋系＋表） 此句型的句子有一个共同的特点：句子谓语动词都不能表达一个完整的意思，必须加上一 个表明主语身份或状态的表语构成复合谓语，才能表达完整的意思。这类动词叫做系动词。 如：This is an English-Chinesedictionary. 这是本英汉词典。 The dinnersmells good. 午餐的气味很好。 Everything looksdifferent. 一切看来都不同了。 The troubleis thatthey are short ofmoney. 麻烦的是他们缺少钱。 注意：系动词分两类：be, look, keep, seem 等属一类，表示状态；get, grow,become, turn 等 属另一类，表示变化。be 本身没有什么意义,只起联系主语和表语的作用。其它系动 词仍保持其部分词义。感官动词多可用作联系动词：lookwell.面色好,sound nice.听起 来不错,feel good.感觉好，smell bad.难闻 三、句型：Ｓ+Ｖ（及物动词）+Ｏ （主＋谓＋宾） 如：Whoknows theanswer? 谁知道答案？ Iwant tohave acup of tea. 我想喝杯茶。 He enjoys reading. 他喜欢看书。 They atewhat was left over. 他们吃了剩饭。 此句型句子的共同特点是：谓语动词都是主语产生的动作，但不能表达完整的意思， 必须跟有一个宾语，即动作的承受者，才能使意思完整。这类动词叫做及物动词。宾语位 于及物动词之后，要注意的是构成宾语的代词必须是代词的宾格，如：me，him，them 等 四、句型： Ｓ+Ｖ+ｏ（人）+Ｏ（物） （主＋谓＋间宾＋直宾） 有些及物动词可以有两个宾语，如：give 给，pass 递，bring 带，show 显示。这两个宾语 通常一个指人，为间接宾语；一个植物，为直接宾语。间接宾语一般位于直接宾语之前。 -179-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 一般的顺序为：动词 + 间接宾语 + 直接宾语。 如：Givemea cup oftea,please. 强调间接宾语顺序为：动词 + 直接宾语 +介词+ 间接宾语。 如：Givea cupoftea tome. 若直接宾语为人称代词：动词+ 代词直接宾语 +介词+ 间接宾语。 如：Bring it to me,please. Sheordered herself anew dress. 她给自己定了一套新衣裳。 Shecooked her husband adelicious meal. 她给丈夫煮了一顿美餐。 He brought you adictionary. 他给你带来了一本字典。 五、句型 ： Ｓ+Ｖ+Ｏ+Ｃ （主＋谓＋宾＋宾补） 宾语补足语：位于宾语之后对宾语做出说明的成分。宾语与其补足语有逻辑上的主谓关系， 它们一起构成复合宾语。 如：The warmade him asoldier.战争使他成为一名战士。 New methods make thejob easy.新方法使这项工作变得轻松。 Ioften find him at work.我经常发现他在工作。 The teacher asked the studentsto closethewindows.老师让学生关上窗户。 Isaw acat running across theroad. 我看见一只猫跑过了马路。 五种基本句型解析练习 一、写出下列句子属于哪种基本句型。 1.Weare students. 2.Welove ourcountry very much. 4.Hetold meaninteresting story yesterday. 5.WeelectedWangFangour monitor. 6.My brothergave mea pen. 7.Idrink a cupofcoffee every morning. 8.Yousit. 9.Theweather gets warmer. -180-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 10.Idon't knowhowto say. 11.Hebecame adoctor. 12.Ibuyhim awallet. 13.Don't get your hands dirty. 14.Helikes playing football. 15.Themilk smellsfresh. 16.Youlooked very worried. 17.Theaccident happened at thecorner. 18.Shelet herchildren play in thegarden. 19.Thestory sounds interesting. 20.They saw lotsof boats onthelake. 21.They arrived at the airport. 22.Thoseare beautiful pictures. 23.His gift made mevery happy. 24.Ifeel hungry. 25.Iwant you to come back early. -181-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十三章 反意疑问句 反意疑问句：反意疑问句表示对陈述句所说的事实提出相反的疑问,要求对方用“yes”或 “no”来进行回答。 一、反意疑问句的构成 由两部分组成，前一部分是陈述句,后一部分是疑问句，如果陈述句是肯定结构,反意疑问 句须用否定结构；反之,陈述句如果是否定结构,反意疑问句须用肯定结构。反意疑问句的 两部分,必须保持人称和时态的一致；反意疑问句的回答有时会和汉语不同。 如：Heis old, isn’t he? 他老了不是吗？ Theman went away,didn’t he? 那个男人走开了不是吗？ Heisn’told, is he? 他不老是吗？ Henever went there, did he? 他从没有去过那里是吗？ 二、反意问句的回答 无论哪种形式的反意问句,回答时要遵循：“Yes,+肯定式”或者“No,+否定式” 如：—Theman went away,didn’t he? 那人走开了,不是吗？ —Yes,he did. 是的,他走了。或者 —No, hedidn’t. 不,他没有走。 —Theman never went there, did he? 这人从来不去那里,是吗？ —Yes,he did. 不是呀,他去的。 —No, hedidn’t. 是呀,他不去。 三、特殊用法 1.如果陈述部分是主从复合句，那么疑问部分的谓语应该跟主句的谓语所用形式一样。 如：Younever told us you are theheadmaster,did you? 你从来没有告诉我你是校长不是吗？ 2.当陈述句中的主语为 everybody,everyone, anyone, nobody,none, noone 时，疑问部分通常 要用 they 来代替。 如：Everybody admires him, don’tthey? 每个人都羡慕他，不是吗？ 3.如果陈述句部分已经用了表示否定意义的词，如 never,nothing, hardly,那么疑问部分应该使 用肯定形式。 如：He never speaks loudly,does he? 他说话声音很小，不是吗？ -182-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 4.当陈述句部分的主语为 everything, nothing, anything, something时，疑问部分的主语要用 it. 如：Somethingis wrong with themachine, isn’t it? 这台机器出了故障，不是吗？ Everything is in good order,isn’t it? 一切正常，不是吗？ 5.祈使句的反意疑问句部分要用 shall, will。 Let’s 表示第一人称的祈使句，所以反意疑问句为“shall we?”,let me 和 let us 表示第二人 称的祈使句，反意疑问句为“will you?”，其他行为动词引起的祈使句，反意疑问句都为“will you?”。祈使句的反意疑问句通常只有肯定形式。 如：Let’s go fora walk, shall we? 让我们去散步好吗？ Let us stop fora rest, will you? 让我们停下来休息一下，好吗？ 6.感叹句的反意疑问句要用“be”的现在时，对人的感叹，用“he”“you”等，对事物的感 叹，用“it”，而且疑问部分必须用否定式。 如：What aclever boy,isn’t he? 多么聪明的男孩，不是吗？ Whata wonderful lecture, isn’t it? 多么精彩的演讲，不是吗？ 反意疑问句专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.He was late for schoolthat morning, ________? A. wasn’t he B. was he C. did he D.didn’t he ( )2.Shewill have lunchat school, ________? A. doesn’t she B. won’tshe C.is she D. willshe ( )3.Shedoesn’t talk much, ________? A. ishe B. doesn’t she C. did she D. does she ( )4.Thecomputeris very useful tous,________? -183-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. isn’tit B. isn’t thecomputer C. does it D.doesn’t it ( )5.There is going to be an English party thisafternoon, ________? A. isthere B. isgoing there C. isn’t there D. did there ( )6.That is herdictionary,________? Aisn’t that B. isthat C. does it D.isn’t it ( )7.Shehas abrother and a sister,________? A. hasn’t she B. has she C.don’t she D. does she ( )8.He really mustgo now,________? A. mustbe B. doesn’t he C. mustn’t he D. mustbe ( )9.You need anew bike, ________? A. don’t you B. doyou C. needn’tyou D. needyou ( )10.Mary losther pen, ________? A. didn’t she B. didn’tMary C. doesn’t she D. wasn’t she ( )11.He can hardly believe it, ________? A. can’t they B.can he C.is he D. cannot he ( )12.Somebody told meabout it yesterday,________? A. didthey B. didn’t somebody C.didn’t they D didhe ( )13.Wedomorning exercises inthemorning, ________? A. dowe B. didwe C. didn’t we D. don’t we ( )14.You have got nothing to say,________? A. haveyou B. haven’t you C. had you D.you have ( )15.TheArab has never seen such acamel, ________? A. hasn’t he B. has theArab C. did he D. has he ( )16.Shedoes well in English, ________? A. doesn’t she B. does she C.did she D. isn’t she ( )17.He speaks neitherRussian norFrench, ________? A. can’t he B. doesn’t he C. does he D. aren’tthere ( )18.There is littletimeleft ________? A. isn’tthere B. is there C. are there D.aren’t there -184-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )19.Shedoesn’t much carefor a car,________? A. isshe B.does she C. doesn’t she D. didshe ( )20.Somebody borrowed my bikeyesterday,________? A. didn’t they B. did they C. did he D.doesn’t he ( )21.There aren’t thirty days in February,are they? No, _______. A. thereare B. there aren’t C.there do D. there don’t ( )22.You don’t think so, ________? A. don’t you B. aren’t you C.are you D. aren’t you ( )23.They have never been tothe SummerPalace, ________? A. havethey B. haven’tyou C. don’t you D. aren’t you ( )24.Kate’s father willgo toLondon forhis holiday,________? A. won’t he B. will he C. doesn’t he D. isn’t he ( )25.My daughter wants to learn popular music,________? A. doesn’t she B. isn’t she C. does she D. will she ( )26.Yourfather can speak German, ________? A. does he B. ishe C. doesn’t he D. can’t he ( )27.You were at school last year,________? A. were you B. did you C. weren’tyou D. didn’t you ( )28.You’dbetter go shoppingwith her,________? A. didn’t you B. don’t you C.hadn’t you D. haven’t you ( )29.None ofus liked her lessons, ________? A. dowe B. didwe C. don’t we D. didn’t we ( )30.He can’t dowhat she said, ________? A. does he B. can’t she C. can I D.can he ( )31.I don’t think hecan finish thework, ________? A. doI B. does he C. can I D. can be ( )32.Let us havea rest, ________? A. willyou B. shallwe C. doyou D.don’twe ( )33.What anice girl, ________? -185-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. isn’tit B. isn’t she C. doesn’t it D. does it ( )34.Most ofthemoney has been spent, ________? A. havethey B. haven’tthey C. has it D. hasn’t it ( )35.Do cometosee me,________? A. don’t you B. can’tyou C. will you D. won’t you ( )36.I’m thefirst, ________? A. am notI B. aren’t I C.beI D. doI ( )37.No oneknew thetruth, ________? A. don’t they B. didn’t they C.does he D. didthey ( )38.Thegirl isunhappy,________? A. isshe B.does she C. isn’tshe D.doesn’tshe ( )39.Don’t becareless, ________? A. doyou B.can you C. willyou D.are you ( )40.He mustbe very tired, ________? A. mustn’t you B. isn’t he C. were they D. dothey ( )41.Few peoplewere lateyesterday,________? A. weren’t they B. wasn’t he C. were they D.dothey ( )42.Don’t dothat again, ________? A. shallyou B. would you C. can’t you D. will you 二、把下列句子变成反意疑问句 1. They aren’t students ________? 2. There is abookonthetable, ________? 3. His brotheris a solider,________? 4. Lucy and herparents will cometo China, ________? 5. My daughter can’t swim,________? 6. Li Lei lives in thiscity,________? 7. They watchedTVlast Sunday,________? 8. Hehas never been toNewYork, ________? 9. Sheknows littleabout English, ________? -186-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 10.There is nothingintheroom, ________? 11. Nobody came to seehim, ________? 12.Nothingcan stophim from going there, ________? 13.Let’s go toschool, ________? 14.Idon’tbelieve she knowsit, ________? 15.Henever said hecould come, ________? 16.Youhave noclasses onSunday,________? 17.Dogs can runfaster than hens, ________? 18.Youneed anew bike, ________? 19.Hespeaks neither English nor Japanese, ________? 20.Hecan hardly believeit, ________? 21.There is littletimeleft, ________? 22.Youhaven’t seen mybookanywhere, ________? 23.His sondoesn’t learn English,________? 24.Nobody can dothiswork, ________? 25.Thisis an interesting film,________? 26.Let’s go outfor apicnic, ________? 27.Don’t close thedoor,________? 28.They were doingtheirhomework this timeyesterday,________? 29.Theboys began to playfootball, ________? 30.Thebirds have flown away,________? -187-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十四章 感叹句 感叹句表示说话时的惊讶、喜悦、气愤等情绪，带有强烈的感情色彩。句末常用“！” 一、含有形容词的名词短语感叹的结构 What+ (a/an) +(形容词) +名词+ 陈述句结构(主谓语) ！ 如：Whata good kindgirl (she is)! 她是多么善良的好女孩 ！ Whatbad weather (it is)! 天气真糟糕 ！ 二、形容词或副词进行感叹的结构 How+ 形容词/副词 + 陈述句结构(主谓语) ！ 如：Howcarefully theold man walks ! 这老人走路真小心 ！ Howdelicious thefood is! 这食品真好吃 ！ Howbeautiful ! 真美呀 ！ 感叹句专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.Look! ________beautiful that takeis! A.What a B.What C.Whatan D. How ( )2. －Hi, Mary,________beautiful day! －Yes,it is. A. How B.Whata C.What D. How a ( )3.________new radio it is! A. How B. How a C.What a D.What ( )4.________nice computers! A.What a B.What C. Howa D. How ( )5.________day we’rehaving today! A.What fine a B. Howfine C.What afine D.What a ( )6.________nice girl Kateis! A. How B.What C.What an D.Whata ( )7. －Hi, Mary,________beautiful day! -188-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 －Yes,it is. A. How B.Whata C.What D. How a ( )8.________timewe’re having today! A.What agood B. How good C.Whatgood a D.What good ( )9.________surprising news itis! A. How B. How a C.What D.What a ( )10.________nice cars! A.What a B.What C. Howa D. How ( )11.________the mooncakes are! A. Howdelicious B. Howadelicious C.What adelicious D.Whatdelicious ( )12.________fast theboys are running! A.What B.Whata C. How D. How a ( )13.________great day January 1,2001willbe! A. Howa B.What a C.How D.What ( )14.________fine weather it istoday! A.What a B.What C. Howa D. How ( )15.________supper we’rehaving today! A.What adelicious B.How delicious C.Whatdelicious a D.Whatdelicious ( )16.________excitingmoment it is! A. How B. How an C.What D.What an ( )17.________old bikeLi Lei is riding! A.What a B.What C.Whatan D. How ( )18.________heavy snow! A.What a B.What C. Howa D. How ( )19.________high thebuilding is! A.What B.Whata C. How D. How a ( )20.________a livelyview! A. Is it B. Isn’tit C.Are they D.Aren’tthey ( )21.________delicious soup! -189-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A.What a B. How C.How a D.What ( )22.________noisythey are making! A.What B.Whata C. How D. How a ( )23.________clever boyheis! A.What B.Whata C. How D. How a ( )24.________quiet thepark is! A.What B.Whata C. Howa D. How ( )25.________the school is! A. what big B. what abig C. Howbig D.Howa big ( )26.________she dances! A. Howgood B. How well C.What well D.What agood ( )27.________you working hard! A.What B. How C.Are D.Aren’t ( )28.________his father works! A. Howcareful B. How carefully C.What D.Whatcareful ( )29.________clever studentsthey are! A.What a B. How C.What D. How a 二、完成下列感叹句 1. ________lovely thesnowlooks! 2. ________aclever boyJim is! 3. ________worried theylooked! 4. ________hard the workers are working! 5. ________longhair shehas! 6. ________they lovetheircountry! 7. ________important questionsthey are! 8. ________slowly theoldman walks! 9. ________lovely agirl sheis! 10.________an interesting story he told! 11. ________finetheweather is! -190-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 12.________kindteachers! 三、改为感叹句 1.They are very beautiful flowers. ________________________they are!________________________flowers are! 2.Thewoman is very kind. ________________thewoman is!________ ________kind woman! 3.They had avery good idea, ________________ideathey had! 4.It’san interesting maths problems. ________________a mathsproblem! 5.TheChinesepeople livea happy lifetoday. ________________________________theChinesepeople livetoday. 6.Youtold us avery good idea. ________ ________good idea you toldus! 7.Timeflies very fast. ________________time________! -191-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十五章 句型 There be There be句型是英语中最为常用的句型之一,用来表示“人或事物的存在”或“某处有某物”。 在这种句型的句子中主语通常应放在谓语后面，引导词 there放在句首，以be动词的某种形式 作谓语，以名词或名词词组作句子的真正主语放在be 动词之后，句子最后为地点或时间状语。 并且句中谓语应和后面的主语的数保持一致，即主语是单数时，用 there is，主语是复数时， 用there are。但如果句中有两个或更多的主语时，谓语常和最靠近它的主语保持一致，遵循“就 近原则”。在there be..句型中，be动词有不同的时态，如一般过去时，主语为单数时，以there was 开头，主语为复数时，以there were 开头。 一、Therebe句型的构成 1.there be...的肯定结构：There is/are+主语+地点/时间状语 如：There is abird inthetree. 树上有一只鸟。 There are two boys andagirl underthetree. 树下有两个男孩，一个女孩。 There is aflower inthebottle. 瓶里有一朵花。 There is somemoneyin thepurse. 钱包里有些钱。 There are somebooks onthedesk. 桌子上有许多书。 2.there be...的否定结构：There is/are not+主语+地点/时间状语 如：There is nota knifein thekitchen. 厨房里没有刀。 There are not apples onthetree. 书上没有苹果。 There is notany milkinthebottle. 瓶子里没有牛奶。 There are not any students intheclassroom. 教室里没有学生。 3.there be...的一般疑问句结构：Is/Are there+主语+(地点/时间状语） 如：Is there an monkeyin thezoo? 动物园里有猴子吗? 肯定回答：Yes,there is. 是，有猴子。 否定回答：No, there isn't. 不，没有。 Is there amaponthewall? 墙上有一幅地图吗？ 肯定回答：Yes,there is. 是的，有一幅。 否定回答：No, there isn't. 不，没有。 -192-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Are there any pianos inyour school? 你们学校有钢琴吗? 肯定回答：Yes,there are some. 是，有一些。 否定回答：No, there aren't any. 不，没有。 Are there any gifts forme? 有我的来信吗? 肯定回答：Yes,thereis one. 有，有一个。 否定回答：No,there aren’t. 不，没有。 4.there be..的特殊疑问句:特殊疑问词+is/are there+地点/时间状语 如：－How many toy bears are there inthe shop? 商店里有多少玩具熊? －There are about twenty . 有约100辆。 －Howmany seasons are there in ayear ? 一年有多少季节 ? －There are four seasons in ayear. 一年有四个季节。 二、there be...句型与动词have/has的区别 1. there be 和 have/has 从汉语字面意思上来看似乎都表示“有”的意思，但实际上 have/has 表示的是“所属”的“有”，而there be...则表示的是“存在”的有。另外在结构上它们也不相 同，have/has 前须有主语，而there be...句型的主语则放在谓语动词be之后。 如：Ihave apen. 我有一支笔。 Ihave long hair. 我留着长发。 Hehas two sons.他有两个儿子。 There is acuponthetable. 桌上有一个杯子。 There are four students intheclassroom. 教室里有4个学生。 There was a meeting inthisroom yesterday. 昨天这儿有个会议。 2.尽管there be和have/has 的结构不同，但有时它们也可表达相似的意思。 如：Mr.Black has an Englishbookinher hands. =There is abookin Mr.Black’s hands.布兰科先生手里拿着本英语书。 Our class has a map ofworld onthewall. =There is amapof world onthewall ofour class.我们班的墙上有世界地图。 -193-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 There be 句型专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.________a lotof rain inourhometown in summer. A.There is B.Therehas C.Wehave D.Wehas ( )2.There ________alittlemilk in thebottle. A. is B. has C. are D. have ( )3.There is going to ________a class meeting thisafternoon. A. have B. hold C.is D. be ( )4.There ________alotof trafficat this timeofday,soyou’dbetter ________morecareful. A. has, be B. have, been C. is, be D. are, are ( )5.There ________somewater in thecup. A. is B. am C. are D.be ( )6.________there enough good news in today’s newspaper? A. Is B.Are C.Were D.Was ( )7.How manypeople ________inyour family? A. doyou have B. are there C.you had D. there are ( )8.There ________an apple andten bananas in thebasket.Youcan take any ofthem. A. is B. are C. has D. have ( )9.How manyteachers ________there inyour school? A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )10.There isn’t anybread onthetable, ________? A. isthere B. isn’t there C. has there D. was there ( )11.There ________anapple tree near theriver. A. is B. am C. are D.be ( )12.There ________atalk aboutAmerican country musicin ourschool tonight. A. willhave B. is going to have C.is going tohas D.will be ( )13.There ________anythingnew in today’s newspaper. A. isn’t B. aren’t C. hasn’t D. haven’t -194-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )14.There ________sheep inthefield. A. issmall B. are much C.are afew D.are alittle ( )15.There are ________inthe field.They are eating grass. A. ahorse B. much horse C. many horse D. manyhorses ( )16.There is noricein thebag, ________? A. isit B. isn’tit C. isthere D. isn’tthere ( )17.There ________many trees here two years ago. A. was B. is C. are D.were ( )18. －________? － There are five. A. Howmanyboxes onthe table B.Whatare those C.What’s this D. Howmany boxes are there onthetable ( )19.________onthe table. A.Thepen is B.There is thepen C. Pen is D.There has apen ( )20.There ________anew bedand an old deskin theroom. A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )21.There _______an important meeting tomorrow. A. willhave B. will be C. is going tohave D. is going to has ( )22.________many trees here threeyears ago. A.There is B.Therewas C.There are D.There were ( )23.There ________thousands ofworkers in that factory. A. am B. have C. be D. are ( )24.There ________alotmore people inthis room than inthat one. A. is B. am C. have D. are ( )25.There ________amap between the two windows. A. is B. are C. willbe D. was ( )26.There ________aboxoforanges in theroom. A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )27.If there ________a“No Swimming”sign don’t get into water. -195-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. are B. have C. were D. is ( )28.There ________alotof peopleover there. Do you know what has happened? A. are B. was C.have D. is ( )29.There are afew differences between them, ________? A. are there B. are they C. aren’tthey D. aren’t there ( )30.There ________something newin tomorrow’s newspaper. A. isgoing to have B. is going to be C.are going to have D.are going to be ( )31.Beijing ________rainy.And there________muchwind, too. A. willhave, willhave B. willbe, willhave C.willbe, willbe D. willhave, will be ( )32.There willehardly any people onthis island________. A. willthere B. won’t there C. isthere D. are there ( )33.Theradio says ________acold day in SouthChinatomorrow. A. willbe B. will have C. will get D. there will be ( )34.There is littlewater inthe bottle, ________? A. isn’tthere B. is there C. are there D. is they ( )35.There are few apples inthefridge ________? A. are there B. aren’t there C.aren’tthey D. are they ( )36.There is ateacherand ________students inthe classroom. A. any B. some C.the D. much ( )37. －Is there________egg in your bag? －No, there is ________appleinmy bag. A. a, a B. a, an C.an, a D. an, an ( )38.There ________two bottles ofmilk onthetable. A. is B. are C. have D. be ( )39.There are some________onthebeds. A. baby B. babys C.babies D. babyies ( )40.There are ________inthe room. A. amanteacher B.some man teachers C. somemen teachers D. somemans teachers ( )41.How manystudents ________in your class? -196-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. isthere B. are there C.has D. have ( )42. － Is therea cat near thechair? － Yes, ________. A. itis B. they are C.there is D. there are ( )43.There ________some________in theglass. A. is,milk B.are, milk C.is, milks D. are, milk ( )44.There ________somefood in thebasket. A. have B. has C. is D. are ( )45.Are there ________inthepicture? A. aflower B. someflower C.someflowers D. any flowers ( )46.What’s inthe box?________somebottleofmilkin it. A.There has B.There have C.There is D.There are ( )47.There ________ameeting this afternoon. A. isgoing to have B. will have C.is going tobe D. are going to be ( )48.There’s ________foodinthefridge. A. not B. any C. many D.no ( )49.There’s going to be ________tomorrow. A. raining B. rain C. rains D. rainy ( )50.Is theregoing to ________afootball match tomorrow? A. is B. have C.be D. hold ( )51.There are ________peoplein theUSAthanin China. A. many B. a few C.fewer D.afewer ( )52.There’re ________days in aweek.The ________dayis Saturday. A. seventh, sixth B. seven, seventh C seventh, six D. seven, seven ( )53.There are ________whitehouses bytheriver. A. rows of B. two rows C. rowof D.many row of ( )54.Thedesk________four sides. A. thereis B. there are C.has D. have ( )55.There is atree ________theclassroom. -197-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. inthefront of B. in front of C.onfront of D.in thefront of ( )56.How many________are there inyour family? A. peoples B. thepeople C. people D.somepeople 二、用 be的适当形式填空 1. There ________abookonthe desk. 2. There ________an orange and two apples onthetable. 3. There ________somebread in thepaper bag. 4. Howmany chairs ________there inyour classroom? 5. There ________two Englishbooks and aChinesebookin my bag. 6. What’s in thepurse?There ________somemoney. 7. ________there any children in theroom? 8. There ________astrong wind tomorrow. 9. There ________great changes inHarbin inthepast ten years. 10.There ________asports meeting nextFriday. 11. There ________noairlinebetween Harbin and Beijing before 1978. 12.There ________ahospital near ourschool for years. 13.There ________anything wrong with thelittle boy. 14.________there any factories here ten years ago? -198-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十六章 并列句 由并列连词连接、含有两个或更多主谓结构的句子叫并列句。 一、表示转折对比关系的并列连词 1.but但是，可是，而，却 连接两个简单句，有时句中某些词可以省略；连接两个并列成分，可以放在一个句子的句 首，后面不接逗号。 如：Ihopeyou don't mind measking,but where did you buythoseshoes? 希望不要介意我的问题，这些鞋子是在哪里买的吗？ 2.yet 但是；尽管如此 可连接两个句子，用逗号分开，也可在yet 前加and，还可以放在一个句子的句首。 如：Thecar is old,yet it isin good condition.这辆车旧了，但车况很好。 3.while而，但是，可是，却 while作连词用时，可表示对比或转折关系。 如：Idoevery single bit ofhousework whilemy husband Bob justdoes thedishes nowandthen. 二、表示因果关系的并列连词 1.for因为 由并列连词 for 引导的分句常置于句子后部,而且常用逗号与前面的分句隔开。for 分句主 要是对前一分句补充说明理由或推断原因。for分句不能用来回答why 问句。 如：Idid my best notto showpleasure,but what Iwas feeling was purehappiness,for my words had thepower to makepeople laugh. 2.so 因此 连接两个句子，中间有时用逗号隔开；也可在so 前加and；还可以放在一个句子的句首。 如：Theshop doesn't open until 11am,so it loses alot ofbusiness. 三、表示选择关系的连词 or or 连接并列成分时，意为“或者，还是”；用于否定句中，意为“也不”，这时不宜用and； 还有“否则，要不然”之意，相当于otherwise。 如：Wouldyou likeacup of coffee orshall weget down to business right away? 四、表示并列关系的并列连词 -199-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 1.and 和，同，与，又，并且 如：Standover there and you'll beable to see itbetter. 站在那边你会看得更清楚。 2.notonly...but also...不仅……而且 如：Not onlyI but also Janeand Mary are tired ofhaving one examinationafter another. 我和简还有玛丽厌烦了一场接一场的考试。 3.neither...nor...既不……也不 如：They worked neither for famenorfor personal gains.他们工作一不为名，二不为利。 4.both...and...既……又 如：Aman shouldhave both courageand wisdom.人既要有勇气又要有智慧。 五、其他并列连词 1.not...but...不是……而是 如：It was not thebones ofan animal butofa human being. 这不是一只动物的骨头，而是人的骨头。 2.rather than 而不是；与其……宁愿 如：Ratherthanride onacrowded bus,he always prefers to ride abicycle. 与其挤公交他更愿意骑自行车。 3.when 正当那时，相当于and at that time 如：Jasmine was holidaying with her family in a wildlife park when she was bitten on the leg byalion. 詹姆斯在野生动物园和家人度假时腿被狮子咬伤了。 并列句专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.________did shego to see her father,________didshe want her father to come. A. Either,or B. Not, only C.Nosooner,than D. Neither,nor ( )2.Shedidn’tgo to school yesterday,_____hehad hurt her legs while climbingthemountain. A. but B. however C. or D. for ( )3.You can study________Chinese________English. -200-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. notonly,but B. either,or C. both, or D. only,and ( )4.Tom works very hard, ________his family is stillverypoor. A. yet B. for C. so D. and ( )5.________you ________your parents go with us. A. Either,or B. Both, or C.Either,nor D. Not, but ( )6.Someare reading newspapers, ________others are playing basketball. A. or B. for C. so D.while ( )7.Wewant ________high speed ________good marks. A. both,said B. Either,or C.neither,nor D. not,also but ( )8.In spring itis ________hot ________cold here. A. both,and B. either,or C. neither,nor D.not only,but ( )9.Maybe hehas gone home,________ heis inhis office. A. or B. but C. nor D. yet ( )10.You can ________stay at home________go out to play. A. either,or B. both,and C. so,that D. as,as ( )11.I helphim ________hehelps me.Wehelp each other. A. but B. and C. or D. for ( )12.Don’t play football here,________you may break the window.s. A. or B. but C. and D. so ( )13.Jim was very hungry ________he ateall thecakes. A. and B. but C. so D.or ( )14.Hurry up,________we’ll elate fortheconcert. A. and B. but C. so D.or ( )15.Thenurse isvery tired ________sheis stillworking very hard. A. but B. and C. or D. if ( )16.Li Lei passed his father this cup ________asked forsomemore tea. A. but B. and C. of D. if ( )17.Are you going toplaybasketball ________football this afternoon? A. and B. or C.but D. so -201-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )18.He speaks notonly English ________also French. A. and B. but C. or D. that ( )19.He likes sports ________Jimenjoys reading. A.When B. while C. then D.or ( ) 20. Go straight along the street, turn to the left at the end of the street and ________ you’ll fine thepost office. A. then B. so C. but D. yet ( )21.Shecame here, ________shedidn’t seeme. A. so B. but C. and D.or ( )22.Jim likes getting upearly,________hissister doesn’t. A. and B. or C.so D. but ( )23.He got uplatethis morning, ________ he was latefor school. A. so B. but C. while D. yet ( )24.Are you free ________busy this evening? A. and B. but C. or D. then ( )25.They are not apples, ________pears. A. and B. yet C.but D.so ( )26.Jim isgood at maths. ________isKate. A. So B.And C. But D.Then ( )27.He didn’t dohis homework, ________histeacher was very angry. A. but B. yet C. or D. so ( )28.Get upearly,________you’ll belate forschool. A. but B. so C. or D. and ( )29.Hurry up,________you’ll catch theearly bus. A. but B. and C. so D.or ( )30.Wemay take Grandma Li tohospital, ________weare busy. A. and B. but C. so D.or ( )31.I went there byplane, ________he went there bycar. A. and B. but C. so D.or -202-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )32.He made faces inclass ________we laughed. A. and B. but C. so D.or ( )33.I was ill, ________Istayed at home. A. and B. so C.but D.or ( )34.He was late, ________was she. A. and B. so C.but D.or ( )35.Shecan’t swim,________can be. A. nor B. or C. so D. but ( )36.________he ________Iknowabout this accident becauseit was kept as asecret. A. Both, nor B. Neither,nor C. Both, and D.Neither,or ( )37.________Tuesday ________Wednesday isOK. I’ll befree thesedays. A. Both, and B. Either,or C.Both, and D.So, that ( )38.________John ________Ann were ill yesterday. A. Neither,nor B. Either,or C.Both, and D. So,that ( )39.Theshop is new,________ithas beenopen onlyfor three days. A. for B. and C. but D. so ( )40.His face turned red ________hefelt shy. A. for B. but C. so D. and ( )41.He never drinks ________smokes. A. and B. but C. or D. so ( )42.Call ataxi, ________you won’t beale tocatch the underground train. A. and B. or C.but D. so ( )43.Li Lei found awatch inthestreet, ________hepicked it up. A. or B. but C. and D. so ( )44.You needn’t sweep thefloor,________it’svery clean. A. and B. but C. or D. for ( )45.Chinese dishes are delicious, ________cooking takes a lotoftime. A. for B. so C.but D. and ( )46.Neither of them isin good health, ________both work very hard. -203-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. and B. but C. then D.so ( )47.Tom works very hard, ________he stillfailed in theexam. A. yet B. so C. and D. or ( )48.Thesky was clear,________thesun was shining. A. but B. and C. or D. for ( )49.Hide behindthetree, ________hewill seeand catch you. A. and B. or C.but D. yet ( )50.I felt tired after the work, ________Itookalong rest. A. so B. but C. for D. or ( )51.I hatesmoking, ________Idon’t likedrinking, either. A. though B. but C.and D. for ( )52.Hurry up,________you’ll belat for theearly bus. A. and B. then C.but D.or ( )53.Theman lives simply,forhe ________for along time. A. has been outof work B. has lost hisworks C. was out ofhis work D. was losthis job ( )54.Everyone ishere,________Li Lei isn’t. A. or B. but C. and D. yet ( )55.I am astudent ________mybrother isa doctor. A. or B. yet C.and D. so ( )56.He didn’t answer her,________heasked her aquestion. A. that B. if C. or D.yet ( )57.Everyone inour class has finished their homework, ________LinTao didn’t. A. but B. or C. and D. so ( )58.Work harder,________you’ll catch upwith theothers. A. and B. but C. or D. so ( )59.They bought hera present, ________sheliked itvery much. A. and B. but C. or D. so ( )60.Thisis ourfirst lesson, ________I don’t knowall your names. -204-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. and B. but C. or D. so ( )61.I’m poor,________Ialways enjoymyself. A. and B. but C. or D. so ( )62.I want to go shopping thisafternoon.What about you? ________doI. A. So B. Neither C.Only D. But ( )63.________you ________I are students. A. Not only…but also B. Either…or C. Both…and D. Neither…nor 二、用 but,and, so, for,or等并列连词填空 1. His letteris interesting ________his hand writing is beautiful. 2. Putonyour coat, ________you’ll get acold. 3. Work hard at your lessons, ________you willfail inthefinal exams. 4. Comeearly tomorrow,________I’ll showyou thepicture. 5. Hedid thework in times, ________he didit quitewell. 6. Everybody went there, ________Ididn’t. 7. Westarted early that day,________theplace was so far. 8. Ididn’t feel well last night, ________Ihad to go to bed early. 9. Heis very clever,________hedoesn’t likestudying hard. 10.Be quick,________we’llmiss thefirst lesson. -205-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十七章 宾语从句 在句中起宾语作用的从句称为宾语从句。属于名词性从句，包括动词的宾语从句、介词的 宾语从句和形容词的宾语从句。 一、宾语从句的引导词 在复合句子中，作宾语的从句叫宾语从句。 如：Iwant to knowwhose bookthisis. 我想知道这是谁的书。 Hesaid that hecould help me. 他说他能够帮助我。 Yourmother asked ifyou could finishyour work thisweek. 你妈妈问这个星期你能否完成工作。 Can you tell mewhen the sportsmeeting will begin？ 你能告诉我运动会将在什么时候开始吗？ 1.以that 引导的宾语从句 that引导的宾语从句一般都是由陈述句充当，引导词that 没有实际意义，不在从句中作任 何成分，that可以省略，而且从句成分齐全，句意完整。 如：Do you think(that) it willrain? 你认为天会下雨吗？ Hesaid (that) hecould come ontime. 他说他会准时来的。 2.以whether 或if引导的宾语从句 从属连词if,whether 引导的名词从句是由一般疑问句或选择疑问句转化而来的，变成从句 后，语序由原来的倒装语序变成陈述语序。whether和if意为“是否”。 如：Let us knowwhether / ifyou can finish thework before Friday. 请让我们知道你是否能在星期五以前把工作做完。 Idon’t care whetheryou likethe story ornot. 我不在乎你是否喜欢这个故事。 注意：以下情况一般只用whether 不用if。 （1）接带to的动词不定式。 如：Shedoesn’t knowwhether to go to thezoo. 她不知道是不是去动物园。 （2）与ornot 连用时。 如：I’m not sure whether ornot hewill comeontime.他能否准时来，我说不准。 -206-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 3.特殊疑问词what/ when/ where/ who 等引导的宾语从句 此类宾语从句原来是特殊疑问句，变成宾语从句后要用陈述语序，由wh-开头的疑问词引 导。包括who, whom, whose, what, which等连接代词和where, when, how,why等连接副词， 这些引导词有各自的意思，在从句中要作相应的成分，不能省略。 如：Couldyou tell mewhich gatewe havetogo to? 请问我们得走哪个门？ Hedidn’t tell mehowlong he would stay here. 他没有告诉我他要在这里呆多长久。 二、宾语从句的语序 由whether/ if和特殊疑问词引导的宾语从句要用陈述语序，原来的倒装语序改成陈述语序 时注意相应的助动词和动词的变化等。 如：Wheredoes your father work? Can you tell us?→ Can you tell uswhere your father works? 你能告诉我们你爸爸在哪里工作吗？ Did you get homevery late?He asked me. → Heasked meifI got homevery late. 他问我是否到家很晚。 三、宾语从句的时态对应 1.如果主句是一般现在时，宾语从句根据实际情况用各种时态。 如：My teachersays hewill beback in a week. （一般将来时） 我的老师说他将在一个星期后回来。 My teachersays heis watching TV. （现在进行时） 我的老师说他正在看电视。 My teachersays hehas seen themovie. （现在完成时） 我的老师说他已经看过这部电影了。 2.如果主句是一般过去时，宾语从句用相应的过去时态。 如： My father said hewas watching TVat that time.（过去进行时） 我爸爸说在那个时候他在看电视。 My father said thehe had already seen themovie. （过去完成时） 我爸爸说他已经看过那部电影了。 注意：如果宾语从句是表示客观真理和规律的句子时，用一般现在时。 如：Ourteacher told usthesun ismuchbigger than theearth. （一般现在时） 我们的老师告诉我们太阳比地球大多了。 -207-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 四、宾语从句的否定转移 主句如果是Ithink/ believe/ imagine/ suppose/ guess/ expect 等，从句的否定一般要转移到主 句中，其反意疑问句与从句一致。例如： 如：Idon’t think they’ll wait to thelast minute，willthey？ 我认为他们不会等到最后一分钟，他们会吗？ 如：Idon’t believe hedid this, didhe? 我相信他不会做这样的事，他会吗？ 五、宾语从句的简化形式 当主句谓语动词是hope,decide,wish,choose,agree,promise 等，宾语从句的简化形式为： 动词+to do sth. 如：Wedecided thatwe would help him→Wedecided to help him. 我们决定去帮他。 Sheagreed that she could help mewith my maths→ Sheagreed to help mewith my maths. 她同意帮我学习数学。 当主句谓语动词是know,learn，remember,forget，tell 等.且主句的主语与从句的主语一致时。 宾语从句的简化形式为：连接词+to do 如：Shehas forgotten howshecan open thewindow.→ Shehas forgotten howtoopen the window. 她忘了怎样去关闭窗户。 Sheforgot what sheshould take.→Sheforgot what totake. 她忘了应该去拿什么。 当hear/see/find+that+从句时，hear/see/find+sth./sb.(要用宾格）+do/doing 如：Iheard that they were singing in thenextroom.→ Iheard them singing inthe next room. 我听到他们在隔壁房间唱歌。 Shefoundthat thewallet lay ontheground.→ Shefoundthewallet lying ontheground. 她发现地上放着钱夹。 -208-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 宾语从句专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.It’s sodark. Ican’t find out ________it’s aboy________a girl. A. if,and B. that, and C. either,or D. whether,or ( )2.Could you tell meifhe________to Shanghai? A. has gone B. had gone C.went D.go ( )3.He told me________shewould catch theearly bus. A. which B. whether C.why D. that ( )4.Mrs. Green asked me________Iwould go with her. A. what B. which C. why D.that ( )5.I don’t know________thecoat ________cheapenough. A. if,is B. where, were C.that, was D. if, were ( )6.Can you tell mewhy ________yesterday? A. you didn’t come B. did you notcome C.didn’tyou come D. you don’t come ( )7.He said that they ________Yunnan. A. havebeen to B.had gone to C. havegone to D. has gone to ( )8.Jack isn’t sure ________students thereare in his class. A. howmany B. what C. which D. whether ( )9.Can you tell me________yesterday? A. what theydo B. what they did C. what dothey do D. what did they do ( )10.I want to know________his homework yesterday evening. A. ifhe finished B. whether hehad finished C.had shefinished D. has shefinished ( )11.Do you knowwhat ________thistimeyesterday? A. they are doing B. are they doing C. they were doing D. were they doing ( )12.Excuseme, can you tell me________? A. why was thetrain late B. whythetrain was late C. why isthetrain late D. whey thetrain islate ( )13.Do you knowwhere ________? Someone islooking forhim. -209-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. heis B. he was C. ishe D. was he ( )14.He wanted to knowhowlong ________in hospital. A. sheis staying B. shehad stayed C. did shestay D.she stay ( )15.My brother said he ________going ________his friend thenextday. A. was, to meet B. would go, has C. willgo, was going to D. willgo, will ( )16.He told methat he________toLondon thenextday. A. would go B.go C. went D. has gone ( )17.He said that light ________much faster than sound. A. traveled B. will travel C. travels D. istraveling ( )18.Our teachersaid that themoon ________around theearth. A. turn B. turned C.has turned D. turns ( )19.He said thatApril ________the________monthof ayear. A. is,third B. is,fourth C. was, fourth D. was, third ( )20.Do you know________? A. isit whosepen B. whose pen is it C. whose pen it is D. itis whosepen ( )21.Can you tell me________? A. who are you B. who you are C.you are who D. who you be ( )22.Do you know________ofthethree? A. which bookshelikes best B. which best bookdoes shelike C. thatwhich bookshelikes best D. which bookshebest likes ( )23.I hear ________theteacherwill come backfrom theUK soon. A. which B. that C. when D.whether ( )24.Can you tell me________language she speaks? A. which B. what C. that D. whether ( )25.Can you tell us ________you grow cotton inyour country? A. that B. whether C. which D. whose ( )26.I don’t understand ________you said. A. when B. that C.where D.what ( )27.Do you know________themeeting will begin? -210-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. when B. that C.where D.what ( )28.Can you tell me________the meeting willbegin? A. what B. whether C.when D. where ( )29.________surprised memost was ________he didn’t go to schoolyesterday. A.What, how B.What, that C.That, that D.Whom,that ( )30.I wondered ________they had been toAmerica. A. if B. what C.who D. that ( )31.You willfeel hungry ________you don’t have breakfast. A. what B. why C. if D. how ( )32.Do you know________Jackleft so early? A. what B. why C. until D. though ( )33.You mustdo________Itold you. A. after B. before C.which D. who ( )34.I am sure________you said istrue. A. what B. that C. which D. what ( )35.It has not been decided ________ they will leave. A. why B. when C. which D. what ( )36.Go back ________you come from. A. until B. where C.when D.that ( )37.Do you know________shewill go tothe cinemawith us? A. if B. where C.who D. which ( )38.Thechildren said ________they ________themselves very much. A. if,enjoy B. why,enjoyed C.where, enjoy D. that enjoyed ( )39.I don’t think ________I________outthe problem. A. if,can work B. how,will work C. that, can work D.when, will work ( )40.Sheis afraid ________he ________coldat night. A. that,will catch B. that, catches C.whether,willcatch D. is, catches ( )41.Weare sure ________he________to speak English well. A. that,learned B. that, has learned C. if,learned D. if, has learned -211-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )42.Theboyasked ________I________any noise from outside. A. when,heard B. why,had learned C.whether,had heard D. what, heard ( )43.Who can tellus ________about overthere? A. what theytalk B. what dothey talk C.what are they talkingD. what they are talking ( )44.Wecouldn’t find out ________,so weasked apoliceman. A. whosebikeit was B. whosebike was it C.whose itwas bike D. whose was itbike ( )45.Do you know________taketo get to thehospital? A. which way must we B. which mustwe way C. which way we must D. which we mustway ( )46.Tom asked ________to school late. A. who did often come B. who often came C.why had sheleft D.why shehad left ( )47.I don’t remember________the boybyhimself. A. why did sheleave B. why sheleft C.why had sheleft D. why she hadleft ( )48.Have you forgotten ________when hedied? A. howold hewas B. howoldwas he C. what did hesay D. what hedidsay ( )49.Nobody knows ________tovisit ourschool. A. whenwill become B. when does hecome C. whenhewill come D. whenhe does come ( )50.Please tell us________to theScience Museum. A. howcan we reach B. how wecan reach C.howcan weget D. howwe can get ( )51.Don’t you believe ________to themoonbyspaceship? A. thatman didfly B. howdid themanfly C.ifman fly D.whether man fly ( )52.Theteacher toldus ________. A. istheearth roundB. theearth was round C.theearth is round D. was the earth round ( )53.It’s foggy today.Ican’t findout ________ it’s aman ________a girl. A. if,and B. that, and C. either,or D. whether,or ( )54.Could you tell meifhe________ to Beijing? A. has gone B. had gone C.went D.go ( )55.Mrs.Whiteasked me________Iwould go shopping withher. -212-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. what B. which C. whether D.that ( )56.I don’t know________theshoes ________cheap enough. A. if,are B. where, was C.that, was D. if, was ( )57.Li Lei didn’ttell theteacher why ________yesterday? A. hedidn’t come B. did henot come C. didn’the come D. hedon’t come ( )58.He said that they ________Zhangjiajie foraholiday. A. havebeen to B.had gone to C. havegone to D. has gone to ( )59.Lucy toldme she________mewith my English this afternoon. A. willhelp B. to help C.would help D. is helping ( )60.Jack isn’t sure ________students thereare in his factory. A. howmany B. what C. which D. whether ( )61.Who knows ________dictionary it is? A. who’s B. whose C. whom D. who ( )62.Could you tell meifit________a lotin summerin your hometown? A. rained B. rain C. rains D. israining ( )63.I can’t remember ________Isent the bookto. A. that B. which C. where D. whom ( )64.None ofus knows which floor________on. A. isshe B.she living C. sheis D. did shelive ( )65.Wedidn’tknow ________tovisit ourschool. A. whendid hecome B.when would he comeC.when he was coming D. when hecame ( )66.Do you knowwhen ________take off? A. wewill B. we are C. shall we D. will we ( )67.I want to know________will go withus. A. who B. whom C. what D. that ( )68.Can you tell me________the train leaves? A. what B. where C. when D. how ( )69.Thestudents mustdo________the leacher told them. A. as B. before C. after D. if -213-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )70. －I don’t knowifhe ________. －Hewill comeif it________. A. comes, won’train B. will come, doesn’t rain C.comes, doesn’tD. willcome, won’train ( )71.Do you knowwhat time________? A. thetrain leave B. does thetrain leave C. will thetrain leave D. thetrain leaves ( )72. －Could you tell me________with thebike? －It’sbroken down. A. what’sthe matter B. what thematter is C. what’sthewrong D. what the wrong is ( )73.Shesaid ________it wouldn’tmatter much. A. that B. if C. which D. what ( )74.Wewanted to know________theanswer was right ornot. A. if B. that C. whether D. what ( ) 75. John is behind others in maths, but it doesn’t follow ________ he doesn’t use his brains, he may not beinterested in it. A. what B. that C. if D. which ( )76.Shehas madeit clear ________shewill have nothingto dowith him. A. what B. which C. whether D.that ( ) 77. For centuries, people have wondered ________ this continent is really like, since it is covered with solidthick ice and deepsnowall theyear round. A. what B. how C. which D.whether ( )78.Li Lei told Jim ________. A. howmuch yuan is thesweater B. howmuch is the sweater C. howmuch thesweater is D. how much thesweater was ( )79.He really doesn’t know________theoverhead bridge willbe finished. A. howlong B.howfar C.howsoon D.how often ( )80.Theteacher came uptosee ________. A. what was the matter B. what thematterwas C. what thematteris D. what’sthe matter ( )81.Nobody knew________. -214-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. where hecomes B. where hewas from C. where heis from D.where does hecome from ( )82.Can you tell me________Mr.Green lives in Room 2318? A. that B. where C. until D. if ( )83.I toldthem that thesun ________ in theeast. A. rises B. rose C. has risten D. was rising ( )84.You mustremember ________thetrain ________. A. that,leaves B. when, leaves C.when, willleave D. if,leave ( )85.Theboyasked howfar themoon ________from theearth. A. was B. were C. is D. was ( )86.I was surprised at ________. A. what heis saying B. what hesaid C.what didhe say D. what said he ( )87.I forgot ________France. A. hehas gone to B. hehad been to C. he went D.hehad gone to ( )88.I forgot ________France. A. shehas been to B. she has gone to C. shehad beenin D. she hadgone to ( )89.He said he________me before. A. has met B. met C.was meeting D.had met ( )90.I’dliketo knowwhen you ________thearmy. A. join B. joined C.have joined D.was joining ( )91.I’m sorry for what I________. A. do B.did C.have done D.am doing ( )92.Do you remember ________you ________thelook? A. where, put B. if, have put C. what, put D. where, are putting ( )93.They willbe thankful for ________you have done. A. what B. that C. which D. who 二、将下列简单句改成宾语从句 1.He’s gone to Hunan. Iforget…. -215-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 2.Shesaid, “They are waiting fora bus.” 3.Whosebag is it?Do you know… 4.What willyou do? Heasked…. 5.Whoteaches you maths?He asked one… 6.Ihave seen him.Iremember…. 三、完成句子 1. Iwanted to know________________________________（她在和谁交谈） 2. Hesaid ________________________________（他以前见过我） 3. I’m sorry for________________________________（我所做的事） 4. Theteacher asked ________________________________（谁能回答这个问题） 5. Janesaid that________________________________（她将乘飞机去哪） 6. Iwanted to know________________________________（她是否有一些钱） 7. Wehaven’t decided ________________________________（我们下一步该做什么） 8. Ithink that English is ________________________________（没有数学难） 9. I’m not sure ________________________________（昨天天气是否晴朗） 10.Heasked me________________________________（是如何处理这件事的） 11. Do you know________________________________（是否要下雨） 12.Iwanted to know________________________________（她是否来还是不来） -216-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十八章 定语从句 定语从句在复合句中,修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。 一、先行词 被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词,引导定语从句的词叫关系词,定语从句一般放在先行词的后 面。如：Thewoman who（lives nextdoor isa teacher.） 先行词 连接词 定语从句 二、引导定语从句的关系词 引导定语从句的关系词有关系代词和关系副词,常见的关系代词包括that,which ,who(宾 格whom ,所有格whose)等,关系副词包括 where ,when,why 等。关系代词和关系副词放在 先行词及定语从句之间起连接作用,同时又作定语从句的重要成分。 三、定语从句的分类 根据定语从句与先行词的关系, 定语从句可以分为限制性定语从句及非限制性定语从句。 限制性定语从句紧跟先行词主句与从句不用逗号分开，从句不可省去。非限制性定语从句 与主句之间有逗号分开,起补充说明作用,如省去，意思仍完整。 如：Tomworks for afactory which makes watches.汤姆在一个制表厂工作。 Iknew agirl,whosefather isaprofessor.我认识一个女孩，她的爸爸是个教授。 四、关系代词的用法 1.that既可以用于指人,也可以用于植物。在从句中作主语、宾语或表语。作主语时不可省略, 作宾语可省略。 如：Mary likes musicthat is quiet and gentle. 玛丽喜欢轻柔的音乐。(that作主语) Thecoat (that)I put onthedesk is blue.放在桌子上的那件外套是蓝色的。(that 作宾语) 2.which 用于植物,在句中作主语、宾语或表语。作主语不可省略,作宾语可省略。 如：Thebuilding which stands near thetrain station is asupermarket. 位于火车站附近的那座大楼是一家超市。( 作主语) Thefilm (which )we sawlast night was wonderful. 我们昨天晚上看的那部电影很好看。( 作宾语) 3.who，whom用于指人,who用作主语,whom用作宾语。在口语中,有时可用who代替whom。 who 和whom 作宾语时也可省略。 -217-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Thegirl who often helps mewith my English is from England. 经常在英语方面帮助我的那个女孩是英国人。( 作主语) Whois theteacher (whom)Li Ming istalking to ? 正在与李明谈话的老师是谁?(作宾语) 注意：（1）当定语从句中含有介词放在句末时,who ,whom ,that，which 可省略，但介词在 关系代词前时,只能用“介词+which/whom"结构。 如：Thisis thehouse inwhich welived last year.这是我们去年居住的房子。 Pleasetell mefrom whom you borrowed theEnglishnovel. 请告诉我你从谁那借的这本英文小说。 （2）含有介词的固定动词词组中,介词不可前置,只能放在原来的位置上。 如：Thisis theperson whom you are looking for. 这就是你要找的那个人。 （3） that 作介词的宾语时，介词不能放它的前面,只能放在从句中动词的后面。 如：Thecity that shelives in is very faraway. 她居住的城市非常远。 4.关系词只能用that 的情况: （1）先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰, 或本身是序数词、基数词、形容词最高级 时,只能用that ,而不用which. 如：He was thefirstperson that passed theexam.他是第一个通过考试的人。 （2）被修饰的先行词为all, any，much，many ,everything，anything ,none,theone 等不 定代词植物时,只能用that，而不用which. 如：Is thereanything that you want tobuyin theshop?在商店里有什么东西要买吗? （3）先行词被theonly，thevery，thesame,the last， little ,few 等词修饰时,只能用 that, 而不用which. 如：This is thesame bikethat Ilost. 这就是我丢的那辆自行车。 （4）先行词里同时含有人或物时,只能用that ,而不用which. 如：Ican remember well thepersons and somepictures that Isawintheroom. 我能清楚记得我在那个房间所见到的任何一些照片。 （5）以who 或which 引导的特殊疑问句为避免重复, 只能用that. 如：Whoisthegirl thatis crying ? 正在哭泣的那个女孩是谁? （6）主句是there be 结构,修饰主语的定语从句用that,而不用which, -218-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：There is a bookonthedesk that belongs toTom.桌子上那本书是汤姆的。 5.关系词只能用which,而不用that 的情况: （1）先行词为that，those时,用which，而不用that. 如：What's that which is under thedesk ? 在桌子底下的那些东西是什么? （2）关系代词前有介词时,which ,而不用that. 如：Thisis theroom in which helives. 这是他居住的房间。 （3）引导非限制性定语从句,先行词指事物时,用which，而不用that。 如：Tomcameback，which madeus happy. 汤姆回来了,这使我们很高兴。 五、关系副词的用法 1.when 指时间,其先行词表示时间,when 在定语从句中作时间状语。 如：Thiswas thetimewhen hearrived. 这是他到达的时间。 2.where 指地点,其先行词表示地点,where 在定语从句中作地点状语。 如： This isplace where he works. 这是他工作的地点。 3.why 指原因，其先行词是原因,why 在定语从句中做原因状语。 如：Nobody knows thereason whyhe is often late forschool. 没人知道他为什么上学总迟到。 定语从句专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.Thiswas thebest model of aradio set _________thefactory produced in1997. A. that B. where C. which D. when ( )2.Do you knowanyone _________knows about thehistory oftheMingTombs? A. which B. whom C. whose D. that ( )3.We’llnever forget theday _________theteachercame tosee mein thehospital. A. that B. why C. which D. when ( )4.Thisis theworker _________sondied inatraffic accident. A. whose B. whom C.who D. that ( )5.He told meeverything _________ he had seen inthe factory. -219-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. that B. which C. when D.where ( )6.I don’t knowthereason _________shedidn’t agree to ourstudy plan. A. when B. why C. who D.that ( )7.Yesterday Imet Dr.Li _________told methegood news. A. who B. when C. which D. when ( )8.Thetwo pupils _________you taught threeyears ago havebecome drivers. A. when B. whom C. where D.whose ( ) 9. The first thing _________ my sister is going to do this evening is to write a report about Englishstudy. A. which B. who C. that D. why ( )10.Thisplace _________you are standing was thesiteofanold church. A. who B. where C.which D.that ( )11.Youcan telephone thepeople_________you want to inviteto dinner. A. whom B.where C. which D. why ( )12.Thisis thebiggest tiger _________has ever been shown inthe zoo. A. that B. which C. who D. whom ( )13.Thisis theman_________photo I tookyesterday. A. who B. whose C.whom D. that ( )14.Thedoctor_________is treating for your heart trouble isa friend of mine. A. who B. when C. which D. whom ( )15.Mary _________dress is all white, looks very pretty. A. who B. whom C. whose D. that ( )16.Who’s theman _________you just talked with? A. who B. whom C. that D. all theabove ( )17.Thisis theschool _________Iworked seven years ago. A. inwhich B. inthat C. which D.that ( )18.Thisis thebook_________I’mlooking for. A. / B. which C. that D. all theabove ( )19.Thisis theonly boy_________read thebook. -220-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. who B. whom C. which D. whose ( )20.Thisis theonly book_________Ibought last year. A. which B. that C. what D. who ( )21.All thebooks _________Iput onthedesk are yours. A. that B. which C. what D. BothAandB ( )22.Thisis thebest book_________Ihave read. A. that B. which C. what D. BothAandB ( )23.All _________I’m going to doisgood. A. that B. which C. what D. BothAandB 二、把下列单句合并成定语从句的复合句 1.Thestory-book isgood. He is reading it. 2.Thewatch is very nice. He gave me thewatch formy birthday. 3.Theteacher is named Li Hong. Sheteaches us Chinese. 4.This isthe room.Welived inlast year. 5.This isthe reason. He was latefor school. 三、根据汉语完成句子 1. Theman __________________（正在浇花的）is my uncle. 2. Here is all themoney __________________.（我所拥有的） 3. Thenecklace is not theonly thing__________________.（所丢失的） 4. Isaw anold manand the dog__________________ontheroad. （正在街上散步的） 5. TheEnglish book__________________（封皮是红色的）was lost. -221-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第十九章 状语从句 状语从句是句子的状语由一个从句充当，它可以修饰谓语、非谓语动词、定语、状语和整 个句子。状语从句都由从属连词引导，与主句连接，放在句末时，一般不在前面加逗号。 一、状语从句的位置 状语从句可以放在主句之前，也可以放在主句之后，时间、条件、原因和让步。状语从句 放在句首时需要用逗号和主句隔开。 二、状语从句的分类 根据其作用可以分为时间、地点、原因、条件、目的、让步、方式和比较等状语从句。 1.时间状语从句: 引导连词有when，while，till，not…until，since，after ,before ,as soon as。 如：Thebus won’t start untileverybody gets on. 公共汽车直到每人都上车为止，才开动。 When heknocked at thedoorIwas cooking. 当他敲门时，我正在煮饭。 After Iwent to church,I went shopping. 我去教堂后，我去购物了。 2.地点状语从句：地点状语从句通常由where, wherever 引导。 如：Wherethere is awill, thereis a way. 哪里有志向，哪里就有出路。有志者事竟成。 Wherever you go, whatever you do,I willbe right here waiting foryou. 不管你去哪里，不管你做什么，我都会在此守候你。 3.原因状语从句：引导连词有because，as, since，for。 如：He didn’t see thefilm becausehe had seen it. 他没有看那部电影，因为他已经看过了。 They couldn’tget onthetrain，forit was toocrowed. 他们没能上到火车，因为太挤了。 比较：because, since, as和 for （1）because 语势最强，用来说明人所不知的原因，回答why 提出的问题。当原因是显 而易见的或已为人们所知，就用as或 since。 如：Ididn't go, because Iwas afraid. 我没有去因为我害怕。 Since/As theweather isso bad, wehave todelay ourjourney. 因为天气不好，我们得推迟我们的旅行。 （2）由because 引导的从句如果放在句末，且前面有逗号，则可以用for来代替。但如果 不是说明直接原因，而是多种情况加以推断，就只能用for。 如：Heis absent today, because / for heisill. 他今天没来，因为他病了。 -222-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Hemust beill, forhe isabsent today. 他一定是病，因为他今天没来。 注意：because 不能和so 连用。 4.目的状语从句：引导连词有 so that……，in order that。 如：Hemust get upearly so that hecan catch thefirst bus. 他必须早起，以便能赶上头班公交车。 Themotherleft work earlierin order that she could beat homewhen thechildren arrived. 那位妈妈很早就下班了为了能赶在她的孩子们到之前回家去。 5.结果状语从句：引导连词有so……that……，such……that…… So+形容词/副词+that… 如此……以致…… 如：Theboxis so heavy that Ican’t lift it. 这个盒子如此沉，以致我无法抬起来。 such+名词性词组+that… 如此……以致…… 如：Sheis such agood teacher that weall love her. 她是如此一位好老师以致我们都爱戴她。 It was such ahot day that theydidn’tgo out for awalk as usual. 如此热的天以至于他们不能像往常一样出去散步。 6.让步状语从句：引导连词有though，although; even though/if; whatever; however 如：Although he is young，heknows a lotofthings. 虽然他年龄小，但却认识许多事物。 Even though you don’t likehim, you still haveto be polite.即使你不喜欢他，也得礼貌。 Whateveryou say, Iwillnot change mymind.不管你说什么，我都不会改变我的主意。 注意：although，though 不能和but 连用。 7.比较(方式)状语从句：以than 为引导连词。常见连词(as)…as.., …than…; the…,the… 如：Jimis olderthan Lucy(is). 吉姆比路希年长。 Skiingismore excitingthan running. 滑雪比跑步更刺激。 Themore you practice, themore knowledge you willget. 你练习越多，得到知识越多。 注意：than 引导的比较状语从句中的谓语常省略。 8.条件状语从句：以if, unless 为引导连词。 如：If you eat bad food，you maybeill. 如果你吃到坏了的食物，就会生病。 If it doesn’train tomorrow, we willhave a sportsmeet. 如果明天不下雨，我们会举行运动会。 -223-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 状语从句专项练习 一、选择填空： ( )1._________you always eat toomuch, you may beill. A. Before B. If C.Why D.Which ( )2._________it was night, they stopped working. A.As B. But C.And D. If ( )3.Theteacher hadalready left _________I got to hisoffice. A. before B. since C. after D.while ( )4.I haveknown him_________he was aboyof eight years old. A. when B since C. before D. while ( )5.He is listening to themusic_________sheis cleaning thehouse. A. after B. that C.before D. while ( )6.Would you please lookafter mydog _________Iam out? A. that B. where C. while D. if ( )7.I’ll give thebookto himas soonas I_________him. A. see B. saw C.am going to see D. seeing ( )8.We’llhave apicnic ontheisland ifit _________finetomorrow. A. is B. willbe C. mustbe D. be ( )9.Jim mayfall behindthe otherboys inhis class when he ___back from England nextweek. A. comes B. willgo C. goes D.will come ( )10.Thesports meeting _________three days ifit isfine. A. lasts B. will last C. lasted D. lasting ( )11.I _________ him sincewe lastmet in 2000. A. won’t see B. didn’t see C. don’t see D.haven’t seen ( )12.I didn’t begin theclass _________all thestudents _________. A. until,stopped to talk B. before, stopped talking C. while, stopped talking D. because, stopped talking ( )13.We’llvisit myaunt’s family ifit _________tomorrow. -224-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. isn’tgoing torain B. won’t rain C. doesn’train D. isn’t raining ( )14.Don’t get offuntilthebus _________. A. willstop B. is stopping C.is going tostop D. stops ( )15.You shouldn’t jumpa queue _________you havesomething important. A. if B. unless C. so D. ifnot ( )16.It _________fifteen years sinceItaught in theschool. A. will B. was C. has D. is ( )17._________he isyoung, he knows alot ofthings. A.As B. Because C.Although D.If ( )18.Theriver islonger _________that one. A. as B. so C. than D. such ( )19.He didn’t come to theparty _________ hehas alot ofwork to do. A. because B. if C.so D. also that ( )20.We_________inthefactory since wemoved to Shanghai. A. haveworked B. worked C.will work D. are working ( )21.Everyone _________before we got there. A. had left B. leaves C.will leave D.leave ( )22.I willwrite toyou _________I get there. A. while B. as soonas C.as D.since ( )23.It has been three years _________I studiedEnglish. A. when B. since C. as D. before ( )24.I can’t useyour pen _________there isnoinkin it. A. for B. since C. as D. because ( )25.Three years has passed _________weleft school. A. after B. since C.as D. as if ( )26.He made _________great progress _________we were all very happy. A. as, that B. so, as C.such, that D. so, that ( )27.Class 1is _________large _________Class 2. A. so,that B. as, as C.such, that D. so, that -225-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )28.Takethe medicine_________you go to bed. A. until B. before C. because D. but ( )29.Thedoctordidn’ttake arest _________theoperation was over. A. after B. until C.and D.because ( )30.Theoldman was _________tired _________hecouldn’t work any longer. A. so,that B. both, and C. either,or D. not only,but also ( )31.I sawLi Lei yesterday.Wehad not seen each other_________I left Beijing. A. after B. before C.since D.until ( )32.He put hisbag away _________itwas dry. A. where B. when C. since D. until ( )33._________he isold, he canwalk very fast. A. If B.Whether C. But D.Though ( )34._________Mary is alittlechild, she knows alot ofknowledge. A. If B.Though C. Since D. Because ( )35.I sitin thefront of theclassroom _________Ican hear clearly. A. since B. sothat C. as D. so ( )36.Let’s get upearlier _________wecan get to school intime. A. as B. than C.so that D.in order ( )37.He likes collecting stamps _________hewas achild. A. before B. after C.when D. as soon as ( )38._________I got home, myparents were watchingTV. A.As soon as B. Before C.After D.When ( ).39.Shehad cleaned theroom _________her mothercame home. A. after B. before C.as soon as D.if ( )40.I haven’t heard from him _________heleft school. A. after B. since C.when D. before ( )41.LinTao didn’t recitethetext_________hehad afever lastnight. A. why B. because C. until D. unless ( )42.Look after thechildren _________I am out. -226-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. though B. so that C. such that D. while ( )43.Please speak loudly_________Ican hear a littlebetter. A. though B. so that C. before D. as ( )44.Ring meup_________you come tomy house. A. though B. as C. before D. than ( )45.More people came_________I expected. A. as if B. so that C.since D.than ( )46.He reached thestationshortly _________thetrain had left. A. after B. before C.where D. as ( )47.We’llgo to visittheGreatWall_________ it doesn’t rain tomorrow. A. since B. as soon as C. when D. if ( )48.I’ll give thenotetoher_________she comes back. A. until B. as soon as C. before D.since ( )49.I won’t believe it_________I see itwith myown eyes. A. and B. that C. until D. if ( )50.Pleas answer thequestion in aloud enough voice_________all the class may hear. A. so,that B. so that C.and D. or ( )51.Theboydidn’t go to school, _________hewas ill. A. because B. if C.but D. so ( )52.You’ll learn English well _________ you put your heart into it. A. if B. so C. until D. or ( )53._________he was very tired, he went onworking without any rest. A. Before B. But C.Though D.As ( )54.Where did hework _________hecome toour school? A. before B. when C. while D.since ( )55.He didn’t go with us _________hewas very busy. A. when B. until C. because D. so ( )56.There are _________many League members inClass One _________in ClassTwo. A. as, as B. so, that C.than, than D. such, that -227-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )57.I’ll go totheEnglish Corner nextSunday _________. A. ifit will besunny B. ifI’m free C.when Ihave totime D. because Ihave time ( )58.Thefilm was _________interesting _________Iwanted to see itagain. A. not,until B. such, that C. too, to D. so, that ( )59.I don’t knowifit _________tomorrow.If it _________,Iwon’tgo out. A. willrain, rains B. willrain, willrain C.rains, rains D. rains, willrain ( )60.Theexam was much easier _________I had expected. A. because B. though C. than D. if ( )61.Lucy always takes a seat inthe first now_________shecan hear better. A. so B. so that C.in order to D.but ( )62._________the studentswalked along the street, theysang happily. A.As B. For C.When D. Since ( )63.Wewill send themoney _________thegoods are delivered. A. so B. so that C.in order to D.but ( )64._________you won’t help me, Imust doitmyself. A. Because B. Since C. If D.While ( )65.I havebeen happy sincehe _________methenews. A. tells B. told C. has told D.tell ( )66.They were hurrying they wouldn’t miss theplane. A. so B. in order to C.so that D.as ( )67.Young peoplelove thistimeofyear _________it’sgood for sports. A. since B. because C. so D.though ( )68.We_________thelanguage so that we might speak tothepeople there. A. learned B. are learning C. learn D.will learn ( )69.He didn’t come before thefilm _________. A. begun B. had begun C.has begun D.was beginning ( )70.As thelast train _________,we had to stay here for thenight. A. left B. had left C. was leaving D.leaves ( )71._________he’sold, he’s healthy. -228-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. For B.When C.Though D. because ( )72.As I_________thebook.I can’t tell you what Ithink ofit. A. didn’t read B. don’t read C.haven’tread D. am notreading 二、用所给动词的适当形式填空 1. Thought it_________(rain) heavily,hecome ontime. 2. They won’t havea meeting untilhe _________(come). 3. If you’renot better bythen, I_________ (take) you to see thedoctor. 4. He_________(lived) homesincehe came to thecity in 1980. 5. Tomwon’t feel well until thebiggest footballmatch _________(be) over. 6. Imade so many mistakes that I_________(fail) theexam. 7. If you loseconfidence, you _________ (not be) ableto finish thework. 8. Be careful when you _________(cross) theroad. 9. Hesaid he _________(give) meacall as soon as hereached Paris. 10.As I_________(read) thebook,Ican’ttellyou what I thinkof it. 三、用义句转换 1.Shewas very angry.Shecould say nothing. Shewas _________angry to say _________. 2.My father went to bedafter theTVplay was over. My father __________________to bed _________theTVplaywas over. 3.Hurry up,oryou’ll fall behind theothers. _________you _________,you’ll __________________withthe others. 4.Iwon’t work out theproblem it you don’t help me. Iwon’t work out theproblem ___________________________. 5.Theold woman is too weak to go upstairs. Theold woman is _________weak _________she can’t go upstairs. 6.Shewas late forschool because itwas raining heavily. Shewas late forschool __________________the heavyrain. -229-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第二十章 主谓一致 主谓一致是指谓语动词与主语在人称和数上保持一致，主谓一致必须遵循三原则：语法一 致原则，意义一致原则，就近一致原则。 一、主谓一致的三个原则 1. 意义一致 意义一致就是根据句子主语的意义来确定谓语动词的单复数。 如：Maths is difficultforus. 数学对我们来说很难。 Thepolice are trying tosearch forthethief onthehill.警察们正在山上尽力搜查小偷。 2. 语法一致 语法一致即单数主语要用单数谓语动词，复数主语要用复数谓语动词。 如：My bikeisunder thetree. 我的自行车在树下。 These booksare old. 这些书是旧的。 3. 就近原则 就近原则即当主语被某些连词(短语)连接时，谓语动词的数与离它最近的词保持一致。 如：Eithermy father orbrother is coming. 我父亲来，要不然就是我弟弟来。 Not onlyyou but also they are good students. 不仅你是好学生而且他们也是好学生。 二、并列结构作主语 由and 或both... and 连接两个名词、代词作主语，表示不同的人或事物时，句子的谓语用 复数。 如：John andMikeare good friends. 约翰和迈克是好朋友。 Both bread and milkare good for you. 面包和牛奶对你都有好处。 注意：and 连接的两个名词作主语，在意义上指同一人、同一物或同一概念时，谓语动词 用单数。 如：Thefamous singer anddancer is coming toChongqing. 那位著名的歌唱家兼舞蹈家要来重庆。 三、＂名词+介词短语＂作主语 名词或代词后接as well as，with，along with，together with，except，but 等短语作主语时， 谓语动词的形式应和介词短语前的名词或代词的人称和数保持一致。(就前原则） -230-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 如：Sheas well as otherstudents likes playing computergames. 她和其他学生都喜欢玩电脑游戏。 Hewith his parents isworking inthe fields. 他正和他的父母在地里干活。 Nobody but you and meknows it. 除了你和我，没人知道。 四、不定代词作主语 1. 当作主语的名词前有 each，neither，either，every 修饰或 each，neither，either 作主 语时，谓语动词用单数。 如：Each studenthas abook. 每一个学生都有一本书。 Eitheranswer is correct. 两个答案都是正确的。 Neither parent iswith him. 他的父母都没有和他在一起。 Every minuteis important to us. 每一分钟对大家都很重要。 2. 当复合不定代词someone，anyone，somebody，anybody，nobody，everybody，something， anything，nothing，everything 等作主语时，谓语动词用单数。 如：Somebody is waiting foryou outside. 有人在外面等你。 Is everybody here today? 今天大家都到了吗？ Something iswrong with mywatch. 我的手表出故障了。 Nobody was away yesterday. 昨天没有人离开。 五、Therebe和 Herebe的就近原则 Therebe和Here be 结构后面接并列名词时，谓语动词be均与最近的名词在数上保持一致。 如：There is apen，a pencil，a knifeand three books onthedesk. 书桌上有一支钢笔，一支铅笔，一把刀和三本书。 Here are someflowers and acard. 这里有一些花和一张卡片。 六、特殊名词作主语 1.国名、人名、书名、报刊名、组织机构等专有名词作主语时，即使其形式上是复数， 谓语动词也要用单数。 如：TheUnited States lies totheeast of China. 美国在中国的东方。(国名) Engels was good at learning foreign languages. 恩格斯擅长学外语。(人名) -231-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 2.＂the+形容词＂作主语时，表示某类人，谓语动词用复数。 如：Thesick are taken good careof. 病人得到很好地照顾。 Theoldare supposed to be spokentopolitely. 跟老人讲话要有礼貌。 3.以-s 结尾的学科名词，如maths，physics，politics等和以-s 结尾的抽象名词，如 news， plastics等作主语时，谓语动词要用单数。 如：Physics is very difficultfor meto learn. 物理对我来讲很难学。 Thenews was very exciting. 这条新闻十分激动人心。 4.单复数形式相同的名词，如Chinese，Japanese，sheep，deer 等作主语时，谓语动词的单 复数由名词前的修饰语来确定。 如：AChinesewants to seeyou. 一个中国人想见你。 Tensheep are eating grass there. 那边有10只绵羊在吃草。 注意：Chinese，Japanese，English 等前加the表示一国人，作主语时，谓语动词用复数。 如：TheChinesespeak Chinese. 中国人说汉语。 七、表数量概念的词或短语作主语 1.表示时间、金钱、距离、重量等的复数名词作主语时，通常看作一个整体，谓语动词用 单数。 如：Tenyears has passed quickly.10年很快就过去了。 Tendollars is enough. 10美元就够了。 100kilometers is along way.100千米是一段很长的路。 2.加减乘除运算中的谓语动词用单数，其中加法与乘法也可用复数。 如：Twoand two is/are four.2加2等于4。 Sixtimes oneis/are six.6乘以1等于6。 3.＂many a/more than one+单数名词＂作主语时，谓语动词用单数。 如：There is morethan one answer. 有不止一个答案。 Manyastudent has passed theexam. 许多学生通过了考试。 4.＂oneand ahalf+复数名词＂作主语时，谓语用单数。 如：Oneand ahalf days is allI can spare. 一天半是我所能支配的全部时间。 Oneand ahalf pears isleft ontheplate. 一个半梨被留在盘子里。 5.therest of... 短语作主语时，如果of 后接复数名词，谓语用复数；如果of 后接不可数名 -232-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 词，谓语用单数。 如：Therest ofthebikes are onsale. 余下的自行车降价出售。 Therest ofthebread is gone. 剩余的面包不见了。 6.＂noneof+复数名词＂作主语时，谓语动词既可以用单数也可以用复数。 如：Noneof thedogs was/werethere. 那儿没有狗。 7.＂a number of+名词复数＂表示＂许多/大量的……＂，其后的谓语动词用复数；＂the numberof+名词复数＂表示＂……的数量＂，其中心词为number，故谓语动词用单数。 如：Anumberoffarmers arestanding overthere. 许多农民站在那边。 Thenumber ofthestudents in thisschool has reached over2,000. 这所学校的学生数量已达到2000多人。 8.＂a lot of/lots of/plenty of+名词＂作主语，谓语动词由 of后的名词来确定。如果 of 后是 不可数名词，谓语动词用单数；如果of后是复数名词，谓语动词用复数。 如：Alotoftimeis needed. 需要大量的时间。 Plentyof workers are working. 许多工人在工作。 八、动名词、不定式和从句作主语 动名词、不定式或从句作主语时，谓语一般用单数。 如：Doing morning exercises is good foryour body. 做早操对你的身体有益。 Toplay with firenear agas station is verydangerous. 在加油站附近玩火很危险。 Whathe said at themeeting is very important. 他在会上的发言很重要。 主谓一致专项练习 一、选择填空 ( )1.Not all thechildren ________going to thepark. A. likes B. like C. doesn’t like D.don’t like ( )2.Everyone inthe school________English well. A. speaks B. speak C. have spoken D. speak in ( )3.Not only thechildrenbut also theirfather ________in town. A. is B. were C. are D. have been -233-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )4.Either heorI ________wrong. A. am B. does Care D. makes ( )5.Theold________well ________here very well. A. are, looked B. is, looked after C.are,looked after D.is,looked ( )6.Each boyand each girl ________to help. A. asks B. ask C.is asked D. are asked ( )7.________of them ________YoungPioneers. A.Two-fives, is B.Two-fifths, are C. Second-fifth, are D.Two-five, are ( )8.Neither Jim norhis parents ________inAmerica. A. lives B. living C. to live D. live ( )9.________was beginning to laugh. A.All class B.Thewhole class C.All theclasses D.Theall class ( )10.How manystudents ________in your class? A. are there B. is there C.there are D. there is ( )11.There ________several fish in thebasket? A. are B. is C. has D. have ( )12.Whose________those? A. boxare B. boxes are C.boxis D.boxes is ( )13.Thewindows of ourclassroom ________every day. A. iscleaned B. are cleaned C. are cleaning D. is cleaning ( )14.You and she________of thesameage. A. is B. was C. are D.were ( )15.Thenews he toldyou ________very wonderful. A. is B. sound C.are D. am ( )16.Anold manwith histwo children ________down the road now. A. comes B. iscoming C. are coming D.was coming ( )17.Therest ofthemilk________hot. A. are B. looklike C. is D. taste ( )18.TheBrowns ________getting ready forthe picnic. -234-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. are B. is C. can be D. has been ( )19.TheChinesepeople ________agreat and working people. A. willbe B. is C. are D.may be ( )20.Where ________my glasses? Ican’t find them. A. is B. are C. was D.were ( )21.ClassTwo________all out when thedooropened. A. are B. is C. were D. was ( )22.Theteacher andwriter ________ to visitourschool. A. iscoming B. are coming C. havecome D.was coming ( )23.Playing basketball and watchingTV________both interesting. A. are B. is C. were D. was ( )24.Aman witha baby ________to themarket. A. are coming B. is coming C. were coming D. is to come ( )25.One ortwo words ________wrong in that sentences. A. is B. are C. do D.does ( )26.None ofthemoney ________mine. A. are B. is C. have D. has ( )27.Five buses ________enough forall of us. A. are B. is B. will D.are looking ( )28.Half ofthe apples ________good. A. look B. looks B. is looked D. are looking ( )29.________there anybody intheclassroom? A.Are B. Is C. Has D. Have ( )30.Each of thebooks ________ared cover. A. have B. has C. is D. are ( )31.Thesebooks each ________toomuch. A. costs B.cost C. iscost D. has cost ( )32.Tenthousand dollars ________a lotof money. A. is B. are C. mean D. are thought -235-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )33.Anumber ofstudents ________from the USA. A. is B. are C. comes D.was ( )34.Thesocks ________mine. A. are B. is C. am D.were ( )35.Wheneach person ________,they must takeofftheircoats. A. comes in B. come in C.are coming in D. came ( )36.Everyone inthe class ________very happy. A. is B. are C. am D.were ( )37.Few ________near here. A. lives B. live C. isliving D. was living ( )38.Thiskind ofapple ________good. A. taste B. tastes C.will taste D.tasted ( )39.Somenew types ofbus ________onshow. A. is B. are C. be D. was ( )40.Reading aloud ________very importantin learning aforeign language. A.Are B. is C. has D. have ( )41.What hesaid ________untrue. A. was B. is C. are D.were ( )42.Football ________myfavourite sport. A. is B. are C. be D. were ( )43.Thegirl’steacher and friend ________a young doctor. A. is B. are C. be D. being ( )44.Everything aroundus ________OK. A. are B. have gone C. has gone D. is gone ( )45.my old trousers ________washed now. A. are B. is C. are being D. is being ( )46.Thispair oftrousers ________toolongfor meto wear. A. are B. is C. has D. have ( )47.Thirty kilos________too heavy for me. -236-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. is B. are C. takes D.take ( )48.Are my booksonthe table?No, ther e________ onthetable. A. aren’t anything B. isn’t anything C. aren’tsomething D. isn’t some thing ( )49.His family ________going to have alongjourney. A. has B. have C. is D. are ( )50.His family ________very worried about him. A. are B. is C. has D. have ( )51.Not many families ________cars. A. has B. own C.there is D. there are ( )52.Here ________somenewkinds ofcomputers. A. is B. are C. have D. has ( )53.Nobody butJane ________thesecret. A. knows B. know C.have know D.is known ( )54.Three-fourths ofthe surfaceof theearth ________sea. A. is B. are C. were D. has been ( )55.All butone ________here justnow. A. is B. was C. has been D.were ( )56.Afork and knife________onthetable. A. is B. are C. has been D.have seen ( )57.Each boyand girl ________anewbook. A. are given B. was given C. being given D. were given ( )58.Theold________taken good care ofin ourcountry. A. is B. has C. are D. have ( )59.More than one person ________madethe suggestion. A. was B. has C. were D. have ( )60.Half ofthe students________made thesame mistake. A. has B. have C. is D. are ( )61.________good exercise. A. Climbinghills is B. Climbing thehillis -237-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 C.Theclimbing hillare D.Theclimbingof hillare ( )62.Thefirst two questions were easy,buttherest ofthem ________not. A. was B. were C. being D. to be ( )63.Twenty dollars ________enough forthecoat. A. is B. are C. has D. have ( )64.Five minus three________two. A. is B. are C. am D.were ( )65.My oldfriend and schoolmate ________in Beijing. A. live B. living C.are living D. lives ( )66.He as well as hisclassmates ________ physics. A. like B. likes C. haveliked D. liked ( )67.Mr.lack withhis wife ________visiting Chinanow. A. are B. is C. were D. was ( )68.Either oftheanswers ________right. A. are B. were C.is D. work ( )69.He is oneofthe best teachers who ________at our school. A. works B. working C.is working D. work ( )70.There ________always a lotof good news over theradio. A. are B. is C. were D. have been ( )71.His ________new books. A. is B. am C. was D. are ( )72.All Ican say ________that shehas been always good to me. A. is B. are C. were D. he ( )73.Anumber ofstudents ________come. A. has B. have C. having D.is ( )74.Thenumberof students in thisclass ________forty. A. are B. were C.is D. have been ( )75.None ofthem ________of any useto me. A. is B. were C. was D. being -238-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )76.Theblind________help. A. needing B. needs C. does need D. need ( )77.There ________adictionary and somebooks ontheshelf. A. is B. are C. were D. have been ( )78.No teachers ________present at themeeting. A. was B. be C. were D.is ( )79.Bread and butter________theirdaily food. A. is B. are C. were D. seem tobe ( )80.Many astudent ________great progress in study. A. havemade B.make C. has made Dare making ( )81.Every boyand girl ________high spirits. A. are in B. were in C. look in D. isin ( )82.Mine________a newbook. A. were B. are C.is D. have been ( )83.Thedoctorand thewriter ________fromAmerica. A. is B. are C. am D.were ( )84.No news ________good news. A. are B. is C. am D.were ( )85.No news ________good news. A. has passed B. have passed C. has past D. havepast ( )86.Both Lucyand Lily ________ready forthematch. A. isnot B. is getting C. are getting D. am getting ( )87.Three hundred dollars a month________not enough toliveon. A. are B. is C. has D. have ( )88.Either Li Lei orJim ________goingto carry water forGrandma Li tomorrow. A. was B. were C. is D. are ( )89.Every student andevery teacher ________not latefor school. A. is B. be C. are D. were ( )90.There ________alittlesheep in thefield. -239-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. are B. is C. have D. has ( )91.Tenyuan ________now expensive. A. is B. are C. be D. was ( )92.More than one student________ gone tothe USA. A. has B. have C. is D. are ( )93.More students thanone________gone to theUSA. A. has B. have C. is D. are ( )94.Someone ________knocking at thedoornow. A. is B. are C. was D.were ( )95.Many aboyandgirl ________the samemistake. A. make B. has made C.have made D. makes ( )96.Thepolice ________lookingfor thelostbog. A. is B. are C. be D. will be ( )97.Reading inthe sun________bad for your eyes. A. are B. was C.is D.are ( )98.Tohelp animals ________helping people. A. is B. are C. was D.were ( )99.On thewall ________two large pictures. A. hangs B. hang C.hanged D. hanging ( )100.Theshoes ________mine.This pair ofshoes ________my brothers’. A. are, is B. is, are C.are, are D. are, am 二、用所给动词的适当形式填空 1. Lily and I________(be) going to seea film thisevening. 2. Mrs. Read, with his mother,________(e) watchingTV. 3. Thedoctor and writer ________(have) been here for two years. 4. There ________(be) abottleand three oranges onthedesk. 5. My family all ________(like)to have atalk. 6. Heor she________(have) gone there. 7. Thenews ________(be) very interesting. -240-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 8. Therich ________(be) not always happy. 9. Thenumber ofthestudents in theschool ________(be) small. 10.Three months________(be) not enough for us. 11. Neither ofus ________(dare)toclimb thetall tree. 12.Every doorand everywindow________(be) tobe cleaned. 13.TheEnglishmen ________(like) totalk about weather. 14.Thispair ofshoes ________(be) tooold. 15.Thewhole class ________(be) listening tome carefully. 16.There ________(be) plenty ofrain in our country. 17.Theteacher saidthat neitheryou nor he________(be) right. 18.Tom’snew trousers ________(be)blue. 19.Fivehundred miles ________(be) along way. -241-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 达标测试 一 一、选择填空： ( )1.I want to makea card for _________. A. theTeacher’s Day B.Teachers’Day C.TheTeachers’Day D.Teacher’s Day ( )2.Teachers don’t liketo get presents _________students. A. for B. to C. from D. of ( )3.Wehope you _________us. A. toenjoy teaching B. enjoying teaching C. enjoy teaching D. enjoy to teach ( )4.My parents _________good teachers. A. are both B. both a C. are all D.all are ( )5.Lucy King is a_________name. A. girl’s B. boy’s C. Chinese D. man’s ( )6.What is shedoing? She_________abirthday card. A. isdoing does B. does C. ismaking D. makes ( )7.Wewish _________Teachers’Day. A. ahappy B. happy C.thehappy D. anhappy ( )8.What subject shouldI _________? A. talk B. say C.use D. choose ( )9.Everyone _________hard in ourclass. A. study B. studies C. studying D.studied ( )10.Wecall John Henry Brown _________. A. Mr.John B. Mr.Henry C. Mr.Brown D.Mr.John Henry ( )11.Tom is short for_________. A. Kate B. Catch C.Tom D.Thomas ( )12.Here are somepresents _________you _________ourbest wishes. A. for,for B. with, for C.for,with D. with, with ( )13.Wehope you _________very happy year. A. allhave B. have all C.to have all D.all to have -242-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )14.He chose _________English names. A. talkingabout B. talking on C.to talk about D. totalk on ( )15._________food wehave for ourlunch! A.What anice B. Hownice C.What nice D. How nicea ( )16.All ofthem hope_________has agood timeevery day. A. her B. you C.him D. Lucy ( )17.Would you cometoourparty tonight?Yes,________. A. Iwould B. Icould come C. I’dbehappy D. I’dbeglad to ( )18.Here isa seat for _________. A. bothus B. us both C.both ofus D. B and C ( )19.Miss Gao, with John _________going intothe classroom. A. are B. is C. will D.were ( )20.June 1is_________. A. Childrens’Day B. Children’s Day C.The Childrens’Day D.TheChildren’s Day ( )21.Must we finishthe work today? No,you _________. A. needn’t B. mustn’t C. can’t D. may not ( )22.Li Lei _________some reading afterhe gets upevery day. A. runs B. reads C.does D. has ( )23.He is lookingfor thekey_________ theproblem _________theback ofthebook. A. of, on B. to,in C. to, at D. of, at ( )24._________are you shouting for? A. How B.Why C.Where D.What ( )25.Singing and talking happily,thestudents _________by. A. passed B. past C.pass D. pasted ( )26.Theball _________every player in thehall. A. was passed on B. was passed onto C. passed onto D. passed on ( )27.Our city is going to hold aconcert _________theend ofthis year. A. in B. on C.from D. by ( )28.Neither Li Lei nor I_________able tosolvethepuzzle. -243-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. is B. am C. are D.be ( )29.It’s hard _________with abrush on“Xuan” paper. A. towrite B. wrote C. writing D. forwriting ( )30.Where’s mykey? Iforget _________itinmy pocket when Ilocked thebike. A. toput B. putting C. writing D. for writing ( )31.May Iknowyour name, sir? _________. A. CallmeWilliam B. No, you can’t C.Thanks D. Not at all ( )32.Ladies often _________themselves upat theparties. A. wear B. make C. puton D. dress ( )33.How _________thehorse _________! A. fast, run B. slowly,walks C.fastly,is D. slow,runs ( )34.I hopemy kids _________give you any trouble. A. not B. will C.won’t D. not to ( )35.Our monitorcame toschool as early _________today. A. as often B. as usually C. as always D. as usual ( )36.“Quick” isanother way of _________ fast. A. saying B. to say C. says D. said ( )37.Physics is moredifficult than maths,but I _________physics to maths. A. enjoy B. like C. choose D. prefer ( )38.I thinkwe’dbetter go therebybus. It’s too far.I agree _________you. A. to B. with C.in D. on ( ) 39. Tomorrow we will take some pictures of the animals in the park. So don’t forget _________ thecamerawith you. A. tobring B. bringing C.to take D. taking ( )40.At lastTomwon thelight jump.There was abig smile_________hisface. A. on B.on C. at D. with ( )41.Thisproblem is _________than that one. A. difficult B.more easier C. moremuch difficult D. much easier ( )42.Thisproblem is _________than that one. -244-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. speak B. tell C.say D. talk ( )43.It’s time_________us _________themeeting. A. for,starting C. to,starting C. for,tostart D. to,tostart ( )44.Could you show_________,please? A. themap me B. methemap C.metothemap D. themap to I ( )45.Which doyou prefer,tea_________coffee? Iprefer tea_________coffee. A. to,to B. to, of C. and, to D. or,to ( )46.He is oneof_________in thecountry. A. themostpopular football players B. themost popularfootball player C. themorepopular football players D. mostpopular footballplayers ( )47.Can you dothe work with _________timeand _________people? A. little, fewer B. few,little C.less, most D. less, fewer ( )48.I haven’t got _________money _________I thought. A. as many,as B. many as, as C. muchas, as D. as much, as ( )49.I’m very_________my sister. A. as B. so C. like D. with ( )50.Would you please _________comelate again? A. not B. not to C.don’t D. tonot ( )51.Theradio says thatit may stop _________. A. torain later B. andrain later C.raining later D. to raining later ( )52.His parents _________him toget upearly every day. A. enjoy B. speak C. like D. talk ( )53.He writes more carefully than _________inhis class. A. any student B. any otherstudent C. any other students D. all students ( )54.Do you likeplaying _________football orplaying _________piano? A. /,the B. the, the C. / ,/ D. the, / ( )55.Most ofthebusiness letters aroundtheworld are written _________English language. A. inthe B. in C.with D. with the ( )56.It’s timeforLinda and _________ to school. -245-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. megoing B. metogo C. Igoing D.Ito go ( )57.Be honest, don’t _________lies. A. tell B. talk C.speak D. say ( )58.There are three otherhospitals _________thisone inthe city. A. except B. and C. besides D. with ( )59.My aunt will return from her holiday _________onemonth. A. after B. in C. later D. before ( )60.Theman in thechair is _________anengineer _________a manager. A. no,but B. both, and C. or,nor D. neither,nor ( )61.Did you know _________withthe bike? A. what did hego B. what hedoes C.what hedid D. what does hedo ( )62.Everything goes well, don’t worry about your family _________life. A. or B. and C.themselves D. them ( )63.Thechildren should learn to dosomewashing by_________. A. they B. himself C. themselves D. them ( )64._________excitingnews you brought tous. A.What an B. How a C.How D.What ( )65.What does hemean by_________at us likethat? A. smell B. smiling C. smiles D. smile ( )66.Why are you so angry _________each other? A. at B. to C. with D. for ( )67.He is quiteagood singer,_________hisfather used to be. A. like B. so C. as D. with ( )68.Wegot three times _________peopleat themeeting _________we expected. A. as many,as B. much as, as C. as much, as D. many as, as ( )69.What’s thematterwith your oldclock? It doesn’t _________. A. walk B. go C. run D. work ( )70.Theboyalways likes playing _________football. A. / B. with C.at D. of -246-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )71.It is _________picture. A. aquitenice B. quiteanice C. avery nice D. B and C ( )72.I was doingmy homework _________ I heard aknock at thedoor. A. then B. as C.when D. after ( )73.We’ll_________ ourbest _________help them. A. try,/ B. trying, / C. try,to D.be tried, / ( )74.Do you know_________? A. hehappened what B. what didhe happen C. what hehappened D. what happenedto him 二、根据所给词的正确形式填空 1. Americans eat alot of_________each year.(potato) 2. Is this questioneasier than the_________one. (twelve) 3. Whyis theman going so _________(show)? 4. Theboyspent muchtime_________thestory books. (read) 5. Guangzhou isa _________city in China.(south) 6. They said theycould lookafter _________.(they) 7. Allthe girls were the_________in thelostmatch. (win) 8. Playing ontheroad is very _________.(danger) 9. Weoften go _________in summer.(swim) 10.Fish can’t live_________water.(with) 11. It’s_________today than yesterday.(wind) 12.There are three tall_________in thestreet. (build) 13.There is adog_________under thetree. (lie) 14.Here’s acard for you with ourbest _________. (wish) 15.As you know,dictionaries are very _________to us students.(use) 三、用词填空：根据句意填入一个适当的词，使句子完整正确 1. Australiais very large, but thepopulation isquite_________. 2. Teacher shouldmake theirlessons _________. 3. Theworld “_________”is another way of saying expensive. -247-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 4. Which_________is your favouriteTVprogramme on? 5. I’ve decided to go Nothingcan _________ my mind. 6. Theworld isvery wonderful in the_________ofthechildren. 7. It’ssaid that land animals _________from sea animals. 8. Listening to musicis oneof hisgreatest _________in his treetime. 9. Don’t tell anyone else. It’s just_________you and me. 10.Themoonhasn’tits own _________. 11. Washington D.C. is the_________oftheUSA. 12._________is what you makeit, so try to makeit beautiful. 13.New Zealand isa country of_________islands. 14.The________East means China, japanand other countries ofEast and SoutheastAsia.（亚洲） 15.Manyhands make _________work. 四、句型转达换：按要求改写各句，每空一词 1.Li Lei has lunch at theschool every day.（改为一般疑问句） _________Li Lei _________lunch at theschool every day? 2.MissLi also likes them to borrow thebooks. （改为否定句） MissLi __________________them to borrow thebooks. 3.Shewon’t go with you becauseshe isvery busy.（对划线部分提问） __________________shego with you? 4.Useyour head and you’ll find away.（改为复合句） _________you _________your head, you’ll find away. 5.You’dbetterstay inbed today. （改为反意疑问句） You’dbetterstay inbed today,__________________? 6.Jimwas so tired that hecouldn’t carry thebox.（改为简单句） Jimwas _________tired __________________thebox 7.It took herhalf an hour tomake adress.（改为同义句） She_________halfan hour__________________adress. 8.Jillis thetallest inher class.（改为同义句） No onein her class is ___________________________Jill. -248-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 达标测试 二 一、选择填空 ( )1.His motorbikehit abig stoneand he_________. A. fell down B. fell off C.fell behind D. fell in ( )2.I sawTom_________out ofthe school justnow. A. go B.to go C.went D. goes ( )3.Don’t you remember _________atalk with Mr.Green theday before yesterday. A. tohave B. having C. had D. has ( )4.Our family are going tovisit _________. A. theBrown B. the Browns C.the Brown’s D. theBrowns’ ( )5.Shesaid hello to mewhen she_________my garden. A. pasted B. walked passed C. pass D. walked past ( )6._________they _________afootball gameat four yesterday afternoon. A.Were, having B.Are, having C.Do, have D.Did, had ( )7.Theman was badly _________.Weshouldgo and _________adoctor at once. A. hurt,take B. hurt, ask C. fallen, carry D. hurt, get ( )8.My grandpa was only aboyoffourteen whenhe_________. A. left school B. leaves school C. was leaving school D. left turnschool ( )9.Please _________thewindow.It’sso cold outside. A. notopen B. don’t open C. notto open D.not opening ( )10.Who broke _________glasses? A. ofboth B. both of C. theboth D. both the ( )11.I hear _________they’ll come back from Guangzhou intwo weeks. A. when B. that C.what D.if ( )12.Whenwe dotheexperiment, weshould be _________. A. as careful as wecan B. as carefully as possible C. as possibleas careful D. as wecan as carefully ( )13.Buses _________fewer people than trains. -249-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. carry B. get C.bring D. take ( )14.It’s a littlestrange thatthe girl always sleeps _________hereyes open. A. but B. and C. when D. with ( )15. － What’s your uncle’s job? － Heis a_________. A. cooker B. cook C.cooking D. cooks ( )16. － Don’t you likeskating? － _________. A. No, Ido B.YesI don’t C.Yes, Iwill D. No, Idon’t ( )17._________here to ask them somethingabout thetraffic accident onthehighway. A.Apolice is B.Thepoliceare C.The policeis D.The polices are ( )18.I dowell in geography _________LinTaois good at history. A. so B. as C. or D. while ( )19.It’s quitebright _________thelittleboy_________that physics problem. A. of, towork out B. of, working out C. for,to work out D. for,working out ( )20.One apple dropped to theground whilehe _________onthebeach under thetree. A. islaying B. lay C. islying D.was lying ( )21.Listen! Can you hear thestudent _________English next door? A. reads B. reading C. toread D. are reading ( )22.Thegirl walked across the bridge _________a basket _________her head. A. and, in B. with, with C.with, on D. and, with ( )23.They founda wallet _________on theground. A. lied B. lay C. lying D. lie ( )24.Whenare you going to leave _________ Kunming? A. of B. to C. for D. towards ( )25.Have you got _________books about science? A. any B. no C. every D. none ( )26. －Has sheany booksabout music? －Yes,but shehasn’t many.Shehas _________. -250-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. any B. many C.several D. little ( )27.Can you find outtheanswer _________thequestion? A. of B. on C.for D. to ( )28.There are books _________many different subjects inthelibrary. A. at B. on C. for D. from ( )29.Theteacher likesthe students_________the work themselves. A. do B.doing C.to do D. done ( )30.Yesterday Iborrowed astory book_________Li Ming. A. from B. to C. in D. for ( )31.He has never lost anything _________. A. ago B. at thetime C.before D. from nowon ( )32. －Have you got a Chinese-Englishdictionary? －Yes,I’vegot _________. A. a B. one C. this D. that ( )33.Peter _________his science bookand he’s looking forit now. A. lost B. is losing C.loses D. has lost ( )34.Have you traveled _________train? A. in B. on C.by D. bya ( )35.Theman _________America will give usa talk _________his country. A. from, on B. from, of C. of, in D. of, about ( )36.Meimei had to _________thelostbook. A. pay for B. pay C.paid D. paid itfor ( )37.Jim’smother isa teacherinhis school and has father _________here. A. teaches too B. tooteaches C. teaches also D. alsoteaches ( )38._________was pleased at thegood news. A.All city B.Wholethecity C.Theall city D.Thewhole city ( )39.Don’t play with mychalk from now_________. A. in B. on C.after D.then ( )40.Our Englishteacher is very strict _________herself. -251-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. on B.with C.by D. to ( )41.Whenwe speak to people, we shouldbe _________. A. as politelyas possible B. as politeas possible C. as politelyas possibly D. as politeas possibly ( )42.I’velost my newwatch. _________! A.What apity B.Whata bad thing C. Sorry D.Bad luck ( )43.Thisisn’t _________pen. _________ is broken. A. my,Mine B. mine, My C.her,Her D. yours,Yours ( )44.Please lend mesomemoney,_________? A. won’t you B. don’t you C. shall we D.will you ( )45.They could not find theboy_________. A. somewhere B. anywhere C. everywhere D. nowhere ( )46.Have you finished your work _________? A. yet B. still C. already D. later ( )47.Sorry,Idon’t knowtheanswer _________the question. A. of B. about C.to D. for ( )48.Wemay _________the bookfortwo weeks. A. borrow B. keep C.lend D. renew ( )49.Are you sureyou _________it? A. pay B. paid C.pay for D. paid for ( )50.Shedoesn’t likeher children _________in thestreet. A. play B. toplay C. playing D. played ( )51.I borrowed abook_________grammar _________thelibrary. A. on,to B. about,from C. of, in D. with, at ( )52.Have you got a newEnglish-Chinesedictionary?Yes, I’ve got _________. A. that B. this C. one D. a ( )53.Thisis thebiggest bell _________thehistory ofChina. A. in B. at C. on D. of ( )54.How manyEnglish words _________?Do you know? -252-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. haveyou learned B. did you learn C.are you learning D. you learned ( )55.Welikeplaying _________piano, but they likeplaying _________football. A. a,the B. the, / C./ ,a D. the,a ( )56.My car is not so expensiveas _________. A. his B. he’s C.he D. him ( )57.They are busy _________theirwork. A. do B.doing C.to do D. does ( )58.What _________when Icalled you onthetelephone? A. didyou do B. have you done C. were you doing D. are you doing ( )59.Bill wanted meto askyou _________ with me. A. go B.going C.to go D. went ( )60.You lookill. _________anything wrong withyou? A. Have B.Are there C. Has D.Is there ( )61.Wehope you _________belatefor class tomorrow. A. notto B. don’t C. not D. won’t ( )62.It’s bad manners to _________onthegrass. A. lay B. lie C. lying D. lies ( )63.Have you read thismagazine_________? A. before B. ago C. for D. on ( )64.WhenI went downstairs, Mum was waiting forme_________thetable. A. with B. on C.at D. in ( )65.Lily’s father is an engineer in that company and her mother_________there. A. works also B. too works C.also works D. works too ( )66._________was excited when we heard that ourteam won thefootball game. A.All class B.Thewhole class C.Wholeclass D.Alla class ( )67.He got two letters from hisfriend but heanswered _________ofthem. A. either B. both C.neither D. all ( )68.How long didit _________you to finishdrawing that picture? A. take B. spend C. need D. use -253-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )69.Have you ever seen _________small bird? A. such B. so C. a so D. such a ( )70._________is not easy tosee arainbow nowbecause oftheair pollution（污染）. A. People B. Man C.It D. Children ( )71.He has _________that bikefor three months. A. bought B. had C. borrowed D. used ( )72.A_________always thinks hisown timeis more importantthan others. A. footballplayer B. shopassistant C. queuejumper D. Mr.Know-all ( )73.Many peoplewere sittingonthe bench _________thedoctor. A. seeing B. forseeing C.saw D. tosee ( )74.Stand back!Thebus _________! A. iscoming B. willcome C. comes D.came ( )75.It was midnight already when they _________home. A. got to B. reached to C. arrived D. went to ( )76.How muchdid he_________onthebike? A. pay B. take C. spend D.cost 二、根据所给词的正确形式填空 1. Englishis _________used intheworld. (wide) 2. Spring isthe_________timeto plant trees. (good) 3. There were _________ofpeople watching thefootball match at that tinceyesterday.(million) 4. Weoften go _________in winter.(skate) 5. Hedid thework very _________(care). Everybody said he had donea good job. 6. Wehope itwill be_________tomorrow,for ourpicnic. (sun) 7. Jimlooks the_________ofall in his class. (thin) 8. Thegirl often spendtwo hours _________every day.(dance) 9. Theboylost hispen. Hefelt _________(happy) 10.Wehope that thepeople inthe world should be_________to each other.(friend) 11. Heis in his_________year at QingHua University.(three) 12.Ican’t eat any _________(much) because I’m too full. -254-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 13.Isaw mystudents _________(play) ontheplay ground. I was very happy. 14.We’re all very interested in the_________(nine) lesson ofnew Book3. 15.Look!Mum isbusy _________English food for us. (cook) 三、用词填空：根据句意填入一个适当的词，使句子完整正确 1. In Chinathelast name isthe_________ name. 2. It’ssunny today.We’regoing outfor a play.Would you liketo _________us? 3. England lies to the_________ofFrance. 4. TheYellowRiver is the_________river ofChina. 5. Wheretwo lines meet makes a_________. 6. You’dbetter not tellothers about it.Please keep itas a_________. 7. His favouriteVat school were science and English. 8. We’re livinginthe _________century. 9. Ifeel tired these days. Imust sitdown and rest _________ten minutes. 10._________is short forWorldTrade Organization. 11. Quick is _________way of saying fast. 12.The2008Olympic Games willbe held in_________. 13.Driving carefully ontheroad, orthere may be an _________. 14.Relay race isa_________race. 15.MayDay isthe _________People’s Day. 四、句型转换：按要求改写下列各句，每空一词 1.Shehas got anew dictionary?（改为一般疑问句） _________she_________anew dictionary? 2.They cat someold trees yesterday.（改为否定句） They _________ __________________old trees yesterday. 3.My father willcome back ina month.（就划线部分填空） ____________________________________father _________back? 4.Everybody goes to theshop formeat.（反意疑问句） Everybody goes to theshop formeat, __________________? 5.Boys are usually not as quiet as girls.（同意句） -255-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 Boys are usually __________________ girls. 6.Theroom isvery small.It cannot hold 50students.（改写句子，句意不变） Theclassroom is____________________________________50students. 7.Jimdoesn’t go to Japan. Idon’t go toJapan, either.（合并为一句） _________Jim_________I_________to Japan. -256-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 达标测试 三 一、选择填空 ( )1.His temperature seems _________all right. A. tobe B. tohave C. he D. is ( )2.I thinkhe has caught _________cold. A. abad B. avery C. much D. a few ( )3.He doesn’tfeel like_________anything. A. eat B. toeating C. eating D. ate ( )4.It is _________an importantmatch.Wecan’t _________it. A. such, miss B. so, miss C. very,miss D. so, missed ( )5.I want _________aChristmas tree today. A. choosing B. chose C. chosen D. tochoose ( )6.He said it was very cold _________Moscow. A. in B. at C. for D. of ( )7.Put thetree in thehole_________it isstraight. A. and B. so C.such that D. sothat ( )8.TheGreenWall will stopthewind from _________the earth away. A. blowing B. to blow C.blown D. blew ( )9.Man-made satellites havebeen sent upinto space _________many countries. A. for B. by C. with D. to ( )10.That is _________we’relearning English _________China. A. why,in B. what, in C.which, at D. when, for ( )11._________the timethe bell rang, every studentof theclass was busy_________. A.At, reading B. By,reading C.To, toread D. For,toread ( )12.They were _______pleased to see each other_______they even forgot everything else. A. so,that B. such, that C. too, that D. very,to ( )13.Mrs. Green tried _________,but shefound itdifficult. A. doesn’t worry B. notworry C.not toworry D. notworry -257-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )14.There is _________here tolast for two months. A. birdenough food B. enough food bird C.enough bird food D. food bird enough ( )15.Christmas is ______importantfestival in Britain, and many _____countries intheworld. A. an, other B. a, any C.an, others D. a, another ( )16.Have you ever beento achicken farm? _________. A.Yes,I do B.No, I haven’t C.Yes,I haven’t D. No, I don’t ( )17.Mr.Hu isn’t here.He _________toEngland. A. has been B. have gone C. has gone D. went ( )18.Do you thinka foreign language is _________than maths? A. as difficultas B. moredifficult C.most difficult D. themostdifficult ( )19.Theelephant ismuch _________than thepanda. A. as strong as B. strongest C.stronger D. more strong ( )20.I thinkmaths is not _________physics. A. soeasy as B. dosomewash C.easier D. easiest ( )21.I’m going to_________this afternoon. A. dosomewashing B. dosome wash C. dowashing D.washing ( )22.Tom likestoplay _________. A. basketball B. thebasketball C.abasketball D. an basketball ( )23.Betty usually does _________lessons _________theevening. A. her,in B. his,in C. to help, in D. helps, to ( )24.His brother is going _________me_________myEnglish. A. tohelp, with B. helping, with C.tohelp, in D. helps, to ( )25.Thisdesk is_________in theroom. A. newer B. new C. newest D. thenewest ( )26.Jane’s coat is _________.But Sue’s is much _________thanJame’s. A. cheap, cheap B. cheaper,cheaper C. cheapest, cheap D.cheap, cheaper ( )27.Weare going _________this afternoon. A. tohaving a swim B. swimming C.have aswim D. tohave aswim ( )28.He is often _________for school. -258-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. later B. late C. latest D. much late ( )29.Who is _________inyour class? A. theshortest B. shortest C. shorter D. themost short ( )30.Granny Lin often _________us _________interesting story in theevening. A. tell,a B. tells, an C.tell, an D. tells, a ( )31._________look out ofthewindow,please, and _________at theblackboard. A. Don’t,look B. Not, look C. Don’t,see D.Not, see ( )32.I’m going to_________my teacher tomorrow. A. look B. look at C.see D. watch ( )33._________we meet?At tentomorrow. A.Whenshall B.When will C.Where shall D.What shall ( )34.He knows _________English now. A. few B. alittle C.any D. afew ( )35.Tom isgood _________Chinese. A. in B. of C. at D. for ( )36.Jenny looks_________her mothervery much. A. like B. as C.of D. in ( )37.Please comehere a little_________ tomorrowmorning. A. early B. earlier C. late D. earlier ( )38.Theboycan _________someanimals _________thepicture. A. see, in B. sees, in C. look,in D. looks, of ( )39.He stayed in thepark for_________yesterday. A. halfan hour B. half ahour C.ahalf hour D. ahalfhours ( )40.Please remember _________thedoorwhen you leave theroom. A. tolock B. locking C. lock D. locked ( )41.Please don’t forget _________Mr.John to cometo my party. A. asking B. to ask C. asked D. asks ( )42.UncleWang told them _________aplanewith wood and metal. A. howto make B. tomake C. making D.made -259-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 ( )43.No_________ ,please! A. tosmoke B. smoking C.smoke D. smoked ( )44.Keep _________,you’resure toget agood mark. A. totry B. tried C. trying D.try ( )45.Afridge is used for _________vegetables and food cool. A. keeping B. tokeep C.keeps D.dept ( )46.Shedidn’tknow _________at themeeting theday before yesterday. A. what to say B. howto saying C.to say D. saying ( )47.I don’t want to go so far _______filmin thecold night. Let’s _____TVat homeinstead. A. tosee, watch B. to watch, see C.seeing, to watch D. look at, see ( )48.Whenthelittle girl _________someone _________upstairs, shestopped crying. A. heard, coming B. hears, to come C. listened, to come D. listens,coming ( )49.It’s easy forsome peopleto read English books,but difficultto _________English. A. say B. talk C.tell D.speak ( )50.That’s mykey,Ilost it aweek ago.Who_________it? A. has found B. found C. looked for D. looksfor ( )51.Mr.Smith _________to MoscowonTuesday morning. A. arrived B. get C. reached D. got ( )52._________GreatWallis _________longest wall inthe world. A.The, a B.The, the C.A, a D.A, the ( )53.Is your child _________boyor_________girl? A. the, the B. a, a C.the, a D. a,the ( )54.Mr.Read doesn’t drive _________Mrs. Read. A. carefully B.more carefully C. careful as D. as carefully as ( )55.Travellingbyair is much _________than bytrain. A. as expensiveas B. moreexpensive C. expensive D. mostexpensive ( )56.He is listening to themusic_________heis watchingTV. A. while B. when C. before D.after ( )57.Thisprogramme was sent toJapan _________China_________satellite. -260-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. in,of B. of, in C. from, of D. by,to ( )58.Chinahas builtaGreenWall_________thenorthern part _________thecountry. A. to,in B. cross, of C. across, of D. from, to ( )59.Which team are you going toplay _________? A. with B. against C. about D. by ( )60.Please leave _________8:00,them you’ll beabletoget there _________time. A. after,in B. before, on C. till,in D.when, on ( )61.Theseshoes are too small for meto wear.Would you please showme_________pair? A. theother B. other C.one D. another ( )62.Thetwo girls are crying. _________can’tfind _________mother. A. Her,she B.They, them C.They,her D.They,their ( )63.Thegirl put onher dress and then went to themirrorto look at _________. A. herself B. her C. she D. hers ( )64.There isn’t _________paper in thebox.Willyou please get _________forme? A. any,any B. some, some C. any,some D. some, any ( )65.How _________moneydoyou spend onfood each month?About one hundred yuan. A. many B. much C. long D. for ( )66.Wehave _________milkfor thebaby.You’dbetter busysome. A. alittle B. afew C. few D. little ( ) 67.All of us, _________ Xiao Li went to XiangShan Park last Sunday because he had caught a bad cold. A. besides B. except C. beside D.for ( )68.Many _________thestars can’t beseen because they are too far away _________us. A. of, form B. for,to C.of, behind D. to,of ( )69.He asked meto sit_________him and help him his Chinese. A. between, at B.below,on C.before, in D.beside, with ( )70.I can’t go home_________Ifinish my homework.. A. old B. older C.oldest D. theoldest ( )71.My sisteris eight years _________than I. -261-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A. until B. after C.as D. because ( )72._________I open thewindow? It’s so hothere. A. Must B.Will C.Shall D.Would ( )73.Who is _________today? A. forduty B. onduty C. at duty D. in duty ( )74.His father _________him becausehe didn’t go to school. A. bevery angry to B. was very angry with C.is very angry in D. being very angry to ( )75.There are _________forty students in ourclassroom. A. morethan B. less many C. much than D.many than 二、根据所给词的正确形式填空 1. Chinaisone ofthecountries with the_________(long) history. 2. It’san _________(hour) ridefrom here to thefactory. 3. Youlook _________(health) thanJim. 4. Thestudents enjoyed _________(answer) the_________(visit)questions. 5. Jimwas (bad) hart, so he has to stop_________(walk). 6. Thesmileontheteacher’s face _________that hewas pleased with thework oftheclass.(seem) 7. Jimwas first _________thefinishing lineintheboy’s 100-metre race.(pass) 8. Everything is getting onwell.Wecan’t find anything _________.(usual) 9. Ihave _________(hear)from myuncle, and nowI’m answering him. 10.Thetime-tables forplane, train theship are the24-_________clock. 11. Theoldman looked at him_________(angry) and couldn’t saya word. 12.Jimwas _________illyesterday.(terrible) 13.Good _________are grown inNorth China. (potato) 14.My father has gone toEnglish on_________(busy). 15.Theteachers live_________withher students. (happy) 三、用词填空：根据句意填入一个适当的词，使句子完整正确 1. _________12thisTree PlantingDay. 2. A_________isused forsending letters. 3. Withoutthe clouds, wecan’t_________the sunshine. -262-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 4. _________is abusy season. 5. Green _________make food forthewhole plants. 6. Usually there are _________players ina football team. 7. If you keep themilk fortoo long, itwill go _________. 8. Keeping a_________willhelp you remember things every day. 9. Theweather in England keeps _________all thetime. 10.Spring _________winter. 11. Spring _________winter. 12.Harbin is _________for itsSun Island. 13.Theradio says theclouds will _________quitesoon. 14.Nowwe’re livingina“Computer _________.” 15.Beethoven is famous in the_________ of music. 四、句型转换：按要求改写各句，每空一词 1.Jimdoes morning exercises every day.（改为否定句） Jim__________________morning exercises every day. 2.Ihad to stay at home tolook after mysister.（改为一般疑问句） ___________________________tostay at hometo look after your sister? 3.IlikeBackstreet Boys. But he likesF4 better.（合并为一句） He_________F4 _________Backstreet Boys. 4.After Li Lei finished hismaths homework hewent tobed.（合为一句） Li Lei _________go to bed _________hefinished hismaths homework. 5.Sheseems to beworried now.（改为） __________________that she_________worried now. 6.Nobody but Jack, can speak Japanese in ourschool.（改为同义句） __________________can speak Japanese in ourschool. 7.They enjoyed themselves at theparty. They _________ ___________________________at the party. -263-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 参考答案 第一章 名词专项练习 一、1. D2.D3.B 4.C5.B 6. D7.D8.D9.D 10.B11.C 12.A 13.B14.C 15.B 16.A17.C 18. A 19. C 20. B 21. D 22. A 23. C 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. A 31. D 32. B 33. A 34. C 35.B 36.B 37. C38.C 39.A 40.C 41.A42.D 43.C44. D45.B 46.C 47.A48.A 49.B 50.C51. A 52. C 53. A 54. B 55. C 56. B 57. B 58. D 59. A 60. A 61. C 62. A 63. C 64. C 65. C 66. D 67. B 68.C 69. C 70. B 71. B 72. A73. C 74.D 75. A76. B 77. B 78. A79. A 80.C 81. A 82.A 83. A84. A 85.B 86. B 87. D88. B 89.C 90. C 91.C 92. C 93. C 94. B 95. B 96. C 97. D 98. D 99.B 100. C 101. B 102. B 103. D 104. C 105. B 106. D 107. A 108. C 109. C 110. C 111. A 112. B 113. D 114. C 115. C 116. A 117. B 118. D 119. A 120. B 121. C 122. B 123. D 124. C 125. B 126. A 127. D 128. A 129. D 130. C 131. C 132. C 133. D 134. A 135. A 136. A 137. B 138. C 139. B 140. 141. B 142. B 143. A 144. D 145. D 146. B 147. B 148. B 149. C 150. B 151. A 152. D 153. B 154. C 155. C 156. B 157. D 158. C 159. D 160. D 161. A 162. C 163. C 164. D 165. D 166. C 167.C 168. B 169.C170.D171.B 172.C 173.B174.D 二、1. watches 2. teeth 3. Germans 4. brushes 5. boxes 6. knives 7. stories 8. sheep 9. children 10. Japanese11.zeros(es) 12.mouths13.feet 14.tomatoes 15.Americans 16.men-doctors 三、1.leaves 2. people 3.glasses, milk 4.money 5.feet 6.women 7.dumplings 8. doctor’s 9.houses 10.teacher’s 11.children 12.lives 13.pear 14.brother’s 15.sheep 四、1. Lucy’s mother 2. today’s newspaper 3. theGreat Wall 4.knowledge of theuniverse 5.a map of the world 6. a piece of bread 7. Class Three Grade Four 8. birthday present 9. children’s book 10. the capital of China 11. the world’s population / the population of the world 12. three boxes of apples 13. a photo / picture of Jim’s 14. thousands of trees 15. Sunday morning 16. twenty minutes’ talk 17. a picture of a classroom 18. the hottest season of a year 19. two glasses of milk 20. in the spring of2003 第二章 冠词专项练习 一、1.C2.B 3.C 4.D5.C 6.C7.B 8.C 9.B10.A11.B 12.B 13.B 14.C 15.A16.B17.C 18.A 19.B 20.A21.C22.D23.C 24.B 25.D26.B 27.C 28.A29.B30.C 31.A 32.B33.A34.C 35. A36.B 37.C38.D39.C 40.A 41.B42.A43.B 44.C 45.C46.D 47.A -264-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 48.A49.D50.B 51.A 52.D53.B54.B 55.D56.C 57.B58.D 59.B 60.D61.C62.C 63.D64.C 二、1.the, the2.the 3.the4. The, the5.the 6.an 7. The, a 8./, the9. a10./,/ 11. The, the12.the 13. a, a The, the14.An15./,/ 16.an17.The, the18./ 第三章 代词专项练习 一、1.B 2.B 3.A4.B 5.A6.C 7.C 8.D9.D 10.C11.A12. D13.B 14.D15.A16. D17.D18. D 19. C 20. B 21. C 22. C 23. B 24. D 25. A 26. A 27. B 28. B 29. C 30. C 31. C 32. A 33. A 34. B 35. C 36. C 37. C 38. A 39. D40. A 41. D 42. D43. C 44. C 45. A 46. B 47. A 48. C 49. C 50. C 51. C 52. C 53. C 54. C 55. B 56. B 57. B 58. C 59. C 60. B 61. C 62. C 63. D 64. A 65. B 66. B 67. B 68.A 69. C 70. C 71.D 72.C 73.D 74. D75. C 76. B 77.A 78. B 79. B 80.B 81. D 82.A 83. A84. B 85. D 86. B 87. B 88. B 89. D 90. C 91.C 92. A 93.D 94. B 95. C 96. C 97.C 98.C 99.B 100. C 101. C 102. C 103. A 104. B 105. B 106. B 107. C 108. C 109. B 110. B 111. C 112. C 113. C 114. C 115. C 116. C 117. D 118. B 119. A 120. D 121. C 122. C 123. C 124. B 125. B 126. D 127. D 128. C 129. B 130. D 131. C 132. C 133. C 134. C 135. A 136. A 137. A 138. B 139.D 140. D 141. C 142. B 143. D 144. B 145. C 146. A 147. C 148. C 149. D 150. A 151. C 152. B 153. D 154. B 155. A 156. B 157. A 158. B 159. D 160. C 161. D 162. A 163. C 164. C 165. B 166. B 167. C 168. D 169. C 170. D 171. A 172. C 173. D 174. D 175. A 176. C 177. B 178. C 179. D 180. A 181. A 182.C 二、1. I, My, He, My, She, them 2.me, mine, his 3.They, their, them, her 4.Its, he, it 5.Me 6.She 7. her, yours 三、1.themselves 2.herself 3.ourselves 4.yourselves 5.himself6.myself 7.yourself8.itself 四、1. any,. Some 2. any 3. neither 4. another 5. either 6. both 7. everything 8. something 9. Someone 10. all 11. one 12. One 13. a little 14. little 15. much 16. none 17. some 18. many 19. each 20.everyone 第四章 数词专项练习 一、1.D 2.D3.A4.A5.B6.D 7.C 8.A9.C 10.D11. C12.D13.A14.B 15.C16. B 17.C18.C 19. D 20. D 21. C 22. B 23. B 24.A25. D 26. C 27. C 28. B 29. C 30.A31. B 32. B 33. C 34. C 35. C 36.A37. B 38.A39.A40. D41. C 42. B 43.A44.A45. B 46.A47. D 48. C 49. D 50. C 51.A52. -265-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A53.D54.B55.D56.C 57.C 58.B 59.C 60.B61.C 62.B 63.B64.C 第五章 形容词和副词专项练习 一、1.B 2.B3.D 4.A5.B 6.B 7.A8.D 9.C10.D 11.A12.B 13.A14. D15.C16. B 17.C18.C 19. B 20. B 21. D 22. C 23. C 24. D 25. D 26. D 27.A28. D 29. C 30.A31. B 32. B 33. C 34. D 35. B 36.A37.A38.A39.D40.C 41.A42.C 43.B44. C45. C 46.D47.D 48.C49. D50.C 51.C 52. D 53. D 54.A55.A56. C 57. D 58. C 59. B 60. B 61. C 62. D 63. D 64.A65.A66.A67. C 68. D 69.A70.A71.A72. C 73. B 74.A75. B 76. B 77. D 78. B 79. D 80. B 81. C 82. C 83. B 84.A85. C 86. D 87. C 88.A89.D 90.A91. B 92.A93. D94. B 95. B 96. C 97. D 98.A99.D 100. C 101. B 102. D 103. D 104. C 105. C 106.A107. B 108. B 109.A110. C 111.A112.A113. B 114.A115.A 116. D117. C 118. C 119.A120.B 121.A122. C 123. B 124.D 125. B 126.D 127.C 128.A129.D 130.A131. C 132. D 133. B 134. C 135.A136. D 137. B 138. B 139. C 140. B 141. D 142. B 143. C 144.A145.A146. C 147. D 148.B 149.A150. C 151.A152. B 153. D 154.A155.A156.B 157. B 158.B 159.A160. B 161. C162. C 163. C 164.D 165.D166. D 167.C 168. D169. B 170. B171. A172.A173.A174.C 175.A176.B 177.D178.B 179.B180. D181.B 182.C 182.C 183.D184. C 185.A186. D 187. C 188. D 189. B 190. B 191.A192.A193.A194. C 195. B 196.A197.B 198. A199.B 200.D 201.D 202.C 203.B 204.B 205. B 206.C 207.A208. D209.A210.A211.C 212. B 213.C 214.A215.B 216.A217. B218. D219. D220. B 221.C 222. C223. B 224.B 225.A226. A227.C228. C229.A230.C 231.C 232.B233.B 234.C235. D236.B 238.C238. C 239.B 240. D241.B 242.B243.D244.D 245.C 246. C247.A248.A249.A 二、1.hot 2.bigger,redder 3.forgetful 4. nearly 5.broken 6.less 7.elder, older,younger 8. surprised 9. further 10. slowly 11. stronger 12. longest 13. the easiest 14. the most interesting 15. best 16. careful 17.louder 18.terribly 19.morewonderfully 20.harder,harder 三、1. better, best 2. thinner, thinnest 3. worse worst 4. worse worst 5. busier busiest 6. more slowly most slowly 7. more important most important 8. more terrible most terrible 9. finer finest 10. farther farthest 11. less least 12.more /most 四、1. cloudy 2. sunny 3. careful 4. thankful 5.worried 6. interesting 7. dead 8.friendly 9.health 10. dangerous 11.woollen 12.Japanese 五、1. widely 2. loudly 3. happily 4. healthily 5. lately 6. terribly 7.usually 8.finally 9.fully 10.early -266-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 11.probably 12.sadly 第六章 介词和介词短语专项练习 一、1.D2.B 3. B 4.D5.A6.B7.C 8.D 9.C10.A11.B 12.A13.B 14.B 15.C16. D17.B 18.A 19. B 20. D 21. C 22. B 23. B 24. B 25.A26.A27. B 28. D 29. B 30. B 31. D 32. D 33. B 34.A35. A36. D37. D 38.A39. C 40. C 41. B 42.A43. B 44.A45. C 46. D 47.B 48.A49. C 50.A51.A52. D53.C 54.C 55.C 56. B57. C 58.B 59.C 60. D61.A62.B 63.A64.D 65.A66.A67. D68.A69. A70.D 71.A72. D73. D74.A75.B 76.A77.B 78.B 79. B 80.C 81.C 82. D83.B 84.A85.A86. B 87. D 88. B 89. B 90.A91.A92. B 93. B 94. C 95.A96.A97. C 98. D 99. D 100.A101.A102. D 103. B 104. B 105.A106. C 107.A108.A109.A110. C 111. C 112. C 113. B 114. B 115. B 116. B 117.A118. B 119.A120. D 121.A122. B 123. C 124. C 125. C 126. B 127.A128. D 129.A130. B 131.A132.A133.D 134.C 135.B 136. B 137. D 138.A139. B 140.C 141.B 142.A143.C 144. A145.A146. B 147.A148.C 149. B 150.C 151.B 152.C 153. D 154.A155. B 156.A157. D158. B 159.B160.C 161.C 162.B163.A164.D 二、1. on 2. since 3. between 4. at 5. from 6. of 7. from, to 8. in 9. onto 10. on 11. in 12. of 13. with 14. at 15. in 16. On 17. on 18. past 19. about 20. in 21. on 22. for 23. from 24. like 25. at 26. to 27. on, to 28. in 29. through 30. from 31. by 32. as 33. of 34. of 35. at 36. in, for 37. in 38. of 39. round 40.to41.at 42.from 473.through 45.into 46.by47.above 48.over49.at 第七章 连词专项练习 一、1.B 2.B3.A4.D5.D 6.D7.C 8.A. 9.C 10.B11.A12.C 13.A14.A15.B16.C 17.D18.B 19. C 20. D 21. D 22. B 23.A24. B 25. B 26. D 27.A28. C 29. C 30. D 31. B 32. D 33. D 34.A35. C 36. D 37. C 38. C 39. D 40. C 41.A42.A43. D 44. B 45. B 46. B 47. C 48.A49.A50. 51. B 52. A53.C54.B 55.C 56.D57.C58.C 59.D 60.C61.C 62.C 63.D64.B65.C 66.A67.C 二、1. when 2. as 3. or 4. until 5. since 6. while, 7. because 8. so that 9. than 10. while 11. unless 12. as if 13. since 14. if 15. before 16. whether 17. when, as soon as 18. If 19. because 20. after 21. but, yet 22.either,or 23.that 第八章 动词时态语态专项练习 一、1.A2. B 3. C 4. C 5. C 6. B 7. B 8.C 8. C 9.A10.A11. D 12. B 13. D 14. D 15. B 16. D 17. B 18. D 19. B 20. D 21. D 22. C 23. C 24. C 25.A26. B 27. C 28. C 29.A30.A31.A32. B 33. B 34. -267-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 D35. B 36.C 37. B 38. D39.A40.A41.A42.B 43. D 44.B 45. B 46.A47.A48. D49. B 50.A51. C 52. D 53. C 54.A55. D 56. B 57. B 58.A59. C 60. D 61. C 62. C 63. B 64. D 65. B 66.A67. C 68.A69. D 70. B 71.A72. D 73. B 74. D 75.A76. C 77. B 78. B 79. C 80. C 81.A82. D 83. B 84. C 85.A86.A87. D 88. D 89.A90. B 91. B 92.A93. C 94. B 95.A96.A97. B 98. B 99. D 100. C 101. B 102. B 103.A104. B 105.A106. C 107. B 108. B 109. C 110. D 111. C 112.A113. B 114.A 115.A116. C 117.A118. B 119. B 120. C 121.A122. C 123. C 124.A125. 126. D 127.A128. C 129.A130. D 131.A132.B 133. C 134. B 135. B 136.A137. D 138.A139. C 140. B 141. C 142. D 143.C 144.B 145. B146. B147.D 148.B 149.D150.B 151.B 152.D153.B 154. 155. C 156.C 157.C 158.C 159. C 160.B161.D 162.B 163.C 164.C 165.D166.C 167.A168.C 169.A170.B 171. C 172.A173.C 174. C 175.A176. B 177.A178.A179. D 180. C 181. C 182. B 183. B 184.A 185.C 186.C 187. C188. C189.D 190.B 191.B 192.B 193.C194.B 195.C196. C197.C 198.A 199. B 200. C 201. D 201. D 203. C 204. D 205. D 206. C 207.A208.A209. B 210. C 211. C 212. D213.A214. D215. D216. D 217.A218. D219. C 220.B 221. D222. C 223.A224.B 225.B 226. B 227. C 228.A229. C 230. B 231. D 232.B 233.D 234. B 235.A236. B 237.D 238. D 239. C 240. D241.D 242.D243. C 244.C 245.D 246.B 247.C 248.D249. C 250.B 251.A252. B 253.B 254. A255. C 256.A257. D258. C 259. B 260.A261. C 262. D 263. B 264. D 265. B 266. B 267. C 268. B 269.C 270. D271. D272. C 273. C274. B 275. B276. C 277. D278. B 279.A280.D 281. B282. D283.A284. B 285.A286.A287. C 288.A289. B 290.D 291. D 292. D293. D 294. B 295. D296. D297. D 298.C 299.D 300.A301. C 302. 303.A304. B 305. D 306.C 307.A308.B 309.B 310. D311. B 312.C 313.D 314.B 315.C 316.A317.C 318. C319. B 320.C 321.A322. B 323.C 324. B 325. B 326.A327.A328. D 329.C 330. C 331.A332. D333. 334. C 335. C 336. D 337. C 338. A339.C340.A 二、1.does, have 2. Does live3. came 4.travels 5. are, doing, are making 6.was, was 7.were, doing 8. will have 9. is singing 10. were watching 11. have planted 12. wore 13. lasts 14. looked 15. could 16. will feel 17. had learned 18. send, arrives 19. gave, hasn’t smoked 20. Have, been 21. did, come, came, have 22. got, had, left 23. will be 24. has, gone, said, would do 25. preferred 26. was raining, went 27.took, to do28.comes 29.has been open 30.hurry,iswaiting 三、1.has been away 2. has been dead 3.been over4. has passed 5.ten minutes 6.when to start 7.to tellus 8.both of, learning 9.clean 10.right, to,help -268-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 第九章 情态动词专项练习 一、1. D2.D3.C 4.D5.B 6.D7.C 8.A9.A 10.B11.A12. B 13.C14.D 15.C16.C 17.B 18. A 19. B 20. A 21. A 22. A 23. D 24.B 25. A26. A 27. B 28. A 29. D 30. B 31. B 32. D 33. B 34. D 35.A 36. A37. A 38.A 39. C 40.D 41. B 42.D 43. C 44. C45. B 46. A 47.B 48.D 49.C 50. B 51. A 52. C 53. A 54. C 55. D 56. B 57. D 58. D 59. A 60. B 61. B 62. A 63. C 64. B 65. D 66. B 67. A 68.B 69.A70.D71.C72.A 73.B 74.A75.C76.A77.D 78.C 79.C80.C 81.B 82.B83.C 第十章 非谓语动词专项练习 一、1.D 2.C3.A 4.A5.C 6.D7.A8.B 9.A10.C 11. A12.D13.A14.B 15.B 16.C 17.D18. B 19. B 20. C 21. C 22. C 23. A 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. D 30. C 31. A 32. A 33. D 34. C 35. B 36. D 37.D 38. B 39. C 40. C 41.A 42. C 43. D 44. C 45. D 46.C 47.B 48. D49. B 50.D 51. A 52. A 53. B 54. D 55. A 56. C 57. A 58. B 59. D 60.D 61. A 62. B 63. B 64. A 65. A 66. B 67. A 68. A69. B 70.C 71.B 72. B 73. C 74. D75. B 76. A77. C 78. D 79. A 80.B 81. A82. B 83.D 84. B 85.A86. B87. C88. D89.B 90.D 91.C 92.A93. B94. D95.B 96.B 97. B98. B99. A100.A 101.C 102.C103.A104.B 105.A106.D 107.B108. 109.D110.A111.C 112.C 二、1. to play 2. to say 3. read 4. come 5. to plant 6. to go 7. do 8. not to speak 9. to sweep 10. to have 11. to do 12. drawing 21. to get 22. worried 23. to do 24. reading 25. swimming, skating 26. singing 27.seeing 28.playing 29.speaking 30.flying 第十一章 句子成分 一、写出下列所给句子的主语。 1.Manyreaders ofthis magazineare students. 2.Workers buildfactories andhouses. 3.Welove ourschool forever. 4.Somebody knows his name. 5.Whobelieves what you do. 6.Nobodybelieves what you said. 7.Three plus fiveis eight. 8.Todohomework takes her much time. 9.WatchingTVafter lunch is his habit. 10.Thepoorhad to work from morning tillnight. 11.When togo has not been decided yet. 二、写出下列所给句子的谓语。 1.Thesun rises in theeast. 2.Shespeaks English. 3.Theweather gets colder. 4.He isa teacher. -269-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 5.Both thesky and thelakeare blue. 6.The Chinesepeople are great people. 7.Bread andbutteris adaily food inthewest. 8.Tenyears is along time. 三、写出下列所给句子的表语。 1.It was my fault. 2.The pen is his. 3.Heis well educated. 4.The dooris open . 5.Thedoor isopen. 6.His wishis to become adoctor. 7.My job isteaching Englishin themiddleschool. 8.That's what Iwant to know. 四、写出下列所给句子的宾语。 1.Westudy English. 2.Do you likethis? 3.Thehouse needs repairing. 4.Theold lovethe young. 5.Theboycan takecare ofhimself. 五、写出下列句子的直接宾语和间接宾语。 1.His parents often buyhimbooks. 直接宾语 books 间接宾语 him 2.Thesun gives us light and warmth. 直接宾语 light and warmth 间接宾语 us 3.Heshowed his phototo me. 直接宾语 his photo 间接宾语 me 4.They bring a pen tome. 直接宾语 apen 间接宾语 me 六、写出下列句子的宾语补足语。 1.Iwish you good luck. 2.Wekeep ourclassroom clean and tidy. 3.Wemake himget upat 5in themorning. 4.Isaw alot offarmers working inthe fields. 5.Let him in. 七、写出下列句子的定语。 1.Thisis a good book. 2.Wewent to abeautiful park yesterday. 3.Thosestudents are your friends. 4.Ihave three pens. 5.Thechildren domorning exercises every day. 6.He sat in thereading room. 7.Hecame at thetimewhen Iexpected him. 8.Is there anything wrong withthecar? -270-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 八、写出下列句子的状语。 1.They will arrive here tomorrowmorning. 2.Shecame here running. 3.Suddenlyit began to rain. 4.Shesat there waiting. 5.Weheld ameeting to discuss theproblem. 第十二章 五种基本句型练习 一、写出下列句子属于哪种基本句型。 1.Weare students. S+V+P 2.Welove ourcountry very much. S+V+O 4.Hetold meaninteresting story yesterday. S+V+O+O 5.WeelectedWangFangour monitor. S+V+O+C 6.My brothergave mea pen. S+V+O+O 7.Idrink a cupofcoffee every morning. S+V+O 8.Yousit. S+V 9.Theweather gets warmer. S+V+P 10.Idon't knowhowto say. S+V+O 11.Hebecame adoctor. S+V+P 12.Ibuyhim awallet. S+V+O+O 13.Don't get your hands dirty. (S)+V+O+C 14.Helikes playing football. S+V+O 15.Themilk smellsfresh. S+V+P 16.Youlooked very worried. S+V+P 17.Theaccident happened at thecorner. S+V 18.Shelet herchildren play in thegarden. S+V+O+C 19.Thestory sounds interesting. S+V+P 20.They saw lotsof boats onthelake. S+V+O 21.They arrived at the airport. S+V+O 22.Thoseare beautiful pictures. S+V+P 23.His gift made mevery happy. S+V+O+C -271-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 24.Ifeel hungry. S+V+P 25.Iwant you to come back early. S+V+O+C 第十三章 反意疑问句专项练习 一、1.A2. B 3. D4.A5.C 6. D7.A8.A9.A10.A11.B 12.C 13. D 14.A15. B 16.A17. C 18.B 19. B 20.A21. B 22. D 23.A24.A25. D 26. D 27. C 28. C 29. B 30. C 31. D 32.A33. B 34. D 35. C 36.B37.D38.C 39.C 40.C42.D 二、1. are they 2. isn’t there 3. isn’t he 4. won’t they 5. can she 6. doesn’t she 7. didn’t they8. has he 9. does she 10. is there 11. did they 12. can it 13. shall we 14. does she 15. did he 16. do you 17. can’t they 18. don’t you 19. doesn’t he 20. can he 21. is there 22. have you 23. does he 24. can they 25.isn’t it26.will you 27.willyou 28.weren’t they29.didn’t they 30.haven’t they 第十四章 感叹句专项练习 一、1.D2.B 3. C4.B 5.C 6.D7. B8.A9.C10. B11.A12.C13. B 14.B15.A16. D17.C 18.A 19.C 20.B21.D22.C 23.B 24.D25.C 26.B 27.D28.B29.C 二、1. How 2. What 3. How 4. How 5.What 6. How 7. What 8. How 9. How 10. What 11. How 12. What 三、1. What beautiful flowers, How beautiful the 2. How kind, what a 3. What a good 4. What an interesting 5.What ahappy life 6.Whata 7.Howfast, flies 第十五章 There be 句型专项练习 一、1.A2.A3.D4. C 5.A6.A7.B 8.A9.B 10.A11.A12. D13.A14.C 15. D16.C 17.D 18.D 19.A20.A21. B 22. D 23. D 24. D 25.A26.A27. D 28.A29. D 30. B 31. C 32.A33. D 34. B 35. A36. B 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. C 41. B 42. C 43.A44. C 45. D 46. D 47. C 48. D 49. B 50. C 51. C 52.B 53.A54.C 55.B 56.C 二、1. is 2. is 3. are 4. is 5. are 6. is 7.Are 8. will be 9. have been 10. is going to be / will be 11. was 12.has been 13.isn’t 14.were 第十六章 并列句专项练习 一、1.D 2.D 3. B 4.A5.A6.D 7.A8. C9.A10.A11.B 12.A13.C 14.D 15.A16. B 17.B 18.B 19. B 20.A21. B 22. D 23.A24. C 25. C 26.A27. D 28. C 29. B 30. B 31.A32.A33. B 34. B 35. -272-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 A36. B 37. C 38. C 39.A40.D 41. C 42.B 43. C 44. D 45. C 46. B 47.A48. B 49. 50.A51. C 52. D53.A54.B 55.C 56.D57A58.A59.A60.D 61.B62.A63.C 二、1.and 2.or3.or 4.and 5.and 6.but7.for 8.so9.but 10.or 第十七章 宾语从句专项练习 一、1.D2.A3.D 4.C 5.A6.A7.B 8.A9.B10.A11.C 12.B 13.A14.B 15.A16.A17.C 18.D 20. C 21. B 22.A23. B 24.A25. B 26. D 27. D 28. C 29. B 30.A31. C 32. B 33. D 34.A35. B 36. 37.A38. D 39. C 40.A41. B 42. C 43.D 44.A465. C 46. B 47. B 48.A49. C 50. D 51.A52. C 53. D 54.A55. C 56.A57.A58.B 59. C 60.A61. B 62. C 63. D 64. C 65. C 66.A67.A68. C 69.A70. B 71.D 72.A73.A74.C 75. B76. D77.A78.D 79.C 80.A81. B 82.D83.A84. C85. C 86.B 87. D88.C 89.D90.B91.C 92.A93.A 二、1. I forgot that he had gone to Hunan. 2. She said that they were waiting for a bus. 3. Do you know whose bag it is? He asked what you would do. 5. He asked me who taught me maths. 6. I remembered that Ihad seen him. 三、1.whom she was talking with 2.he had seen mebefore 3. what Ihave done4. who could answer the question 5. she would go there by plane 6. if / whether she had any money 7. what we should do next 8. not so difficult as maths 9. if / whether it will be sunny tomorrow 10. what I did with the matter11. ifit is going to rain 12.whether shewould come ornot 第十八章 定语从句专项练习 一、1.A2. D3. D 4.A5.A6. B 7.A8.B 9.C 10.B 11.A12.A13.B 14.A15. C 16.D 17.A18.D 19.A20.B21.A22.A23.A 二、1.The story-book which / that heis reading is good. 2.Thewatch that / which he gave mefor my birthday is very nice. 3. The teacher who teaches us Chinese is named Li Hong. 4. This is the room inwhich we livedlast year.5.This is thereason why hewas latefor school. 三、1.who is watering flowers 2.that Ihave 3.that ismissing 4.that are taking 5.whosecover is red 第十九章 状语从句专项练习 一、1. B2.A3.A4. B 5. D 6. C 7.A8.A9.A10. B 11. D 12. B 13. C 14. D 15. B 16. D 17. C 18. C 19.A20.A21.A22. B 23. B 24. D 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. B 29. B 30.A31. C 32. D 33. D 34. B 35. D 36. C 37. C 38. D 39. B 40. B 41. B 42. D 43. B 44. C 45. D 46.A47. D 48. B 49. C 50. B 51.A -273-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 52.A53. C54.A55.C 56.A57.B 58.D 59.A60.C 61.B 62.A63.B 64.B 65.B 66. C 67.B 68.A 69.B 70.B71.C 72.C 二、1. was raining 2. comes 3. will take 4. has lived 5. is 6. failed 7. won’t be 8. cross 9. would give 10.haven’t read 三、1.too,anything 2.didn’tgo, until3.it, hurry,catch up4.without your help 5.so, that 6.because of 第二十章 主谓一致专项练习 一、1. B 2.A3.A4.A5.C 6.A7. B 8. D 9. B 10.A11. B 12. B 13.B 14. C 15.A16. B 17.C 18.A 19.B 20. B 21. C 22.A23.A24.B 25. B 26. B 27.A28.A29.B 30.B 31. B 32.A33.B 34.A35.A 36.A37. B38. B39. B40. B 41.B 42.A43.A44.C 45.C 46. B47.A48.B 49.C 50.A51.B 52.B 53.A54.A55. D 56.A57. B 58. C 59. B 60. B 61.A62. B 63.A64.A65. D 66. B 67. B 68. C 69. D70.B 71.D72.A73. B74. C 75.A76. D77.A78.C 79.A80. C 81.D82. C 83.B 84.B 85.A86. C 87.B88.C 89.A90.B 91.A92.A93.B 94.A95.B 96.B97.C 98.A99.B 100.A 二、1. are 2. is 3. has 4. is 5. like 6. has 7. is 8. are 9. is 11. dares 12. is 13. like 14. is 15. is was 18. are 19.is 达标检测 一 一、1.B 2.C 3.C 4.A5.A6.C7.A8.D9.B 10.C 11.D12. C13.A14.C 15.C 16.D17. D18.D 19. B 20. B 21.A22. C 23. C 24. D 25.A26. B 27. D 28. B 29.A30.A31.A32. D 33. B 34. C 35. D 36.A37. D 38. B 39. C 40.A41. D 42. C 43. C 44. B 45. D 46.A47. D 48. D 49. C 50.A51. C 52. C 53. B 54.A55.A56. B 57.A58. C 59. B 60. D 61. C 62.A63. C 64. D 65. B 66. C 67. C 68. A69.D70.A71.D72.C 73.C74.D 二、1. potatoes 2. twelfth 3. slowly 4. reading 5. southern 6. themselves 7. winners 8. dangerous 9. swimming10.without11. windier 12.buildings 13.lying 14.wises 15.useful 三、1. small 2. interesting 3. dear 4. channel 5. change 6. eyes 7. develop 8. interests 9. between 10. light 11. capital 12.Life13.two 14.Far 15.light 四、1. Does, have 2. doesn’t like 3. why, won’t 4. If, use 5. hadn’t you 6. too, to carry 7. spent, in, making 8.so /as tallas 达标检测 二 -274-初中英语语法突破 @Mr.Han英语教学 一、1.A2.A3.B 4. B 5. D6.A7 D 8.A9.B 10. D11.B 12.A13.A14.D15. B 16. D17. B 18. D 19.A20. D 21. B 22. C 23. C 24. C 25.A26. C 27. D 28. B 29. C 30.A31. C 32. B 33. D 34. C 35. A36.A37. D 38. D 39. B 40. B 41. B 42. D 43.A44. D 45. B 46.A47. C 48. B 49. D 50. B 51. B 52. C 53.A54.A55. B 56.A57. B 58. C 59. C 60. D 61. D 62. B 63.A64. C 65. C 66. B 67. C 68. A69.D70.C71.B 72.C 73.D74.A75.C 76.C 二、1.Widely 2. best 3. millions 4. skating 5. carefully 6. sunny 7. thinnest 8. dancing 9. unhappy 9. friendly 11.third 12.more13.playing 14.ninth15.cooking 三、1. family 2. join 3. northwest 4. second 5. corner 6. secret 7. subjects 8. twenty-fist/21st 9. every 10,WTO11.another 12.Beijing 13.accident 14.team 15.working 四、1.Has, got 2.didn’t,cut, any 3.How soon willyour,come / be / get 4.don’t they5. noisier,than 6.toosmall hold 7.Neither,nor,go 达标检测 三 一、1.A2.A3. C 4.A5.D 6.A7. D 8.A9. B 10.A11. B 12.A13.C 14.C 15.A16. B 17. C 18.B 19.C 20.A21.A22.A23.A24.A25.D 26.D 27.D28. B29.A30.B 31.A32.C 33.A34.B 35.C 36.A37. B 38.A39.A40.A41.B 42.A43. B 44. C 45.A46.A47.A48.A49. D 50.B 51.D 52.B 53. B 54.D 55. B 56.A57. C 58. C 59. B 60. B 61. D 62. D 63.A64. C 65. B 66. D 67. B 68.A69. D70.A71.B 72.C 73.B74.B 75.A 二、1. longest 2. hour’s 3. healthier 4. answering, visitor’s 5. badly, walking 6. seemed 7. past 8. unusual 9.heard 10.hour11.angrily 12.terrible 13.potatoes 14.business 15.happily 三、1. March 2.stamp 3.enjoy 4.Autumn 5. leaves 6.drop 7.eleven 8.bad 9.diary 10.changing 11. follows 12.famous 13.life14.Age15.field 四、1.doesn’t do 2.Did, you, have 3.preferred, to 4. didn’t until 5.It, seems, is 6.Only Jack 7.had a good time -275-